Adding upstream version 1:9.16.44.upstream/1%9.16.44upstream

Signed-off-by: Daniel Baumann <daniel.baumann@progress-linux.org>

81 files changed, 9685 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/doc/man/Makefile.in b/doc/man/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..75794f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,275 @@
+# Copyright (C) Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")
+#
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: MPL-2.0
+#
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0.  If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, you can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+#
+# See the COPYRIGHT file distributed with this work for additional
+# information regarding copyright ownership.
+
+srcdir =	@srcdir@
+VPATH =		@srcdir@
+top_srcdir =	@top_srcdir@
+abs_srcdir =	@abs_srcdir@
+builddir =	@builddir@
+top_builddir =	@top_builddir@
+
+@BIND9_MAKE_RULES@
+
+man1_MANS =			\
+	arpaname.1		\
+	delv.1			\
+	dig.1			\
+	host.1			\
+	mdig.1			\
+	named-rrchecker.1	\
+	nslookup.1		\
+	nsupdate.1
+
+man5_MANS =			\
+	named.conf.5		\
+	rndc.conf.5
+
+man8_MANS =			\
+	ddns-confgen.8		\
+	dnssec-cds.8		\
+	dnssec-checkds.8	\
+	dnssec-coverage.8	\
+	dnssec-dsfromkey.8	\
+	dnssec-importkey.8	\
+	dnssec-keyfromlabel.8	\
+	dnssec-keygen.8		\
+	dnssec-keymgr.8		\
+	dnssec-revoke.8		\
+	dnssec-settime.8	\
+	dnssec-signzone.8	\
+	dnssec-verify.8		\
+	filter-aaaa.8		\
+	named-checkconf.8	\
+	named-checkzone.8	\
+	named-compilezone.8	\
+	named-journalprint.8	\
+	named.8			\
+	nsec3hash.8		\
+	rndc-confgen.8		\
+	rndc.8			\
+	tsig-keygen.8
+
+MANPAGES_RST =			\
+	arpaname.rst		\
+	ddns-confgen.rst	\
+	delv.rst		\
+	dig.rst			\
+	dnssec-cds.rst		\
+	dnssec-checkds.rst	\
+	dnssec-coverage.rst	\
+	dnssec-dsfromkey.rst	\
+	dnssec-importkey.rst	\
+	dnssec-keyfromlabel.rst	\
+	dnssec-keygen.rst	\
+	dnssec-keymgr.rst	\
+	dnssec-revoke.rst	\
+	dnssec-settime.rst	\
+	dnssec-signzone.rst	\
+	dnssec-verify.rst	\
+	dnstap-read.rst		\
+	filter-aaaa.rst		\
+	host.rst		\
+	mdig.rst		\
+	named-checkconf.rst	\
+	named-checkzone.rst	\
+	named-compilezone.rst	\
+	named-journalprint.rst	\
+	named-nzd2nzf.rst	\
+	named-rrchecker.rst	\
+	named.conf.rst		\
+	named.rst		\
+	nsec3hash.rst		\
+	nslookup.rst		\
+	nsupdate.rst		\
+	rndc-confgen.rst	\
+	rndc.conf.rst		\
+	rndc.rst		\
+	tsig-keygen.rst		\
+	pkcs11-destroy.rst	\
+	pkcs11-keygen.rst	\
+	pkcs11-list.rst		\
+	pkcs11-tokens.rst
+
+MANPAGES_IN = \
+	arpaname.1in		\
+	ddns-confgen.8in	\
+	delv.1in		\
+	dig.1in			\
+	dnssec-cds.8in		\
+	dnssec-checkds.8in	\
+	dnssec-coverage.8in	\
+	dnssec-dsfromkey.8in	\
+	dnssec-importkey.8in	\
+	dnssec-keyfromlabel.8in	\
+	dnssec-keygen.8in	\
+	dnssec-keymgr.8in	\
+	dnssec-revoke.8in	\
+	dnssec-settime.8in	\
+	dnssec-signzone.8in	\
+	dnssec-verify.8in	\
+	dnstap-read.1in		\
+	filter-aaaa.8in		\
+	host.1in		\
+	mdig.1in		\
+	named-checkconf.8in	\
+	named-checkzone.8in	\
+	named-compilezone.8in	\
+	named-journalprint.8in	\
+	named-nzd2nzf.8in	\
+	named-rrchecker.1in	\
+	named.conf.5in		\
+	named.8in		\
+	nsec3hash.8in		\
+	nslookup.1in		\
+	nsupdate.1in		\
+	rndc-confgen.8in	\
+	rndc.conf.5in		\
+	rndc.8in		\
+	tsig-keygen.8in		\
+	pkcs11-destroy.8in	\
+	pkcs11-keygen.8in	\
+	pkcs11-list.8in		\
+	pkcs11-tokens.8in
+
+dnstap_man1_MANS =		\
+	dnstap-read.1
+
+nzd_man8_MANS =			\
+	named-nzd2nzf.8
+
+pkcs11_man8_MANS =		\
+	pkcs11-destroy.8	\
+	pkcs11-keygen.8		\
+	pkcs11-list.8		\
+	pkcs11-tokens.8
+
+BIND9_VERSION=@BIND9_VERSION@
+RELEASE_DATE=@RELEASE_DATE@
+BIND9_VERSIONSTRING=@BIND9_VERSIONSTRING@
+
+# You can set these variables from the command line.
+SPHINXBUILD = @SPHINX_BUILD@
+SPHINXBUILDDIR = ${builddir}/_build
+SPHINX_W = -W
+
+common_SPHINXOPTS =		\
+	$(SPHINX_W)		\
+	-a			\
+	-v			\
+	-c "${abs_srcdir}"
+
+ALLSPHINXOPTS =					\
+	$(common_SPHINXOPTS)			\
+	-D version="${BIND9_VERSION}"		\
+	-D today="${RELEASE_DATE}"		\
+	-D release="${BIND9_VERSIONSTRING}"	\
+	$(SPHINXOPTS)				\
+	${srcdir}
+
+man_SPHINXOPTS =				\
+	$(common_SPHINXOPTS)			\
+	-D version="@""BIND9_VERSION""@"	\
+	-D today="@""RELEASE_DATE""@"		\
+	-D release="@""BIND9_VERSIONSTRING""@"	\
+	$(SPHINXOPTS)				\
+	${srcdir}
+
+# Put it first so that "make" without argument just builds manpages
+all: man
+	@:
+
+man:: ootsetup $(man1_MANS) $(man5_MANS) $(man8_MANS) @DNSTAP_MANS@ @NZD_MANS@ @PKCS11_MANS@
+
+doc:: @HTMLTARGET@ @PDFTARGET@
+
+html dirhtml:
+	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b $@ -d "$(SPHINXBUILDDIR)"/.doctrees/$@ $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) "$(SPHINXBUILDDIR)"/$@
+
+# copy in out-of-tree files in case sphinx-build isn't available
+.NOTPARALLEL:
+ootsetup: $(MANPAGES_IN)
+	for man in $(MANPAGES_IN); do \
+	  [ -e "$$man" ] || cp -f ${srcdir}/"$$man" .; \
+	done
+
+$(MANPAGES_IN): $(MANPAGES_RST)
+	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b man -d "$(SPHINXBUILDDIR)"/.doctrees/$@ $(man_SPHINXOPTS) "$(SPHINXBUILDDIR)"/man
+	-for man in $(MANPAGES_IN); do \
+	  [ -e "$(SPHINXBUILDDIR)"/man/"$$(basename $$man in)" ] && \
+	    cp -f "$(SPHINXBUILDDIR)"/man/"$$(basename $$man in)" "$$man"; \
+	done
+
+man_SUBST = sed							\
+	-e 's,[@]BIND9_VERSION[@],$(BIND9_VERSION),'			\
+	-e 's,[@]RELEASE_DATE[@],$(RELEASE_DATE),'			\
+	-e 's,[@]BIND9_VERSION_STRING[@],$(BIND9_VERSION_STRING),'	\
+	-e 's,[@]sysconfdir[@],$(sysconfdir),'				\
+	-e 's,[@]plugindir[@],$(plugindir),'
+
+$(man1_MANS): @MANSRCS@
+	for m in $(man1_MANS); do \
+		$(man_SUBST) $${m}in > $$m; \
+	done
+
+$(man5_MANS): @MANSRCS@
+	for m in $(man5_MANS); do \
+		$(man_SUBST) $${m}in > $$m; \
+	done
+
+$(man8_MANS): @MANSRCS@
+	for m in $(man8_MANS); do \
+		$(man_SUBST) $${m}in > $$m; \
+	done
+
+$(dnstap_man1_MANS): @MANSRCS@
+	for m in $(dnstap_man1_MANS); do \
+		$(man_SUBST) $${m}in > $$m; \
+	done
+
+$(nzd_man8_MANS): @MANSRCS@
+	for m in $(nzd_man8_MANS); do \
+		$(man_SUBST) $${m}in > $$m; \
+	done
+
+$(pkcs11_man8_MANS): @MANSRCS@
+	for m in $(pkcs11_man8_MANS); do \
+		$(man_SUBST) $${m}in > $$m; \
+	done
+
+.PHONY: help Makefile doc pdf man
+
+installdirs:
+	$(SHELL) ${top_srcdir}/mkinstalldirs ${DESTDIR}${mandir}/man1
+	$(SHELL) ${top_srcdir}/mkinstalldirs ${DESTDIR}${mandir}/man5
+	$(SHELL) ${top_srcdir}/mkinstalldirs ${DESTDIR}${mandir}/man8
+
+install:: installdirs
+	for m in $(man1_MANS); do ${INSTALL_DATA} $$m ${DESTDIR}${mandir}/man1/; done
+	for m in $(man5_MANS); do ${INSTALL_DATA} $$m ${DESTDIR}${mandir}/man5/; done
+	for m in $(man8_MANS); do ${INSTALL_DATA} $$m ${DESTDIR}${mandir}/man8/; done
+	for m in @DNSTAP_MANS@; do ${INSTALL_DATA} $$m ${DESTDIR}${mandir}/man1/; done
+	for m in @NZD_MANS@; do ${INSTALL_DATA} $$m ${DESTDIR}${mandir}/man8/; done
+	for m in @PKCS11_MANS@; do ${INSTALL_DATA} $$m ${DESTDIR}${mandir}/man8/; done
+
+uninstall::
+	for m in $(man1_MANS); do rm -f ${DESTDIR}${mandir}/man1/$$m; done
+	for m in $(man5_MANS); do rm -f ${DESTDIR}${mandir}/man5/$$m; done
+	for m in $(man8_MANS); do rm -f ${DESTDIR}${mandir}/man8/$$m; done
+	for m in @DNSTAP_MANS@; do rm -f ${DESTDIR}${mandir}/man1/$$m; done
+	for m in @NZD_MANS@; do rm -f ${DESTDIR}${mandir}/man8/$$m; done
+	for m in @PKCS11_MANS@; do rm -f ${DESTDIR}${mandir}/man8/$$m; done
+
+docclean manclean maintainer-clean::
+	rm -f $(MANPAGES_IN)
+
+clean::
+	-rm -rf $(SPHINXBUILDDIR)
+	-rm -f $(man1_MANS) $(man5_MANS) $(man8_MANS) @DNSTAP_MANS@ @NZD_MANS@ @PKCS11_MANS@
diff --git a/doc/man/arpaname.1in b/doc/man/arpaname.1in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2c25399
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/arpaname.1in
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+.\" Man page generated from reStructuredText.
+.
+.
+.nr rst2man-indent-level 0
+.
+.de1 rstReportMargin
+\\$1 \\n[an-margin]
+level \\n[rst2man-indent-level]
+level margin: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+-
+\\n[rst2man-indent0]
+\\n[rst2man-indent1]
+\\n[rst2man-indent2]
+..
+.de1 INDENT
+.\" .rstReportMargin pre:
+. RS \\$1
+. nr rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level] \\n[an-margin]
+. nr rst2man-indent-level +1
+.\" .rstReportMargin post:
+..
+.de UNINDENT
+. RE
+.\" indent \\n[an-margin]
+.\" old: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.nr rst2man-indent-level -1
+.\" new: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u
+..
+.TH "ARPANAME" "1" "@RELEASE_DATE@" "@BIND9_VERSION@" "BIND 9"
+.SH NAME
+arpaname \- translate IP addresses to the corresponding ARPA names
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.sp
+\fBarpaname\fP {\fIipaddress\fP ...}
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.sp
+\fBarpaname\fP translates IP addresses (IPv4 and IPv6) to the
+corresponding IN\-ADDR.ARPA or IP6.ARPA names.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.sp
+BIND 9 Administrator Reference Manual.
+.SH AUTHOR
+Internet Systems Consortium
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+2023, Internet Systems Consortium
+.\" Generated by docutils manpage writer.
+.
diff --git a/doc/man/arpaname.rst b/doc/man/arpaname.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..52d69b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/arpaname.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+.. Copyright (C) Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")
+..
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: MPL-2.0
+..
+.. This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+.. License, v. 2.0.  If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+.. file, you can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+..
+.. See the COPYRIGHT file distributed with this work for additional
+.. information regarding copyright ownership.
+
+:orphan:
+
+.. include:: ../../bin/tools/arpaname.rst
diff --git a/doc/man/conf.py b/doc/man/conf.py
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..266dfbb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/conf.py
@@ -0,0 +1,216 @@
+# Copyright (C) Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")
+#
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: MPL-2.0
+#
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0.  If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, you can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+#
+# See the COPYRIGHT file distributed with this work for additional
+# information regarding copyright ownership.
+
+import datetime
+from docutils.parsers.rst import roles
+
+#
+# Configuration file for the Sphinx documentation builder.
+#
+# This file only contains a selection of the most common options. For a full
+# list see the documentation:
+# http://www.sphinx-doc.org/en/master/config
+
+# -- Path setup --------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If extensions (or modules to document with autodoc) are in another directory,
+# add these directories to sys.path here. If the directory is relative to the
+# documentation root, use os.path.abspath to make it absolute, like shown here.
+#
+# import os
+# import sys
+# sys.path.insert(0, os.path.abspath('.'))
+
+# -- Project information -----------------------------------------------------
+
+project = "BIND 9"
+# pylint: disable=wrong-import-position
+year = datetime.datetime.now().year
+# pylint: disable=redefined-builtin
+copyright = "%d, Internet Systems Consortium" % year
+author = "Internet Systems Consortium"
+
+# -- General configuration ---------------------------------------------------
+
+# Build man pages directly in _build/man/, not in _build/man/<section>/.
+# This is what the shell code in Makefile.am expects.
+man_make_section_directory = False
+
+# Add any Sphinx extension module names here, as strings. They can be
+# extensions coming with Sphinx (named 'sphinx.ext.*') or your custom
+# ones.
+extensions = []
+
+# Add any paths that contain templates here, relative to this directory.
+templates_path = ["../arm/_templates"]
+
+# List of patterns, relative to source directory, that match files and
+# directories to ignore when looking for source files.
+# This pattern also affects html_static_path and html_extra_path.
+exclude_patterns = [
+    "_build",
+    "Thumbs.db",
+    ".DS_Store",
+]
+
+# The master toctree document.
+master_doc = "index"
+
+# pylint: disable=line-too-long
+man_pages = [
+    (
+        "arpaname",
+        "arpaname",
+        "translate IP addresses to the corresponding ARPA names",
+        author,
+        1,
+    ),
+    ("ddns-confgen", "ddns-confgen", "ddns key generation tool", author, 8),
+    ("delv", "delv", "DNS lookup and validation utility", author, 1),
+    ("dig", "dig", "DNS lookup utility", author, 1),
+    (
+        "dnssec-cds",
+        "dnssec-cds",
+        "change DS records for a child zone based on CDS/CDNSKEY",
+        author,
+        8,
+    ),
+    (
+        "dnssec-checkds",
+        "dnssec-checkds",
+        "DNSSEC delegation consistency checking tool",
+        author,
+        8,
+    ),
+    (
+        "dnssec-coverage",
+        "dnssec-coverage",
+        "checks future DNSKEY coverage for a zone",
+        author,
+        8,
+    ),
+    ("dnssec-dsfromkey", "dnssec-dsfromkey", "DNSSEC DS RR generation tool", author, 8),
+    (
+        "dnssec-importkey",
+        "dnssec-importkey",
+        "import DNSKEY records from external systems so they can be managed",
+        author,
+        8,
+    ),
+    (
+        "dnssec-keyfromlabel",
+        "dnssec-keyfromlabel",
+        "DNSSEC key generation tool",
+        author,
+        8,
+    ),
+    ("dnssec-keygen", "dnssec-keygen", "DNSSEC key generation tool", author, 8),
+    (
+        "dnssec-keymgr",
+        "dnssec-keymgr",
+        "ensure correct DNSKEY coverage based on a defined policy",
+        author,
+        8,
+    ),
+    (
+        "dnssec-revoke",
+        "dnssec-revoke",
+        "set the REVOKED bit on a DNSSEC key",
+        author,
+        8,
+    ),
+    (
+        "dnssec-settime",
+        "dnssec-settime",
+        "set the key timing metadata for a DNSSEC key",
+        author,
+        8,
+    ),
+    ("dnssec-signzone", "dnssec-signzone", "DNSSEC zone signing tool", author, 8),
+    ("dnssec-verify", "dnssec-verify", "DNSSEC zone verification tool", author, 8),
+    (
+        "dnstap-read",
+        "dnstap-read",
+        "print dnstap data in human-readable form",
+        author,
+        1,
+    ),
+    (
+        "filter-aaaa",
+        "filter-aaaa",
+        "filter AAAA in DNS responses when A is present",
+        author,
+        8,
+    ),
+    ("host", "host", "DNS lookup utility", author, 1),
+    ("mdig", "mdig", "DNS pipelined lookup utility", author, 1),
+    (
+        "named-checkconf",
+        "named-checkconf",
+        "named configuration file syntax checking tool",
+        author,
+        8,
+    ),
+    (
+        "named-checkzone",
+        "named-checkzone",
+        "zone file validity checking or converting tool",
+        author,
+        8,
+    ),
+    (
+        "named-compilezone",
+        "named-compilezone",
+        "zone file validity checking or converting tool",
+        author,
+        8,
+    ),
+    (
+        "named-journalprint",
+        "named-journalprint",
+        "print zone journal in human-readable form",
+        author,
+        8,
+    ),
+    (
+        "named-nzd2nzf",
+        "named-nzd2nzf",
+        "convert an NZD database to NZF text format",
+        author,
+        8,
+    ),
+    (
+        "named-rrchecker",
+        "named-rrchecker",
+        "syntax checker for individual DNS resource records",
+        author,
+        1,
+    ),
+    ("named.conf", "named.conf", "configuration file for **named**", author, 5),
+    ("named", "named", "Internet domain name server", author, 8),
+    ("nsec3hash", "nsec3hash", "generate NSEC3 hash", author, 8),
+    ("nslookup", "nslookup", "query Internet name servers interactively", author, 1),
+    ("nsupdate", "nsupdate", "dynamic DNS update utility", author, 1),
+    ("pkcs11-destroy", "pkcs11-destroy", "destroy PKCS#11 objects", author, 8),
+    ("pkcs11-keygen", "pkcs11-keygen", "generate keys on a PKCS#11 device", author, 8),
+    ("pkcs11-list", "pkcs11-list", "list PKCS#11 objects", author, 8),
+    ("pkcs11-tokens", "pkcs11-tokens", "list PKCS#11 available tokens", author, 8),
+    ("rndc-confgen", "rndc-confgen", "rndc key generation tool", author, 8),
+    ("rndc.conf", "rndc.conf", "rndc configuration file", author, 5),
+    ("rndc", "rndc", "name server control utility", author, 8),
+    ("tsig-keygen", "tsig-keygen", "TSIG key generation tool", author, 8),
+]
+
+
+def setup(app):
+    app.add_crossref_type("iscman", "iscman", "pair: %s; manual page")
+    # ignore :option: references to simplify doc backports to v9_16 branch
+    app.add_role_to_domain("std", "option", roles.code_role)
diff --git a/doc/man/ddns-confgen.8in b/doc/man/ddns-confgen.8in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..97e1cf8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/ddns-confgen.8in
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+.\" Man page generated from reStructuredText.
+.
+.
+.nr rst2man-indent-level 0
+.
+.de1 rstReportMargin
+\\$1 \\n[an-margin]
+level \\n[rst2man-indent-level]
+level margin: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+-
+\\n[rst2man-indent0]
+\\n[rst2man-indent1]
+\\n[rst2man-indent2]
+..
+.de1 INDENT
+.\" .rstReportMargin pre:
+. RS \\$1
+. nr rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level] \\n[an-margin]
+. nr rst2man-indent-level +1
+.\" .rstReportMargin post:
+..
+.de UNINDENT
+. RE
+.\" indent \\n[an-margin]
+.\" old: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.nr rst2man-indent-level -1
+.\" new: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u
+..
+.TH "DDNS-CONFGEN" "8" "@RELEASE_DATE@" "@BIND9_VERSION@" "BIND 9"
+.SH NAME
+ddns-confgen \- ddns key generation tool
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.sp
+\fBddns\-confgen\fP [\fB\-a\fP algorithm] [\fB\-h\fP] [\fB\-k\fP keyname] [\fB\-q\fP] [\fB\-s\fP name] [\fB\-z\fP zone]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.sp
+\fBddns\-confgen\fP is an utility that generates keys for use in TSIG signing.
+The resulting keys can be used, for example, to secure dynamic DNS updates
+to a zone, or for the \fBrndc\fP command channel.
+.sp
+The key name can specified using \fB\-k\fP parameter and defaults to \fBddns\-key\fP\&.
+The generated key is accompanied by configuration text and instructions that
+can be used with \fBnsupdate\fP and \fBnamed\fP when setting up dynamic DNS,
+including an example \fBupdate\-policy\fP statement.
+(This usage is similar to the \fBrndc\-confgen\fP command for setting up
+command\-channel security.)
+.sp
+Note that \fBnamed\fP itself can configure a local DDNS key for use with
+\fBnsupdate \-l\fP; it does this when a zone is configured with
+\fBupdate\-policy local;\fP\&. \fBddns\-confgen\fP is only needed when a more
+elaborate configuration is required: for instance, if \fBnsupdate\fP is to
+be used from a remote system.
+.SH OPTIONS
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \fB\-a algorithm\fP
+This option specifies the algorithm to use for the TSIG key. Available
+choices are: hmac\-md5, hmac\-sha1, hmac\-sha224, hmac\-sha256, hmac\-sha384,
+and hmac\-sha512. The default is hmac\-sha256. Options are
+case\-insensitive, and the \(dqhmac\-\(dq prefix may be omitted.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-h\fP
+This option prints a short summary of options and arguments.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-k keyname\fP
+This option specifies the key name of the DDNS authentication key. The
+default is \fBddns\-key\fP when neither the \fB\-s\fP nor \fB\-z\fP option is
+specified; otherwise, the default is \fBddns\-key\fP as a separate label
+followed by the argument of the option, e.g., \fBddns\-key.example.com.\fP
+The key name must have the format of a valid domain name, consisting of
+letters, digits, hyphens, and periods.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-q\fP
+This option enables quiet mode, which prints only the key, with no
+explanatory text or usage examples. This is essentially identical to
+\fBtsig\-keygen\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-s name\fP
+This option generates a configuration example to allow dynamic updates
+of a single hostname. The example \fBnamed.conf\fP text shows how to set
+an update policy for the specified name using the \(dqname\(dq nametype. The
+default key name is \fBddns\-key.name\fP\&. Note that the \(dqself\(dq nametype
+cannot be used, since the name to be updated may differ from the key
+name. This option cannot be used with the \fB\-z\fP option.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-z zone\fP
+This option generates a configuration example to allow
+dynamic updates of a zone. The example \fBnamed.conf\fP text shows how
+to set an update policy for the specified zone using the \(dqzonesub\(dq
+nametype, allowing updates to all subdomain names within that zone.
+This option cannot be used with the \fB\-s\fP option.
+.UNINDENT
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.sp
+\fBnsupdate(1)\fP, \fBnamed.conf(5)\fP, \fBnamed(8)\fP, BIND 9 Administrator Reference Manual.
+.SH AUTHOR
+Internet Systems Consortium
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+2023, Internet Systems Consortium
+.\" Generated by docutils manpage writer.
+.
diff --git a/doc/man/ddns-confgen.rst b/doc/man/ddns-confgen.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..891102f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/ddns-confgen.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+.. Copyright (C) Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")
+..
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: MPL-2.0
+..
+.. This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+.. License, v. 2.0.  If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+.. file, you can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+..
+.. See the COPYRIGHT file distributed with this work for additional
+.. information regarding copyright ownership.
+
+:orphan:
+
+.. include:: ../../bin/confgen/ddns-confgen.rst
diff --git a/doc/man/delv.1in b/doc/man/delv.1in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9a2b186
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/delv.1in
@@ -0,0 +1,345 @@
+.\" Man page generated from reStructuredText.
+.
+.
+.nr rst2man-indent-level 0
+.
+.de1 rstReportMargin
+\\$1 \\n[an-margin]
+level \\n[rst2man-indent-level]
+level margin: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+-
+\\n[rst2man-indent0]
+\\n[rst2man-indent1]
+\\n[rst2man-indent2]
+..
+.de1 INDENT
+.\" .rstReportMargin pre:
+. RS \\$1
+. nr rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level] \\n[an-margin]
+. nr rst2man-indent-level +1
+.\" .rstReportMargin post:
+..
+.de UNINDENT
+. RE
+.\" indent \\n[an-margin]
+.\" old: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.nr rst2man-indent-level -1
+.\" new: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u
+..
+.TH "DELV" "1" "@RELEASE_DATE@" "@BIND9_VERSION@" "BIND 9"
+.SH NAME
+delv \- DNS lookup and validation utility
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.sp
+\fBdelv\fP [@server] [ [\fB\-4\fP] | [\fB\-6\fP] ] [\fB\-a\fP anchor\-file] [\fB\-b\fP address] [\fB\-c\fP class] [\fB\-d\fP level] [\fB\-i\fP] [\fB\-m\fP] [\fB\-p\fP port#] [\fB\-q\fP name] [\fB\-t\fP type] [\fB\-x\fP addr] [name] [type] [class] [queryopt...]
+.sp
+\fBdelv\fP [\fB\-h\fP]
+.sp
+\fBdelv\fP [\fB\-v\fP]
+.sp
+\fBdelv\fP [queryopt...] [query...]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.sp
+\fBdelv\fP is a tool for sending DNS queries and validating the results,
+using the same internal resolver and validator logic as \fBnamed\fP\&.
+.sp
+\fBdelv\fP sends to a specified name server all queries needed to
+fetch and validate the requested data; this includes the original
+requested query, subsequent queries to follow CNAME or DNAME chains,
+queries for DNSKEY, and DS records to establish a chain of trust for
+DNSSEC validation. It does not perform iterative resolution, but
+simulates the behavior of a name server configured for DNSSEC validating
+and forwarding.
+.sp
+By default, responses are validated using the built\-in DNSSEC trust anchor
+for the root zone (\(dq.\(dq). Records returned by \fBdelv\fP are either fully
+validated or were not signed. If validation fails, an explanation of the
+failure is included in the output; the validation process can be traced
+in detail. Because \fBdelv\fP does not rely on an external server to carry
+out validation, it can be used to check the validity of DNS responses in
+environments where local name servers may not be trustworthy.
+.sp
+Unless it is told to query a specific name server, \fBdelv\fP tries
+each of the servers listed in \fB/etc/resolv.conf\fP\&. If no usable server
+addresses are found, \fBdelv\fP sends queries to the localhost
+addresses (127.0.0.1 for IPv4, ::1 for IPv6).
+.sp
+When no command\-line arguments or options are given, \fBdelv\fP
+performs an NS query for \(dq.\(dq (the root zone).
+.SH SIMPLE USAGE
+.sp
+A typical invocation of \fBdelv\fP looks like:
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+.sp
+.nf
+.ft C
+delv @server name type
+.ft P
+.fi
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+where:
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \fBserver\fP
+is the name or IP address of the name server to query. This can be an
+IPv4 address in dotted\-decimal notation or an IPv6 address in
+colon\-delimited notation. When the supplied \fBserver\fP argument is a
+hostname, \fBdelv\fP resolves that name before querying that name
+server (note, however, that this initial lookup is \fInot\fP validated by
+DNSSEC).
+.sp
+If no \fBserver\fP argument is provided, \fBdelv\fP consults
+\fB/etc/resolv.conf\fP; if an address is found there, it queries the
+name server at that address. If either of the \fB\-4\fP or \fB\-6\fP
+options is in use, then only addresses for the corresponding
+transport are tried. If no usable addresses are found, \fBdelv\fP
+sends queries to the localhost addresses (127.0.0.1 for IPv4, ::1
+for IPv6).
+.TP
+.B \fBname\fP
+is the domain name to be looked up.
+.TP
+.B \fBtype\fP
+indicates what type of query is required \- ANY, A, MX, etc.
+\fBtype\fP can be any valid query type. If no \fBtype\fP argument is
+supplied, \fBdelv\fP performs a lookup for an A record.
+.UNINDENT
+.SH OPTIONS
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \fB\-a anchor\-file\fP
+This option specifies a file from which to read DNSSEC trust anchors. The default
+is \fB/etc/bind.keys\fP, which is included with BIND 9 and contains one
+or more trust anchors for the root zone (\(dq.\(dq).
+.sp
+Keys that do not match the root zone name are ignored. An alternate
+key name can be specified using the \fB+root=NAME\fP options.
+.sp
+Note: When reading the trust anchor file, \fBdelv\fP treats \fBtrust\-anchors\fP,
+\fBinitial\-key\fP, and \fBstatic\-key\fP identically. That is, for a managed key,
+it is the \fIinitial\fP key that is trusted; \fI\%RFC 5011\fP key management is not
+supported. \fBdelv\fP does not consult the managed\-keys database maintained by
+\fBnamed\fP, which means that if either of the keys in \fB/etc/bind.keys\fP is
+revoked and rolled over, \fB/etc/bind.keys\fP must be updated to
+use DNSSEC validation in \fBdelv\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-b address\fP
+This option sets the source IP address of the query to \fBaddress\fP\&. This must be
+a valid address on one of the host\(aqs network interfaces, or \fB0.0.0.0\fP,
+or \fB::\fP\&. An optional source port may be specified by appending
+\fB#<port>\fP
+.TP
+.B \fB\-c class\fP
+This option sets the query class for the requested data. Currently, only class
+\(dqIN\(dq is supported in \fBdelv\fP and any other value is ignored.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-d level\fP
+This option sets the systemwide debug level to \fBlevel\fP\&. The allowed range is
+from 0 to 99. The default is 0 (no debugging). Debugging traces from
+\fBdelv\fP become more verbose as the debug level increases. See the
+\fB+mtrace\fP, \fB+rtrace\fP, and \fB+vtrace\fP options below for
+additional debugging details.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-h\fP
+This option displays the \fBdelv\fP help usage output and exits.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-i\fP
+This option sets insecure mode, which disables internal DNSSEC validation. (Note,
+however, that this does not set the CD bit on upstream queries. If the
+server being queried is performing DNSSEC validation, then it does
+not return invalid data; this can cause \fBdelv\fP to time out. When it
+is necessary to examine invalid data to debug a DNSSEC problem, use
+\fBdig +cd\fP\&.)
+.TP
+.B \fB\-m\fP
+This option enables memory usage debugging.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-p port#\fP
+This option specifies a destination port to use for queries, instead of the
+standard DNS port number 53. This option is used with a name
+server that has been configured to listen for queries on a
+non\-standard port number.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-q name\fP
+This option sets the query name to \fBname\fP\&. While the query name can be
+specified without using the \fB\-q\fP option, it is sometimes necessary to
+disambiguate names from types or classes (for example, when looking
+up the name \(dqns\(dq, which could be misinterpreted as the type NS, or
+\(dqch\(dq, which could be misinterpreted as class CH).
+.TP
+.B \fB\-t type\fP
+This option sets the query type to \fBtype\fP, which can be any valid query type
+supported in BIND 9 except for zone transfer types AXFR and IXFR. As
+with \fB\-q\fP, this is useful to distinguish query\-name types or classes
+when they are ambiguous. It is sometimes necessary to disambiguate
+names from types.
+.sp
+The default query type is \(dqA\(dq, unless the \fB\-x\fP option is supplied
+to indicate a reverse lookup, in which case it is \(dqPTR\(dq.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-v\fP
+This option prints the \fBdelv\fP version and exits.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-x addr\fP
+This option performs a reverse lookup, mapping an address to a name. \fBaddr\fP
+is an IPv4 address in dotted\-decimal notation, or a colon\-delimited
+IPv6 address. When \fB\-x\fP is used, there is no need to provide the
+\fBname\fP or \fBtype\fP arguments; \fBdelv\fP automatically performs a
+lookup for a name like \fB11.12.13.10.in\-addr.arpa\fP and sets the
+query type to PTR. IPv6 addresses are looked up using nibble format
+under the IP6.ARPA domain.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-4\fP
+This option forces \fBdelv\fP to only use IPv4.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-6\fP
+This option forces \fBdelv\fP to only use IPv6.
+.UNINDENT
+.SH QUERY OPTIONS
+.sp
+\fBdelv\fP provides a number of query options which affect the way results
+are displayed, and in some cases the way lookups are performed.
+.sp
+Each query option is identified by a keyword preceded by a plus sign
+(\fB+\fP). Some keywords set or reset an option. These may be preceded by
+the string \fBno\fP to negate the meaning of that keyword. Other keywords
+assign values to options like the timeout interval. They have the form
+\fB+keyword=value\fP\&. The query options are:
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]cdflag\fP
+This option controls whether to set the CD (checking disabled) bit in queries
+sent by \fBdelv\fP\&. This may be useful when troubleshooting DNSSEC
+problems from behind a validating resolver. A validating resolver
+blocks invalid responses, making it difficult to retrieve them
+for analysis. Setting the CD flag on queries causes the resolver
+to return invalid responses, which \fBdelv\fP can then validate
+internally and report the errors in detail.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]class\fP
+This option controls whether to display the CLASS when printing a record. The
+default is to display the CLASS.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]ttl\fP
+This option controls whether to display the TTL when printing a record. The
+default is to display the TTL.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]rtrace\fP
+This option toggles resolver fetch logging. This reports the name and type of each
+query sent by \fBdelv\fP in the process of carrying out the resolution
+and validation process, including the original query
+and all subsequent queries to follow CNAMEs and to establish a chain
+of trust for DNSSEC validation.
+.sp
+This is equivalent to setting the debug level to 1 in the \(dqresolver\(dq
+logging category. Setting the systemwide debug level to 1 using the
+\fB\-d\fP option produces the same output, but affects other
+logging categories as well.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]mtrace\fP
+This option toggles message logging. This produces a detailed dump of the
+responses received by \fBdelv\fP in the process of carrying out the
+resolution and validation process.
+.sp
+This is equivalent to setting the debug level to 10 for the \(dqpackets\(dq
+module of the \(dqresolver\(dq logging category. Setting the systemwide
+debug level to 10 using the \fB\-d\fP option produces the same
+output, but affects other logging categories as well.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]vtrace\fP
+This option toggles validation logging. This shows the internal process of the
+validator as it determines whether an answer is validly signed,
+unsigned, or invalid.
+.sp
+This is equivalent to setting the debug level to 3 for the
+\(dqvalidator\(dq module of the \(dqdnssec\(dq logging category. Setting the
+systemwide debug level to 3 using the \fB\-d\fP option produces the
+same output, but affects other logging categories as well.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]short\fP
+This option toggles between verbose and terse answers. The default is to print the answer in a
+verbose form.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]comments\fP
+This option toggles the display of comment lines in the output. The default is to
+print comments.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]rrcomments\fP
+This option toggles the display of per\-record comments in the output (for example,
+human\-readable key information about DNSKEY records). The default is
+to print per\-record comments.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]crypto\fP
+This option toggles the display of cryptographic fields in DNSSEC records. The
+contents of these fields are unnecessary to debug most DNSSEC
+validation failures and removing them makes it easier to see the
+common failures. The default is to display the fields. When omitted,
+they are replaced by the string \fB[omitted]\fP or, in the DNSKEY case, the
+key ID is displayed as the replacement, e.g. \fB[ key id = value ]\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]trust\fP
+This option controls whether to display the trust level when printing a record.
+The default is to display the trust level.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]split[=W]\fP
+This option splits long hex\- or base64\-formatted fields in resource records into
+chunks of \fBW\fP characters (where \fBW\fP is rounded up to the nearest
+multiple of 4). \fB+nosplit\fP or \fB+split=0\fP causes fields not to be
+split at all. The default is 56 characters, or 44 characters when
+multiline mode is active.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]all\fP
+This option sets or clears the display options \fB+[no]comments\fP,
+\fB+[no]rrcomments\fP, and \fB+[no]trust\fP as a group.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]multiline\fP
+This option prints long records (such as RRSIG, DNSKEY, and SOA records) in a
+verbose multi\-line format with human\-readable comments. The default
+is to print each record on a single line, to facilitate machine
+parsing of the \fBdelv\fP output.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]dnssec\fP
+This option indicates whether to display RRSIG records in the \fBdelv\fP output.
+The default is to do so. Note that (unlike in \fBdig\fP) this does
+\fInot\fP control whether to request DNSSEC records or to
+validate them. DNSSEC records are always requested, and validation
+always occurs unless suppressed by the use of \fB\-i\fP or
+\fB+noroot\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]root[=ROOT]\fP
+This option indicates whether to perform conventional DNSSEC validation, and if so,
+specifies the name of a trust anchor. The default is to validate using a
+trust anchor of \(dq.\(dq (the root zone), for which there is a built\-in key. If
+specifying a different trust anchor, then \fB\-a\fP must be used to specify a
+file containing the key.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]tcp\fP
+This option controls whether to use TCP when sending queries. The default is to
+use UDP unless a truncated response has been received.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]unknownformat\fP
+This option prints all RDATA in unknown RR\-type presentation format (\fI\%RFC 3597\fP).
+The default is to print RDATA for known types in the type\(aqs
+presentation format.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]yaml\fP
+This option prints response data in YAML format.
+.UNINDENT
+.SH FILES
+.sp
+\fB/etc/bind.keys\fP
+.sp
+\fB/etc/resolv.conf\fP
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.sp
+\fBdig(1)\fP, \fBnamed(8)\fP, \fI\%RFC 4034\fP, \fI\%RFC 4035\fP, \fI\%RFC 4431\fP, \fI\%RFC 5074\fP, \fI\%RFC 5155\fP\&.
+.SH AUTHOR
+Internet Systems Consortium
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+2023, Internet Systems Consortium
+.\" Generated by docutils manpage writer.
+.
diff --git a/doc/man/delv.rst b/doc/man/delv.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8f3b548
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/delv.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+.. Copyright (C) Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")
+..
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: MPL-2.0
+..
+.. This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+.. License, v. 2.0.  If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+.. file, you can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+..
+.. See the COPYRIGHT file distributed with this work for additional
+.. information regarding copyright ownership.
+
+:orphan:
+
+.. include:: ../../bin/delv/delv.rst
diff --git a/doc/man/dig.1in b/doc/man/dig.1in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fd6d6f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/dig.1in
@@ -0,0 +1,670 @@
+.\" Man page generated from reStructuredText.
+.
+.
+.nr rst2man-indent-level 0
+.
+.de1 rstReportMargin
+\\$1 \\n[an-margin]
+level \\n[rst2man-indent-level]
+level margin: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+-
+\\n[rst2man-indent0]
+\\n[rst2man-indent1]
+\\n[rst2man-indent2]
+..
+.de1 INDENT
+.\" .rstReportMargin pre:
+. RS \\$1
+. nr rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level] \\n[an-margin]
+. nr rst2man-indent-level +1
+.\" .rstReportMargin post:
+..
+.de UNINDENT
+. RE
+.\" indent \\n[an-margin]
+.\" old: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.nr rst2man-indent-level -1
+.\" new: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u
+..
+.TH "DIG" "1" "@RELEASE_DATE@" "@BIND9_VERSION@" "BIND 9"
+.SH NAME
+dig \- DNS lookup utility
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.sp
+\fBdig\fP [@server] [\fB\-b\fP address] [\fB\-c\fP class] [\fB\-f\fP filename] [\fB\-k\fP filename] [\fB\-m\fP] [\fB\-p\fP port#] [\fB\-q\fP name] [\fB\-t\fP type] [\fB\-v\fP] [\fB\-x\fP addr] [\fB\-y\fP [hmac:]name:key] [ [\fB\-4\fP] | [\fB\-6\fP] ] [name] [type] [class] [queryopt...]
+.sp
+\fBdig\fP [\fB\-h\fP]
+.sp
+\fBdig\fP [global\-queryopt...] [query...]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.sp
+\fBdig\fP is a flexible tool for interrogating DNS name servers. It
+performs DNS lookups and displays the answers that are returned from the
+name server(s) that were queried. Most DNS administrators use \fBdig\fP to
+troubleshoot DNS problems because of its flexibility, ease of use, and
+clarity of output. Other lookup tools tend to have less functionality
+than \fBdig\fP\&.
+.sp
+Although \fBdig\fP is normally used with command\-line arguments, it also
+has a batch mode of operation for reading lookup requests from a file. A
+brief summary of its command\-line arguments and options is printed when
+the \fB\-h\fP option is given. The BIND 9
+implementation of \fBdig\fP allows multiple lookups to be issued from the
+command line.
+.sp
+Unless it is told to query a specific name server, \fBdig\fP tries each
+of the servers listed in \fB/etc/resolv.conf\fP\&. If no usable server
+addresses are found, \fBdig\fP sends the query to the local host.
+.sp
+When no command\-line arguments or options are given, \fBdig\fP
+performs an NS query for \(dq.\(dq (the root).
+.sp
+It is possible to set per\-user defaults for \fBdig\fP via
+\fB${HOME}/.digrc\fP\&. This file is read and any options in it are applied
+before the command\-line arguments. The \fB\-r\fP option disables this
+feature, for scripts that need predictable behavior.
+.sp
+The IN and CH class names overlap with the IN and CH top\-level domain
+names. Either use the \fB\-t\fP and \fB\-c\fP options to specify the type and
+class, use the \fB\-q\fP to specify the domain name, or use \(dqIN.\(dq and
+\(dqCH.\(dq when looking up these top\-level domains.
+.SH SIMPLE USAGE
+.sp
+A typical invocation of \fBdig\fP looks like:
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+.sp
+.nf
+.ft C
+dig @server name type
+.ft P
+.fi
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+where:
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \fBserver\fP
+is the name or IP address of the name server to query. This can be an
+IPv4 address in dotted\-decimal notation or an IPv6 address in
+colon\-delimited notation. When the supplied \fBserver\fP argument is a
+hostname, \fBdig\fP resolves that name before querying that name
+server.
+.sp
+If no \fBserver\fP argument is provided, \fBdig\fP consults
+\fB/etc/resolv.conf\fP; if an address is found there, it queries the
+name server at that address. If either of the \fB\-4\fP or \fB\-6\fP
+options are in use, then only addresses for the corresponding
+transport are tried. If no usable addresses are found, \fBdig\fP
+sends the query to the local host. The reply from the name server
+that responds is displayed.
+.TP
+.B \fBname\fP
+is the name of the resource record that is to be looked up.
+.TP
+.B \fBtype\fP
+indicates what type of query is required \- ANY, A, MX, SIG, etc.
+\fBtype\fP can be any valid query type. If no \fBtype\fP argument is
+supplied, \fBdig\fP performs a lookup for an A record.
+.UNINDENT
+.SH OPTIONS
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \fB\-4\fP
+This option indicates that only IPv4 should be used.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-6\fP
+This option indicates that only IPv6 should be used.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-b address[#port]\fP
+This option sets the source IP address of the query. The \fBaddress\fP must be a
+valid address on one of the host\(aqs network interfaces, or \(dq0.0.0.0\(dq
+or \(dq::\(dq. An optional port may be specified by appending \fB#port\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-c class\fP
+This option sets the query class. The default \fBclass\fP is IN; other classes are
+HS for Hesiod records or CH for Chaosnet records.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-f file\fP
+This option sets batch mode, in which \fBdig\fP reads a list of lookup requests to process from
+the given \fBfile\fP\&. Each line in the file should be organized in the
+same way it would be presented as a query to \fBdig\fP using the
+command\-line interface.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-k keyfile\fP
+This option tells \fBnamed\fP to sign queries using TSIG using a key read from the given file. Key
+files can be generated using \fBtsig\-keygen\fP\&. When using TSIG
+authentication with \fBdig\fP, the name server that is queried needs to
+know the key and algorithm that is being used. In BIND, this is done
+by providing appropriate \fBkey\fP and \fBserver\fP statements in
+\fBnamed.conf\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-m\fP
+This option enables memory usage debugging.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-p port\fP
+This option sends the query to a non\-standard port on the server, instead of the
+default port 53. This option is used to test a name server that
+has been configured to listen for queries on a non\-standard port
+number.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-q name\fP
+This option specifies the domain name to query. This is useful to distinguish the \fBname\fP
+from other arguments.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-r\fP
+This option indicates that options from \fB${HOME}/.digrc\fP should not be read. This is useful for
+scripts that need predictable behavior.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-t type\fP
+This option indicates the resource record type to query, which can be any valid query type. If
+it is a resource record type supported in BIND 9, it can be given by
+the type mnemonic (such as \fBNS\fP or \fBAAAA\fP). The default query type is
+\fBA\fP, unless the \fB\-x\fP option is supplied to indicate a reverse
+lookup. A zone transfer can be requested by specifying a type of
+AXFR. When an incremental zone transfer (IXFR) is required, set the
+\fBtype\fP to \fBixfr=N\fP\&. The incremental zone transfer contains
+all changes made to the zone since the serial number in the zone\(aqs
+SOA record was \fBN\fP\&.
+.sp
+All resource record types can be expressed as \fBTYPEnn\fP, where \fBnn\fP is
+the number of the type. If the resource record type is not supported
+in BIND 9, the result is displayed as described in \fI\%RFC 3597\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-u\fP
+This option indicates that print query times should be provided in microseconds instead of milliseconds.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-v\fP
+This option prints the version number and exits.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-x addr\fP
+This option sets simplified reverse lookups, for mapping addresses to names. The
+\fBaddr\fP is an IPv4 address in dotted\-decimal notation, or a
+colon\-delimited IPv6 address. When the \fB\-x\fP option is used, there is no
+need to provide the \fBname\fP, \fBclass\fP, and \fBtype\fP arguments.
+\fBdig\fP automatically performs a lookup for a name like
+\fB94.2.0.192.in\-addr.arpa\fP and sets the query type and class to PTR
+and IN respectively. IPv6 addresses are looked up using nibble format
+under the IP6.ARPA domain.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-y [hmac:]keyname:secret\fP
+This option signs queries using TSIG with the given authentication key.
+\fBkeyname\fP is the name of the key, and \fBsecret\fP is the
+base64\-encoded shared secret. \fBhmac\fP is the name of the key algorithm;
+valid choices are \fBhmac\-md5\fP, \fBhmac\-sha1\fP, \fBhmac\-sha224\fP,
+\fBhmac\-sha256\fP, \fBhmac\-sha384\fP, or \fBhmac\-sha512\fP\&. If \fBhmac\fP is
+not specified, the default is \fBhmac\-md5\fP; if MD5 was disabled, the default is
+\fBhmac\-sha256\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+\fBNOTE:\fP
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+Only the \fB\-k\fP option should be used, rather than the \fB\-y\fP option,
+because with \fB\-y\fP the shared secret is supplied as a command\-line
+argument in clear text. This may be visible in the output from \fBps1\fP or
+in a history file maintained by the user\(aqs shell.
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.SH QUERY OPTIONS
+.sp
+\fBdig\fP provides a number of query options which affect the way in which
+lookups are made and the results displayed. Some of these set or reset
+flag bits in the query header, some determine which sections of the
+answer get printed, and others determine the timeout and retry
+strategies.
+.sp
+Each query option is identified by a keyword preceded by a plus sign
+(\fB+\fP). Some keywords set or reset an option; these may be preceded by
+the string \fBno\fP to negate the meaning of that keyword. Other keywords
+assign values to options, like the timeout interval. They have the form
+\fB+keyword=value\fP\&. Keywords may be abbreviated, provided the
+abbreviation is unambiguous; for example, \fB+cd\fP is equivalent to
+\fB+cdflag\fP\&. The query options are:
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]aaflag\fP
+This option is a synonym for \fB+[no]aaonly\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]aaonly\fP
+This option sets the \fBaa\fP flag in the query.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]additional\fP
+This option displays [or does not display] the additional section of a reply. The
+default is to display it.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]adflag\fP
+This option sets [or does not set] the AD (authentic data) bit in the query. This
+requests the server to return whether all of the answer and authority
+sections have been validated as secure, according to the security
+policy of the server. \fBAD=1\fP indicates that all records have been
+validated as secure and the answer is not from a OPT\-OUT range. \fBAD=0\fP
+indicates that some part of the answer was insecure or not validated.
+This bit is set by default.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]all\fP
+This option sets or clears all display flags.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]answer\fP
+This option displays [or does not display] the answer section of a reply. The default
+is to display it.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]authority\fP
+This option displays [or does not display] the authority section of a reply. The
+default is to display it.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]badcookie\fP
+This option retries the lookup with a new server cookie if a BADCOOKIE response is
+received.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]besteffort\fP
+This option attempts to display the contents of messages which are malformed. The
+default is to not display malformed answers.
+.TP
+.B \fB+bufsize[=B]\fP
+This option sets the UDP message buffer size advertised using EDNS0
+to \fBB\fP bytes.  The maximum and minimum sizes of this buffer are
+65535 and 0, respectively.  \fB+bufsize=0\fP disables EDNS (use
+\fB+bufsize=0 +edns\fP to send an EDNS message with an advertised size
+of 0 bytes). \fB+bufsize\fP restores the default buffer size.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]cdflag\fP
+This option sets [or does not set] the CD (checking disabled) bit in the query. This
+requests the server to not perform DNSSEC validation of responses.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]class\fP
+This option displays [or does not display] the CLASS when printing the record.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]cmd\fP
+This option toggles the printing of the initial comment in the output, identifying the
+version of \fBdig\fP and the query options that have been applied. This option
+always has a global effect; it cannot be set globally and then overridden on a
+per\-lookup basis. The default is to print this comment.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]comments\fP
+This option toggles the display of some comment lines in the output, with
+information about the packet header and OPT pseudosection, and the names of
+the response section. The default is to print these comments.
+.sp
+Other types of comments in the output are not affected by this option, but
+can be controlled using other command\-line switches. These include
+\fB+[no]cmd\fP, \fB+[no]question\fP, \fB+[no]stats\fP, and \fB+[no]rrcomments\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]cookie=####\fP
+This option sends [or does not send] a COOKIE EDNS option, with an optional value. Replaying a COOKIE
+from a previous response allows the server to identify a previous
+client. The default is \fB+cookie\fP\&.
+.sp
+\fB+cookie\fP is also set when \fB+trace\fP is set to better emulate the
+default queries from a nameserver.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]crypto\fP
+This option toggles the display of cryptographic fields in DNSSEC records. The
+contents of these fields are unnecessary for debugging most DNSSEC
+validation failures and removing them makes it easier to see the
+common failures. The default is to display the fields. When omitted,
+they are replaced by the string \fB[omitted]\fP or, in the DNSKEY case, the
+key ID is displayed as the replacement, e.g. \fB[ key id = value ]\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]defname\fP
+This option, which is deprecated, is treated as a synonym for \fB+[no]search\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]dnssec\fP
+This option requests that DNSSEC records be sent by setting the DNSSEC OK (DO) bit in
+the OPT record in the additional section of the query.
+.TP
+.B \fB+domain=somename\fP
+This option sets the search list to contain the single domain \fBsomename\fP, as if
+specified in a \fBdomain\fP directive in \fB/etc/resolv.conf\fP, and
+enables search list processing as if the \fB+search\fP option were
+given.
+.TP
+.B \fB+dscp=value\fP
+This option sets the DSCP code point to be used when sending the query. Valid DSCP
+code points are in the range [0...63]. By default no code point is
+explicitly set.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]edns[=#]\fP
+This option specifies the EDNS version to query with. Valid values are 0 to 255.
+Setting the EDNS version causes an EDNS query to be sent.
+\fB+noedns\fP clears the remembered EDNS version. EDNS is set to 0 by
+default.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]ednsflags[=#]\fP
+This option sets the must\-be\-zero EDNS flags bits (Z bits) to the specified value.
+Decimal, hex, and octal encodings are accepted. Setting a named flag
+(e.g., DO) is silently ignored. By default, no Z bits are set.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]ednsnegotiation\fP
+This option enables/disables EDNS version negotiation. By default, EDNS version
+negotiation is enabled.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]ednsopt[=code[:value]]\fP
+This option specifies the EDNS option with code point \fBcode\fP and an optional payload
+of \fBvalue\fP as a hexadecimal string. \fBcode\fP can be either an EDNS
+option name (for example, \fBNSID\fP or \fBECS\fP) or an arbitrary
+numeric value. \fB+noednsopt\fP clears the EDNS options to be sent.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]expire\fP
+This option sends an EDNS Expire option.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]fail\fP
+This option indicates that \fBnamed\fP should try [or not try] the next server if a SERVFAIL is received. The default is
+to not try the next server, which is the reverse of normal stub
+resolver behavior.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]header\-only\fP
+This option sends a query with a DNS header without a question section. The
+default is to add a question section. The query type and query name
+are ignored when this is set.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]identify\fP
+This option shows [or does not show] the IP address and port number that supplied
+the answer, when the \fB+short\fP option is enabled. If short form
+answers are requested, the default is not to show the source address
+and port number of the server that provided the answer.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]idnin\fP
+This option processes [or does not process] IDN domain names on input. This requires
+\fBIDN SUPPORT\fP to have been enabled at compile time.
+.sp
+The default is to process IDN input when standard output is a tty.
+The IDN processing on input is disabled when \fBdig\fP output is redirected
+to files, pipes, and other non\-tty file descriptors.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]idnout\fP
+This option converts [or does not convert] puny code on output. This requires
+\fBIDN SUPPORT\fP to have been enabled at compile time.
+.sp
+The default is to process puny code on output when standard output is
+a tty. The puny code processing on output is disabled when \fBdig\fP output
+is redirected to files, pipes, and other non\-tty file descriptors.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]ignore\fP
+This option ignores [or does not ignore] truncation in UDP responses instead of retrying with TCP. By
+default, TCP retries are performed.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]keepalive\fP
+This option sends [or does not send] an EDNS Keepalive option.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]keepopen\fP
+This option keeps [or does not keep] the TCP socket open between queries, and reuses it rather than
+creating a new TCP socket for each lookup. The default is
+\fB+nokeepopen\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]mapped\fP
+This option allows [or does not allow] mapped IPv4\-over\-IPv6 addresses to be used. The default is
+\fB+mapped\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]multiline\fP
+This option prints [or does not print] records, like the SOA records, in a verbose multi\-line format
+with human\-readable comments. The default is to print each record on
+a single line to facilitate machine parsing of the \fBdig\fP output.
+.TP
+.B \fB+ndots=D\fP
+This option sets the number of dots (\fBD\fP) that must appear in \fBname\fP for
+it to be considered absolute. The default value is that defined using
+the \fBndots\fP statement in \fB/etc/resolv.conf\fP, or 1 if no \fBndots\fP
+statement is present. Names with fewer dots are interpreted as
+relative names, and are searched for in the domains listed in the
+\fBsearch\fP or \fBdomain\fP directive in \fB/etc/resolv.conf\fP if
+\fB+search\fP is set.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]nsid\fP
+When enabled, this option includes an EDNS name server ID request when sending a query.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]nssearch\fP
+When this option is set, \fBdig\fP attempts to find the authoritative
+name servers for the zone containing the name being looked up, and
+display the SOA record that each name server has for the zone.
+Addresses of servers that did not respond are also printed.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]onesoa\fP
+When enabled, this option prints only one (starting) SOA record when performing an AXFR. The
+default is to print both the starting and ending SOA records.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]opcode=value\fP
+When enabled, this option sets (restores) the DNS message opcode to the specified value. The
+default value is QUERY (0).
+.TP
+.B \fB+padding=value\fP
+This option pads the size of the query packet using the EDNS Padding option to
+blocks of \fBvalue\fP bytes. For example, \fB+padding=32\fP causes a
+48\-byte query to be padded to 64 bytes. The default block size is 0,
+which disables padding; the maximum is 512. Values are ordinarily
+expected to be powers of two, such as 128; however, this is not
+mandatory. Responses to padded queries may also be padded, but only
+if the query uses TCP or DNS COOKIE.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]qr\fP
+This option toggles the display of the query message as it is sent. By default, the query
+is not printed.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]question\fP
+This option toggles the display of the question section of a query when an answer is
+returned. The default is to print the question section as a comment.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]raflag\fP
+This option sets [or does not set] the RA (Recursion Available) bit in the query. The
+default is \fB+noraflag\fP\&. This bit is ignored by the server for
+QUERY.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]rdflag\fP
+This option is a synonym for \fB+[no]recurse\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]recurse\fP
+This option toggles the setting of the RD (recursion desired) bit in the query.
+This bit is set by default, which means \fBdig\fP normally sends
+recursive queries. Recursion is automatically disabled when the
+\fB+nssearch\fP or \fB+trace\fP query option is used.
+.TP
+.B \fB+retry=T\fP
+This option sets the number of times to retry UDP and TCP queries to server to \fBT\fP
+instead of the default, 2.  Unlike \fB+tries\fP, this does not include
+the initial query.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]rrcomments\fP
+This option toggles the display of per\-record comments in the output (for example,
+human\-readable key information about DNSKEY records). The default is
+not to print record comments unless multiline mode is active.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]search\fP
+This option uses [or does not use] the search list defined by the searchlist or domain
+directive in \fBresolv.conf\fP, if any. The search list is not used by
+default.
+.sp
+\fBndots\fP from \fBresolv.conf\fP (default 1), which may be overridden by
+\fB+ndots\fP, determines whether the name is treated as relative
+and hence whether a search is eventually performed.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]short\fP
+This option toggles whether a terse answer is provided. The default is to print the answer in a verbose
+form. This option always has a global effect; it cannot be set globally and
+then overridden on a per\-lookup basis.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]showsearch\fP
+This option performs [or does not perform] a search showing intermediate results.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]sigchase\fP
+This feature is now obsolete and has been removed; use \fBdelv\fP
+instead.
+.TP
+.B \fB+split=W\fP
+This option splits long hex\- or base64\-formatted fields in resource records into
+chunks of \fBW\fP characters (where \fBW\fP is rounded up to the nearest
+multiple of 4). \fB+nosplit\fP or \fB+split=0\fP causes fields not to be
+split at all. The default is 56 characters, or 44 characters when
+multiline mode is active.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]stats\fP
+This option toggles the printing of statistics: when the query was made, the size of the
+reply, etc. The default behavior is to print the query statistics as a
+comment after each lookup.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]subnet=addr[/prefix\-length]\fP
+This option sends [or does not send] an EDNS CLIENT\-SUBNET option with the specified IP
+address or network prefix.
+.sp
+\fBdig +subnet=0.0.0.0/0\fP, or simply \fBdig +subnet=0\fP for short,
+sends an EDNS CLIENT\-SUBNET option with an empty address and a source
+prefix\-length of zero, which signals a resolver that the client\(aqs
+address information must \fInot\fP be used when resolving this query.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]tcflag\fP
+This option sets [or does not set] the TC (TrunCation) bit in the query. The default is
+\fB+notcflag\fP\&. This bit is ignored by the server for QUERY.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]tcp\fP
+This option uses [or does not use] TCP when querying name servers.
+The default behavior is to use UDP unless a type \fBany\fP or
+\fBixfr=N\fP query is requested, in which case the default is TCP.
+AXFR queries always use TCP. To prevent retry over TCP when TC=1
+is returned from a UDP query, use \fB+ignore\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fB+timeout=T\fP
+This option sets the timeout for a query to \fBT\fP seconds. The default timeout is
+5 seconds. An attempt to set \fBT\fP to less than 1 is silently set to 1.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]topdown\fP
+This feature is related to \fBdig +sigchase\fP, which is obsolete and
+has been removed. Use \fBdelv\fP instead.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]trace\fP
+This option toggles tracing of the delegation path from the root name servers for
+the name being looked up. Tracing is disabled by default. When
+tracing is enabled, \fBdig\fP makes iterative queries to resolve the
+name being looked up. It follows referrals from the root servers,
+showing the answer from each server that was used to resolve the
+lookup.
+.sp
+If \fB@server\fP is also specified, it affects only the initial query for
+the root zone name servers.
+.sp
+\fB+dnssec\fP is also set when \fB+trace\fP is set, to better emulate the
+default queries from a name server.
+.TP
+.B \fB+tries=T\fP
+This option sets the number of times to try UDP and TCP queries to server to \fBT\fP
+instead of the default, 3. If \fBT\fP is less than or equal to zero,
+the number of tries is silently rounded up to 1.
+.TP
+.B \fB+trusted\-key=####\fP
+This option formerly specified trusted keys for use with \fBdig +sigchase\fP\&. This
+feature is now obsolete and has been removed; use \fBdelv\fP instead.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]ttlid\fP
+This option displays [or does not display] the TTL when printing the record.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]ttlunits\fP
+This option displays [or does not display] the TTL in friendly human\-readable time
+units of \fBs\fP, \fBm\fP, \fBh\fP, \fBd\fP, and \fBw\fP, representing seconds, minutes,
+hours, days, and weeks. This implies \fB+ttlid\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]unexpected\fP
+This option accepts [or does not accept] answers from unexpected sources.  By default, \fBdig\fP
+will not accept a reply from a source other than the one to which it sent the
+query.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]unknownformat\fP
+This option prints all RDATA in unknown RR type presentation format (\fI\%RFC 3597\fP).
+The default is to print RDATA for known types in the type\(aqs
+presentation format.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]vc\fP
+This option uses [or does not use] TCP when querying name servers. This alternate
+syntax to \fB+[no]tcp\fP is provided for backwards compatibility. The
+\fBvc\fP stands for \(dqvirtual circuit.\(dq
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]yaml\fP
+When enabled, this option prints the responses (and, if \fB+qr\fP is in use, also the
+outgoing queries) in a detailed YAML format.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]zflag\fP
+This option sets [or does not set] the last unassigned DNS header flag in a DNS query.
+This flag is off by default.
+.UNINDENT
+.SH MULTIPLE QUERIES
+.sp
+The BIND 9 implementation of \fBdig\fP supports specifying multiple
+queries on the command line (in addition to supporting the \fB\-f\fP batch
+file option). Each of those queries can be supplied with its own set of
+flags, options, and query options.
+.sp
+In this case, each \fBquery\fP argument represents an individual query in
+the command\-line syntax described above. Each consists of any of the
+standard options and flags, the name to be looked up, an optional query
+type and class, and any query options that should be applied to that
+query.
+.sp
+A global set of query options, which should be applied to all queries,
+can also be supplied. These global query options must precede the first
+tuple of name, class, type, options, flags, and query options supplied
+on the command line. Any global query options (except \fB+[no]cmd\fP and
+\fB+[no]short\fP options) can be overridden by a query\-specific set of
+query options. For example:
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+.sp
+.nf
+.ft C
+dig +qr www.isc.org any \-x 127.0.0.1 isc.org ns +noqr
+.ft P
+.fi
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+shows how \fBdig\fP can be used from the command line to make three
+lookups: an ANY query for \fBwww.isc.org\fP, a reverse lookup of 127.0.0.1,
+and a query for the NS records of \fBisc.org\fP\&. A global query option of
+\fB+qr\fP is applied, so that \fBdig\fP shows the initial query it made for
+each lookup. The final query has a local query option of \fB+noqr\fP which
+means that \fBdig\fP does not print the initial query when it looks up the
+NS records for \fBisc.org\fP\&.
+.SH IDN SUPPORT
+.sp
+If \fBdig\fP has been built with IDN (internationalized domain name)
+support, it can accept and display non\-ASCII domain names. \fBdig\fP
+appropriately converts character encoding of a domain name before sending
+a request to a DNS server or displaying a reply from the server.
+To turn off IDN support, use the parameters
+\fB+noidnin\fP and \fB+noidnout\fP, or define the \fBIDN_DISABLE\fP environment
+variable.
+.SH RETURN CODES
+.sp
+\fBdig\fP return codes are:
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \fB0\fP
+DNS response received, including NXDOMAIN status
+.TP
+.B \fB1\fP
+Usage error
+.TP
+.B \fB8\fP
+Couldn\(aqt open batch file
+.TP
+.B \fB9\fP
+No reply from server
+.TP
+.B \fB10\fP
+Internal error
+.UNINDENT
+.SH FILES
+.sp
+\fB/etc/resolv.conf\fP
+.sp
+\fB${HOME}/.digrc\fP
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.sp
+\fBdelv(1)\fP, \fBhost(1)\fP, \fBnamed(8)\fP, \fBdnssec\-keygen(8)\fP, \fI\%RFC 1035\fP\&.
+.SH BUGS
+.sp
+There are probably too many query options.
+.SH AUTHOR
+Internet Systems Consortium
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+2023, Internet Systems Consortium
+.\" Generated by docutils manpage writer.
+.
diff --git a/doc/man/dig.rst b/doc/man/dig.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..578a0be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/dig.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+.. Copyright (C) Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")
+..
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: MPL-2.0
+..
+.. This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+.. License, v. 2.0.  If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+.. file, you can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+..
+.. See the COPYRIGHT file distributed with this work for additional
+.. information regarding copyright ownership.
+
+:orphan:
+
+.. include:: ../../bin/dig/dig.rst
diff --git a/doc/man/dnssec-cds.8in b/doc/man/dnssec-cds.8in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f915c35
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/dnssec-cds.8in
@@ -0,0 +1,229 @@
+.\" Man page generated from reStructuredText.
+.
+.
+.nr rst2man-indent-level 0
+.
+.de1 rstReportMargin
+\\$1 \\n[an-margin]
+level \\n[rst2man-indent-level]
+level margin: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+-
+\\n[rst2man-indent0]
+\\n[rst2man-indent1]
+\\n[rst2man-indent2]
+..
+.de1 INDENT
+.\" .rstReportMargin pre:
+. RS \\$1
+. nr rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level] \\n[an-margin]
+. nr rst2man-indent-level +1
+.\" .rstReportMargin post:
+..
+.de UNINDENT
+. RE
+.\" indent \\n[an-margin]
+.\" old: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.nr rst2man-indent-level -1
+.\" new: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u
+..
+.TH "DNSSEC-CDS" "8" "@RELEASE_DATE@" "@BIND9_VERSION@" "BIND 9"
+.SH NAME
+dnssec-cds \- change DS records for a child zone based on CDS/CDNSKEY
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.sp
+\fBdnssec\-cds\fP [\fB\-a\fP alg...] [\fB\-c\fP class] [\fB\-D\fP] {\fB\-d\fP dsset\-file} {\fB\-f\fP child\-file} [\fB\-i**[extension]] [\fP\-s** start\-time] [\fB\-T\fP ttl] [\fB\-u\fP] [\fB\-v\fP level] [\fB\-V\fP] {domain}
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.sp
+The \fBdnssec\-cds\fP command changes DS records at a delegation point
+based on CDS or CDNSKEY records published in the child zone. If both CDS
+and CDNSKEY records are present in the child zone, the CDS is preferred.
+This enables a child zone to inform its parent of upcoming changes to
+its key\-signing keys (KSKs); by polling periodically with \fBdnssec\-cds\fP, the
+parent can keep the DS records up\-to\-date and enable automatic rolling
+of KSKs.
+.sp
+Two input files are required. The \fB\-f child\-file\fP option specifies a
+file containing the child\(aqs CDS and/or CDNSKEY records, plus RRSIG and
+DNSKEY records so that they can be authenticated. The \fB\-d path\fP option
+specifies the location of a file containing the current DS records. For
+example, this could be a \fBdsset\-\fP file generated by
+\fBdnssec\-signzone\fP, or the output of \fBdnssec\-dsfromkey\fP, or the
+output of a previous run of \fBdnssec\-cds\fP\&.
+.sp
+The \fBdnssec\-cds\fP command uses special DNSSEC validation logic
+specified by \fI\%RFC 7344\fP\&. It requires that the CDS and/or CDNSKEY records
+be validly signed by a key represented in the existing DS records. This
+is typically the pre\-existing KSK.
+.sp
+For protection against replay attacks, the signatures on the child
+records must not be older than they were on a previous run of
+\fBdnssec\-cds\fP\&. Their age is obtained from the modification time of the
+\fBdsset\-\fP file, or from the \fB\-s\fP option.
+.sp
+To protect against breaking the delegation, \fBdnssec\-cds\fP ensures that
+the DNSKEY RRset can be verified by every key algorithm in the new DS
+RRset, and that the same set of keys are covered by every DS digest
+type.
+.sp
+By default, replacement DS records are written to the standard output;
+with the \fB\-i\fP option the input file is overwritten in place. The
+replacement DS records are the same as the existing records, when no
+change is required. The output can be empty if the CDS/CDNSKEY records
+specify that the child zone wants to be insecure.
+.sp
+\fBWARNING:\fP
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+Be careful not to delete the DS records when \fBdnssec\-cds\fP fails!
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+Alternatively, \fBdnssec\-cds \-u\fP writes an \fBnsupdate\fP script to the
+standard output. The \fB\-u\fP and \fB\-i\fP options can be used together to
+maintain a \fBdsset\-\fP file as well as emit an \fBnsupdate\fP script.
+.SH OPTIONS
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \fB\-a algorithm\fP
+This option specifies a digest algorithm to use when converting CDNSKEY records to
+DS records. This option can be repeated, so that multiple DS records
+are created for each CDNSKEY record. This option has no effect when
+using CDS records.
+.sp
+The algorithm must be one of SHA\-1, SHA\-256, or SHA\-384. These values
+are case\-insensitive, and the hyphen may be omitted. If no algorithm
+is specified, the default is SHA\-256.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-c class\fP
+This option specifies the DNS class of the zones.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-D\fP
+This option generates DS records from CDNSKEY records if both CDS and CDNSKEY
+records are present in the child zone. By default CDS records are
+preferred.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-d path\fP
+This specifies the location of the parent DS records. The path can be the name of a file
+containing the DS records; if it is a directory, \fBdnssec\-cds\fP
+looks for a \fBdsset\-\fP file for the domain inside the directory.
+.sp
+To protect against replay attacks, child records are rejected if they
+were signed earlier than the modification time of the \fBdsset\-\fP
+file. This can be adjusted with the \fB\-s\fP option.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-f child\-file\fP
+This option specifies the file containing the child\(aqs CDS and/or CDNSKEY records, plus its
+DNSKEY records and the covering RRSIG records, so that they can be
+authenticated.
+.sp
+The examples below describe how to generate this file.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-iextension\fP
+This option updates the \fBdsset\-\fP file in place, instead of writing DS records to
+the standard output.
+.sp
+There must be no space between the \fB\-i\fP and the extension. If
+no extension is provided, the old \fBdsset\-\fP is discarded. If an
+extension is present, a backup of the old \fBdsset\-\fP file is kept
+with the extension appended to its filename.
+.sp
+To protect against replay attacks, the modification time of the
+\fBdsset\-\fP file is set to match the signature inception time of the
+child records, provided that it is later than the file\(aqs current
+modification time.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-s start\-time\fP
+This option specifies the date and time after which RRSIG records become
+acceptable. This can be either an absolute or a relative time. An
+absolute start time is indicated by a number in YYYYMMDDHHMMSS
+notation; 20170827133700 denotes 13:37:00 UTC on August 27th, 2017. A
+time relative to the \fBdsset\-\fP file is indicated with \fB\-N\fP, which is N
+seconds before the file modification time. A time relative to the
+current time is indicated with \fBnow+N\fP\&.
+.sp
+If no start\-time is specified, the modification time of the
+\fBdsset\-\fP file is used.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-T ttl\fP
+This option specifies a TTL to be used for new DS records. If not specified, the
+default is the TTL of the old DS records. If they had no explicit TTL,
+the new DS records also have no explicit TTL.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-u\fP
+This option writes an \fBnsupdate\fP script to the standard output, instead of
+printing the new DS reords. The output is empty if no change is
+needed.
+.sp
+Note: The TTL of new records needs to be specified: it can be done in the
+original \fBdsset\-\fP file, with the \fB\-T\fP option, or using the
+\fBnsupdate\fP \fBttl\fP command.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-V\fP
+This option prints version information.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-v level\fP
+This option sets the debugging level. Level 1 is intended to be usefully verbose
+for general users; higher levels are intended for developers.
+.TP
+.B \fBdomain\fP
+This indicates the name of the delegation point/child zone apex.
+.UNINDENT
+.SH EXIT STATUS
+.sp
+The \fBdnssec\-cds\fP command exits 0 on success, or non\-zero if an error
+occurred.
+.sp
+If successful, the DS records may or may not need to be
+changed.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+.sp
+Before running \fBdnssec\-signzone\fP, ensure that the delegations
+are up\-to\-date by running \fBdnssec\-cds\fP on every \fBdsset\-\fP file.
+.sp
+To fetch the child records required by \fBdnssec\-cds\fP, invoke
+\fBdig\fP as in the script below. It is acceptable if the \fBdig\fP fails, since
+\fBdnssec\-cds\fP performs all the necessary checking.
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+.sp
+.nf
+.ft C
+for f in dsset\-*
+do
+    d=${f#dsset\-}
+    dig +dnssec +noall +answer $d DNSKEY $d CDNSKEY $d CDS |
+    dnssec\-cds \-i \-f /dev/stdin \-d $f $d
+done
+.ft P
+.fi
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+When the parent zone is automatically signed by \fBnamed\fP,
+\fBdnssec\-cds\fP can be used with \fBnsupdate\fP to maintain a delegation as follows.
+The \fBdsset\-\fP file allows the script to avoid having to fetch and
+validate the parent DS records, and it maintains the replay attack
+protection time.
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+.sp
+.nf
+.ft C
+dig +dnssec +noall +answer $d DNSKEY $d CDNSKEY $d CDS |
+dnssec\-cds \-u \-i \-f /dev/stdin \-d $f $d |
+nsupdate \-l
+.ft P
+.fi
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.sp
+\fBdig(1)\fP, \fBdnssec\-settime(8)\fP, \fBdnssec\-signzone(8)\fP, \fBnsupdate(1)\fP, BIND 9 Administrator
+Reference Manual, \fI\%RFC 7344\fP\&.
+.SH AUTHOR
+Internet Systems Consortium
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+2023, Internet Systems Consortium
+.\" Generated by docutils manpage writer.
+.
diff --git a/doc/man/dnssec-cds.rst b/doc/man/dnssec-cds.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fadc1a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/dnssec-cds.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+.. Copyright (C) Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")
+..
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: MPL-2.0
+..
+.. This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+.. License, v. 2.0.  If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+.. file, you can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+..
+.. See the COPYRIGHT file distributed with this work for additional
+.. information regarding copyright ownership.
+
+:orphan:
+
+.. include:: ../../bin/dnssec/dnssec-cds.rst
diff --git a/doc/man/dnssec-checkds.8in b/doc/man/dnssec-checkds.8in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8a1328b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/dnssec-checkds.8in
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+.\" Man page generated from reStructuredText.
+.
+.
+.nr rst2man-indent-level 0
+.
+.de1 rstReportMargin
+\\$1 \\n[an-margin]
+level \\n[rst2man-indent-level]
+level margin: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+-
+\\n[rst2man-indent0]
+\\n[rst2man-indent1]
+\\n[rst2man-indent2]
+..
+.de1 INDENT
+.\" .rstReportMargin pre:
+. RS \\$1
+. nr rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level] \\n[an-margin]
+. nr rst2man-indent-level +1
+.\" .rstReportMargin post:
+..
+.de UNINDENT
+. RE
+.\" indent \\n[an-margin]
+.\" old: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.nr rst2man-indent-level -1
+.\" new: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u
+..
+.TH "DNSSEC-CHECKDS" "8" "@RELEASE_DATE@" "@BIND9_VERSION@" "BIND 9"
+.SH NAME
+dnssec-checkds \- DNSSEC delegation consistency checking tool
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.sp
+\fBdnssec\-checkds\fP [\fB\-d\fP\fIdig path\fP] [\fB\-D\fP\fIdsfromkey path\fP]
+[\fB\-f\fP\fIfile\fP] [\fB\-l\fP\fIdomain\fP] [\fB\-s\fP\fIfile\fP] {zone}
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.sp
+\fBdnssec\-checkds\fP verifies the correctness of Delegation Signer (DS)
+resource records for keys in a specified zone.
+.SH OPTIONS
+.sp
+\fB\-a\fP \fIalgorithm\fP
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+Specify a digest algorithm to use when converting the zones DNSKEY
+records to expected DS records. This option can be repeated, so that
+multiple records are checked for each DNSKEY record.
+.sp
+The \fIalgorithm\fP must be one of SHA\-1, SHA\-256, or SHA\-384. These
+values are case insensitive, and the hyphen may be omitted. If no
+algorithm is specified, the default is SHA\-256.
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+\fB\-f\fP \fIfile\fP
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+If a \fBfile\fP is specified, then the zone is read from that file to
+find the DNSKEY records. If not, then the DNSKEY records for the zone
+are looked up in the DNS.
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+\fB\-s\fP \fIfile\fP
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+Specifies a prepared dsset file, such as would be generated by
+\fBdnssec\-signzone\fP, to use as a source for the DS RRset instead of
+querying the parent.
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+\fB\-d\fP \fIdig path\fP
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+Specifies a path to a \fBdig\fP binary. Used for testing.
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+\fB\-D\fP \fIdsfromkey path\fP
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+Specifies a path to a \fBdnssec\-dsfromkey\fP binary. Used for testing.
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.sp
+\fBdnssec\-dsfromkey\fP(8), \fBdnssec\-keygen\fP(8),
+\fBdnssec\-signzone\fP(8),
+.SH AUTHOR
+Internet Systems Consortium
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+2023, Internet Systems Consortium
+.\" Generated by docutils manpage writer.
+.
diff --git a/doc/man/dnssec-checkds.rst b/doc/man/dnssec-checkds.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a3c2431
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/dnssec-checkds.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+.. Copyright (C) Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")
+..
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: MPL-2.0
+..
+.. This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+.. License, v. 2.0.  If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+.. file, you can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+..
+.. See the COPYRIGHT file distributed with this work for additional
+.. information regarding copyright ownership.
+
+:orphan:
+
+.. include:: ../../bin/python/dnssec-checkds.rst
diff --git a/doc/man/dnssec-coverage.8in b/doc/man/dnssec-coverage.8in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1dde5bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/dnssec-coverage.8in
@@ -0,0 +1,192 @@
+.\" Man page generated from reStructuredText.
+.
+.
+.nr rst2man-indent-level 0
+.
+.de1 rstReportMargin
+\\$1 \\n[an-margin]
+level \\n[rst2man-indent-level]
+level margin: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+-
+\\n[rst2man-indent0]
+\\n[rst2man-indent1]
+\\n[rst2man-indent2]
+..
+.de1 INDENT
+.\" .rstReportMargin pre:
+. RS \\$1
+. nr rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level] \\n[an-margin]
+. nr rst2man-indent-level +1
+.\" .rstReportMargin post:
+..
+.de UNINDENT
+. RE
+.\" indent \\n[an-margin]
+.\" old: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.nr rst2man-indent-level -1
+.\" new: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u
+..
+.TH "DNSSEC-COVERAGE" "8" "@RELEASE_DATE@" "@BIND9_VERSION@" "BIND 9"
+.SH NAME
+dnssec-coverage \- checks future DNSKEY coverage for a zone
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.sp
+\fBdnssec\-coverage\fP [\fB\-K\fP\fIdirectory\fP] [\fB\-l\fP\fIlength\fP]
+[\fB\-f\fP\fIfile\fP] [\fB\-d\fP\fIDNSKEY TTL\fP] [\fB\-m\fP\fImax TTL\fP]
+[\fB\-r\fP\fIinterval\fP] [\fB\-c\fP\fIcompilezone path\fP] [\fB\-k\fP] [\fB\-z\fP]
+[zone...]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.sp
+\fBdnssec\-coverage\fP verifies that the DNSSEC keys for a given zone or a
+set of zones have timing metadata set properly to ensure no future
+lapses in DNSSEC coverage.
+.sp
+If \fBzone\fP is specified, then keys found in the key repository matching
+that zone are scanned, and an ordered list is generated of the events
+scheduled for that key (i.e., publication, activation, inactivation,
+deletion). The list of events is walked in order of occurrence. Warnings
+are generated if any event is scheduled which could cause the zone to
+enter a state in which validation failures might occur: for example, if
+the number of published or active keys for a given algorithm drops to
+zero, or if a key is deleted from the zone too soon after a new key is
+rolled, and cached data signed by the prior key has not had time to
+expire from resolver caches.
+.sp
+If \fBzone\fP is not specified, then all keys in the key repository will
+be scanned, and all zones for which there are keys will be analyzed.
+(Note: This method of reporting is only accurate if all the zones that
+have keys in a given repository share the same TTL parameters.)
+.SH OPTIONS
+.sp
+\fB\-K\fP \fIdirectory\fP
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+Sets the directory in which keys can be found. Defaults to the
+current working directory.
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+\fB\-f\fP \fIfile\fP
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+If a \fBfile\fP is specified, then the zone is read from that file; the
+largest TTL and the DNSKEY TTL are determined directly from the zone
+data, and the \fB\-m\fP and \fB\-d\fP options do not need to be specified
+on the command line.
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+\fB\-l\fP \fIduration\fP
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+The length of time to check for DNSSEC coverage. Key events scheduled
+further into the future than \fBduration\fP will be ignored, and
+assumed to be correct.
+.sp
+The value of \fBduration\fP can be set in seconds, or in larger units
+of time by adding a suffix: mi for minutes, h for hours, d for days,
+w for weeks, mo for months, y for years.
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+\fB\-m\fP \fImaximum TTL\fP
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+Sets the value to be used as the maximum TTL for the zone or zones
+being analyzed when determining whether there is a possibility of
+validation failure. When a zone\-signing key is deactivated, there
+must be enough time for the record in the zone with the longest TTL
+to have expired from resolver caches before that key can be purged
+from the DNSKEY RRset. If that condition does not apply, a warning
+will be generated.
+.sp
+The length of the TTL can be set in seconds, or in larger units of
+time by adding a suffix: mi for minutes, h for hours, d for days, w
+for weeks, mo for months, y for years.
+.sp
+This option is not necessary if the \fB\-f\fP has been used to specify a
+zone file. If \fB\-f\fP has been specified, this option may still be
+used; it will override the value found in the file.
+.sp
+If this option is not used and the maximum TTL cannot be retrieved
+from a zone file, a warning is generated and a default value of 1
+week is used.
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+\fB\-d\fP \fIDNSKEY TTL\fP
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+Sets the value to be used as the DNSKEY TTL for the zone or zones
+being analyzed when determining whether there is a possibility of
+validation failure. When a key is rolled (that is, replaced with a
+new key), there must be enough time for the old DNSKEY RRset to have
+expired from resolver caches before the new key is activated and
+begins generating signatures. If that condition does not apply, a
+warning will be generated.
+.sp
+The length of the TTL can be set in seconds, or in larger units of
+time by adding a suffix: mi for minutes, h for hours, d for days, w
+for weeks, mo for months, y for years.
+.sp
+This option is not necessary if \fB\-f\fP has been used to specify a
+zone file from which the TTL of the DNSKEY RRset can be read, or if a
+default key TTL was set using ith the \fB\-L\fP to \fBdnssec\-keygen\fP\&. If
+either of those is true, this option may still be used; it will
+override the values found in the zone file or the key file.
+.sp
+If this option is not used and the key TTL cannot be retrieved from
+the zone file or the key file, then a warning is generated and a
+default value of 1 day is used.
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+\fB\-r\fP \fIresign interval\fP
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+Sets the value to be used as the resign interval for the zone or
+zones being analyzed when determining whether there is a possibility
+of validation failure. This value defaults to 22.5 days, which is
+also the default in \fBnamed\fP\&. However, if it has been changed by the
+\fBsig\-validity\-interval\fP option in named.conf, then it should also
+be changed here.
+.sp
+The length of the interval can be set in seconds, or in larger units
+of time by adding a suffix: mi for minutes, h for hours, d for days,
+w for weeks, mo for months, y for years.
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+\fB\-k\fP
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+Only check KSK coverage; ignore ZSK events. Cannot be used with
+\fB\-z\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+\fB\-z\fP
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+Only check ZSK coverage; ignore KSK events. Cannot be used with
+\fB\-k\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+\fB\-c\fP \fIcompilezone path\fP
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+Specifies a path to a \fBnamed\-compilezone\fP binary. Used for testing.
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.sp
+\fBdnssec\-checkds\fP(8), \fBdnssec\-dsfromkey\fP(8),
+\fBdnssec\-keygen\fP(8), \fBdnssec\-signzone\fP(8)
+.SH AUTHOR
+Internet Systems Consortium
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+2023, Internet Systems Consortium
+.\" Generated by docutils manpage writer.
+.
diff --git a/doc/man/dnssec-coverage.rst b/doc/man/dnssec-coverage.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0e974ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/dnssec-coverage.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+.. Copyright (C) Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")
+..
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: MPL-2.0
+..
+.. This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+.. License, v. 2.0.  If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+.. file, you can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+..
+.. See the COPYRIGHT file distributed with this work for additional
+.. information regarding copyright ownership.
+
+:orphan:
+
+.. include:: ../../bin/python/dnssec-coverage.rst
diff --git a/doc/man/dnssec-dsfromkey.8in b/doc/man/dnssec-dsfromkey.8in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..83f6a7a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/dnssec-dsfromkey.8in
@@ -0,0 +1,153 @@
+.\" Man page generated from reStructuredText.
+.
+.
+.nr rst2man-indent-level 0
+.
+.de1 rstReportMargin
+\\$1 \\n[an-margin]
+level \\n[rst2man-indent-level]
+level margin: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+-
+\\n[rst2man-indent0]
+\\n[rst2man-indent1]
+\\n[rst2man-indent2]
+..
+.de1 INDENT
+.\" .rstReportMargin pre:
+. RS \\$1
+. nr rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level] \\n[an-margin]
+. nr rst2man-indent-level +1
+.\" .rstReportMargin post:
+..
+.de UNINDENT
+. RE
+.\" indent \\n[an-margin]
+.\" old: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.nr rst2man-indent-level -1
+.\" new: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u
+..
+.TH "DNSSEC-DSFROMKEY" "8" "@RELEASE_DATE@" "@BIND9_VERSION@" "BIND 9"
+.SH NAME
+dnssec-dsfromkey \- DNSSEC DS RR generation tool
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.sp
+\fBdnssec\-dsfromkey\fP [ \fB\-1\fP | \fB\-2\fP | \fB\-a\fP alg ] [ \fB\-C\fP ] [\fB\-T\fP TTL] [\fB\-v\fP level] [\fB\-K\fP directory] {keyfile}
+.sp
+\fBdnssec\-dsfromkey\fP [ \fB\-1\fP | \fB\-2\fP | \fB\-a\fP alg ] [ \fB\-C\fP ] [\fB\-T\fP TTL] [\fB\-v\fP level] [\fB\-c\fP class] [\fB\-A\fP] {\fB\-f\fP file} [dnsname]
+.sp
+\fBdnssec\-dsfromkey\fP [ \fB\-1\fP | \fB\-2\fP | \fB\-a\fP alg ] [ \fB\-C\fP ] [\fB\-T\fP TTL] [\fB\-v\fP level] [\fB\-c\fP class] [\fB\-K\fP directory] {\fB\-s\fP} {dnsname}
+.sp
+\fBdnssec\-dsfromkey\fP [ \fB\-h\fP | \fB\-V\fP ]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.sp
+The \fBdnssec\-dsfromkey\fP command outputs DS (Delegation Signer) resource records
+(RRs), or CDS (Child DS) RRs with the \fB\-C\fP option.
+.sp
+By default, only KSKs are converted (keys with flags = 257).  The
+\fB\-A\fP option includes ZSKs (flags = 256).  Revoked keys are never
+included.
+.sp
+The input keys can be specified in a number of ways:
+.sp
+By default, \fBdnssec\-dsfromkey\fP reads a key file named in the format
+\fBKnnnn.+aaa+iiiii.key\fP, as generated by \fBdnssec\-keygen\fP\&.
+.sp
+With the \fB\-f file\fP option, \fBdnssec\-dsfromkey\fP reads keys from a zone
+file or partial zone file (which can contain just the DNSKEY records).
+.sp
+With the \fB\-s\fP option, \fBdnssec\-dsfromkey\fP reads a \fBkeyset\-\fP file,
+as generated by \fBdnssec\-keygen\fP \fB\-C\fP\&.
+.SH OPTIONS
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \fB\-1\fP
+This option is an abbreviation for \fB\-a SHA1\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-2\fP
+This option is an abbreviation for \fB\-a SHA\-256\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-a algorithm\fP
+This option specifies a digest algorithm to use when converting DNSKEY records to
+DS records. This option can be repeated, so that multiple DS records
+are created for each DNSKEY record.
+.sp
+The algorithm must be one of SHA\-1, SHA\-256, or SHA\-384. These values
+are case\-insensitive, and the hyphen may be omitted. If no algorithm
+is specified, the default is SHA\-256.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-A\fP
+This option indicates that ZSKs are to be included when generating DS records. Without this option, only
+keys which have the KSK flag set are converted to DS records and
+printed. This option is only useful in \fB\-f\fP zone file mode.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-c class\fP
+This option specifies the DNS class; the default is IN. This option is only useful in \fB\-s\fP keyset
+or \fB\-f\fP zone file mode.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-C\fP
+This option generates CDS records rather than DS records.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-f file\fP
+This option sets zone file mode, in which the final dnsname argument of \fBdnssec\-dsfromkey\fP is the
+DNS domain name of a zone whose master file can be read from
+\fBfile\fP\&. If the zone name is the same as \fBfile\fP, then it may be
+omitted.
+.sp
+If \fBfile\fP is \fB\-\fP, then the zone data is read from the standard
+input. This makes it possible to use the output of the \fBdig\fP
+command as input, as in:
+.sp
+\fBdig dnskey example.com | dnssec\-dsfromkey \-f \- example.com\fP
+.TP
+.B \fB\-h\fP
+This option prints usage information.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-K directory\fP
+This option tells BIND 9 to look for key files or \fBkeyset\-\fP files in \fBdirectory\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-s\fP
+This option enables keyset mode, in which the final dnsname argument from \fBdnssec\-dsfromkey\fP is the DNS
+domain name used to locate a \fBkeyset\-\fP file.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-T TTL\fP
+This option specifies the TTL of the DS records. By default the TTL is omitted.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-v level\fP
+This option sets the debugging level.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-V\fP
+This option prints version information.
+.UNINDENT
+.SH EXAMPLE
+.sp
+To build the SHA\-256 DS RR from the \fBKexample.com.+003+26160\fP keyfile,
+issue the following command:
+.sp
+\fBdnssec\-dsfromkey \-2 Kexample.com.+003+26160\fP
+.sp
+The command returns something similar to:
+.sp
+\fBexample.com. IN DS 26160 5 2 3A1EADA7A74B8D0BA86726B0C227AA85AB8BBD2B2004F41A868A54F0C5EA0B94\fP
+.SH FILES
+.sp
+The keyfile can be designated by the key identification
+\fBKnnnn.+aaa+iiiii\fP or the full file name \fBKnnnn.+aaa+iiiii.key\fP, as
+generated by \fBdnssec\-keygen\fP\&.
+.sp
+The keyset file name is built from the \fBdirectory\fP, the string
+\fBkeyset\-\fP, and the \fBdnsname\fP\&.
+.SH CAVEAT
+.sp
+A keyfile error may return \(dqfile not found,\(dq even if the file exists.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.sp
+\fBdnssec\-keygen(8)\fP, \fBdnssec\-signzone(8)\fP, BIND 9 Administrator Reference Manual,
+\fI\%RFC 3658\fP (DS RRs), \fI\%RFC 4509\fP (SHA\-256 for DS RRs),
+\fI\%RFC 6605\fP (SHA\-384 for DS RRs), \fI\%RFC 7344\fP (CDS and CDNSKEY RRs).
+.SH AUTHOR
+Internet Systems Consortium
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+2023, Internet Systems Consortium
+.\" Generated by docutils manpage writer.
+.
diff --git a/doc/man/dnssec-dsfromkey.rst b/doc/man/dnssec-dsfromkey.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9a016b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/dnssec-dsfromkey.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+.. Copyright (C) Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")
+..
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: MPL-2.0
+..
+.. This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+.. License, v. 2.0.  If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+.. file, you can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+..
+.. See the COPYRIGHT file distributed with this work for additional
+.. information regarding copyright ownership.
+
+:orphan:
+
+.. include:: ../../bin/dnssec/dnssec-dsfromkey.rst
diff --git a/doc/man/dnssec-importkey.8in b/doc/man/dnssec-importkey.8in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8a50888
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/dnssec-importkey.8in
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+.\" Man page generated from reStructuredText.
+.
+.
+.nr rst2man-indent-level 0
+.
+.de1 rstReportMargin
+\\$1 \\n[an-margin]
+level \\n[rst2man-indent-level]
+level margin: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+-
+\\n[rst2man-indent0]
+\\n[rst2man-indent1]
+\\n[rst2man-indent2]
+..
+.de1 INDENT
+.\" .rstReportMargin pre:
+. RS \\$1
+. nr rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level] \\n[an-margin]
+. nr rst2man-indent-level +1
+.\" .rstReportMargin post:
+..
+.de UNINDENT
+. RE
+.\" indent \\n[an-margin]
+.\" old: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.nr rst2man-indent-level -1
+.\" new: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u
+..
+.TH "DNSSEC-IMPORTKEY" "8" "@RELEASE_DATE@" "@BIND9_VERSION@" "BIND 9"
+.SH NAME
+dnssec-importkey \- import DNSKEY records from external systems so they can be managed
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.sp
+\fBdnssec\-importkey\fP [\fB\-K\fP directory] [\fB\-L\fP ttl] [\fB\-P\fP date/offset] [\fB\-P\fP sync date/offset] [\fB\-D\fP date/offset] [\fB\-D\fP sync date/offset] [\fB\-h\fP] [\fB\-v\fP level] [\fB\-V\fP] {keyfile}
+.sp
+\fBdnssec\-importkey\fP {\fB\-f\fP filename} [\fB\-K\fP directory] [\fB\-L\fP ttl] [\fB\-P\fP date/offset] [\fB\-P\fP sync date/offset] [\fB\-D\fP date/offset] [\fB\-D\fP sync date/offset] [\fB\-h\fP] [\fB\-v\fP level] [\fB\-V\fP] [dnsname]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.sp
+\fBdnssec\-importkey\fP reads a public DNSKEY record and generates a pair
+of .key/.private files. The DNSKEY record may be read from an
+existing .key file, in which case a corresponding .private file is
+generated, or it may be read from any other file or from the standard
+input, in which case both .key and .private files are generated.
+.sp
+The newly created .private file does \fInot\fP contain private key data, and
+cannot be used for signing. However, having a .private file makes it
+possible to set publication (\fB\-P\fP) and deletion (\fB\-D\fP) times for the
+key, which means the public key can be added to and removed from the
+DNSKEY RRset on schedule even if the true private key is stored offline.
+.SH OPTIONS
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \fB\-f filename\fP
+This option indicates the zone file mode. Instead of a public keyfile name, the argument is the
+DNS domain name of a zone master file, which can be read from
+\fBfilename\fP\&. If the domain name is the same as \fBfilename\fP, then it may be
+omitted.
+.sp
+If \fBfilename\fP is set to \fB\(dq\-\(dq\fP, then the zone data is read from the
+standard input.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-K directory\fP
+This option sets the directory in which the key files are to reside.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-L ttl\fP
+This option sets the default TTL to use for this key when it is converted into a
+DNSKEY RR. This is the TTL used when the key is imported into a zone,
+unless there was already a DNSKEY RRset in
+place, in which case the existing TTL takes precedence. Setting the default TTL to \fB0\fP or \fBnone\fP
+removes it from the key.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-h\fP
+This option emits a usage message and exits.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-v level\fP
+This option sets the debugging level.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-V\fP
+This option prints version information.
+.UNINDENT
+.SH TIMING OPTIONS
+.sp
+Dates can be expressed in the format YYYYMMDD or YYYYMMDDHHMMSS. If the
+argument begins with a \fB+\fP or \fB\-\fP, it is interpreted as an offset from
+the present time. For convenience, if such an offset is followed by one
+of the suffixes \fBy\fP, \fBmo\fP, \fBw\fP, \fBd\fP, \fBh\fP, or \fBmi\fP, then the offset is
+computed in years (defined as 365 24\-hour days, ignoring leap years),
+months (defined as 30 24\-hour days), weeks, days, hours, or minutes,
+respectively. Without a suffix, the offset is computed in seconds. To
+explicitly prevent a date from being set, use \fBnone\fP or \fBnever\fP\&.
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \fB\-P date/offset\fP
+This option sets the date on which a key is to be published to the zone. After
+that date, the key is included in the zone but is not used
+to sign it.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-P sync date/offset\fP
+This option sets the date on which CDS and CDNSKEY records that match this key
+are to be published to the zone.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-D date/offset\fP
+This option sets the date on which the key is to be deleted. After that date, the
+key is no longer included in the zone. (However, it may remain in the key
+repository.)
+.TP
+.B \fB\-D sync date/offset\fP
+This option sets the date on which the CDS and CDNSKEY records that match this
+key are to be deleted.
+.UNINDENT
+.SH FILES
+.sp
+A keyfile can be designed by the key identification \fBKnnnn.+aaa+iiiii\fP
+or the full file name \fBKnnnn.+aaa+iiiii.key\fP, as generated by
+\fBdnssec\-keygen\fP\&.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.sp
+\fBdnssec\-keygen(8)\fP, \fBdnssec\-signzone(8)\fP, BIND 9 Administrator Reference Manual,
+\fI\%RFC 5011\fP\&.
+.SH AUTHOR
+Internet Systems Consortium
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+2023, Internet Systems Consortium
+.\" Generated by docutils manpage writer.
+.
diff --git a/doc/man/dnssec-importkey.rst b/doc/man/dnssec-importkey.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a9df508
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/dnssec-importkey.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+.. Copyright (C) Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")
+..
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: MPL-2.0
+..
+.. This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+.. License, v. 2.0.  If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+.. file, you can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+..
+.. See the COPYRIGHT file distributed with this work for additional
+.. information regarding copyright ownership.
+
+:orphan:
+
+.. include:: ../../bin/dnssec/dnssec-importkey.rst
diff --git a/doc/man/dnssec-keyfromlabel.8in b/doc/man/dnssec-keyfromlabel.8in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7bedc45
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/dnssec-keyfromlabel.8in
@@ -0,0 +1,277 @@
+.\" Man page generated from reStructuredText.
+.
+.
+.nr rst2man-indent-level 0
+.
+.de1 rstReportMargin
+\\$1 \\n[an-margin]
+level \\n[rst2man-indent-level]
+level margin: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+-
+\\n[rst2man-indent0]
+\\n[rst2man-indent1]
+\\n[rst2man-indent2]
+..
+.de1 INDENT
+.\" .rstReportMargin pre:
+. RS \\$1
+. nr rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level] \\n[an-margin]
+. nr rst2man-indent-level +1
+.\" .rstReportMargin post:
+..
+.de UNINDENT
+. RE
+.\" indent \\n[an-margin]
+.\" old: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.nr rst2man-indent-level -1
+.\" new: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u
+..
+.TH "DNSSEC-KEYFROMLABEL" "8" "@RELEASE_DATE@" "@BIND9_VERSION@" "BIND 9"
+.SH NAME
+dnssec-keyfromlabel \- DNSSEC key generation tool
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.sp
+\fBdnssec\-keyfromlabel\fP {\fB\-l\fP label} [\fB\-3\fP] [\fB\-a\fP algorithm] [\fB\-A\fP date/offset] [\fB\-c\fP class] [\fB\-D\fP date/offset] [\fB\-D\fP sync date/offset] [\fB\-E\fP engine] [\fB\-f\fP flag] [\fB\-G\fP] [\fB\-I\fP date/offset] [\fB\-i\fP interval] [\fB\-k\fP] [\fB\-K\fP directory] [\fB\-L\fP ttl] [\fB\-n\fP nametype] [\fB\-P\fP date/offset] [\fB\-P\fP sync date/offset] [\fB\-p\fP protocol] [\fB\-R\fP date/offset] [\fB\-S\fP key] [\fB\-t\fP type] [\fB\-v\fP level] [\fB\-V\fP] [\fB\-y\fP] {name}
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.sp
+\fBdnssec\-keyfromlabel\fP generates a pair of key files that reference a
+key object stored in a cryptographic hardware service module (HSM). The
+private key file can be used for DNSSEC signing of zone data as if it
+were a conventional signing key created by \fBdnssec\-keygen\fP, but the
+key material is stored within the HSM and the actual signing takes
+place there.
+.sp
+The \fBname\fP of the key is specified on the command line. This must
+match the name of the zone for which the key is being generated.
+.SH OPTIONS
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \fB\-a algorithm\fP
+This option selects the cryptographic algorithm. The value of \fBalgorithm\fP must
+be one of RSASHA1, NSEC3RSASHA1, RSASHA256, RSASHA512,
+ECDSAP256SHA256, ECDSAP384SHA384, ED25519, or ED448.
+.sp
+These values are case\-insensitive. In some cases, abbreviations are
+supported, such as ECDSA256 for ECDSAP256SHA256 and ECDSA384 for
+ECDSAP384SHA384. If RSASHA1 is specified along with the \fB\-3\fP
+option, then NSEC3RSASHA1 is used instead.
+.sp
+This option is mandatory except when using the
+\fB\-S\fP option, which copies the algorithm from the predecessory key.
+.sp
+Changed in version 9.12.0: The default value RSASHA1 for newly generated keys was removed.
+
+.TP
+.B \fB\-3\fP
+This option uses an NSEC3\-capable algorithm to generate a DNSSEC key. If this
+option is used with an algorithm that has both NSEC and NSEC3
+versions, then the NSEC3 version is used; for example,
+\fBdnssec\-keygen \-3a RSASHA1\fP specifies the NSEC3RSASHA1 algorithm.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-E engine\fP
+This option specifies the cryptographic hardware to use.
+.sp
+When BIND 9 is built with OpenSSL, this needs to be set to the OpenSSL
+engine identifier that drives the cryptographic accelerator or
+hardware service module (usually \fBpkcs11\fP). When BIND is
+built with native PKCS#11 cryptography (\fB\-\-enable\-native\-pkcs11\fP), it
+defaults to the path of the PKCS#11 provider library specified via
+\fB\-\-with\-pkcs11\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-l label\fP
+This option specifies the label for a key pair in the crypto hardware.
+.sp
+When BIND 9 is built with OpenSSL\-based PKCS#11 support, the label is
+an arbitrary string that identifies a particular key. It may be
+preceded by an optional OpenSSL engine name, followed by a colon, as
+in \fBpkcs11:keylabel\fP\&.
+.sp
+When BIND 9 is built with native PKCS#11 support, the label is a
+PKCS#11 URI string in the format
+\fBpkcs11:keyword\e =value[;\e keyword\e =value;...]\fP\&. Keywords
+include \fBtoken\fP, which identifies the HSM; \fBobject\fP, which identifies
+the key; and \fBpin\-source\fP, which identifies a file from which the
+HSM\(aqs PIN code can be obtained. The label is stored in the
+on\-disk \fBprivate\fP file.
+.sp
+If the label contains a \fBpin\-source\fP field, tools using the
+generated key files are able to use the HSM for signing and other
+operations without any need for an operator to manually enter a PIN.
+Note: Making the HSM\(aqs PIN accessible in this manner may reduce the
+security advantage of using an HSM; use caution
+with this feature.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-n nametype\fP
+This option specifies the owner type of the key. The value of \fBnametype\fP must
+either be ZONE (for a DNSSEC zone key (KEY/DNSKEY)), HOST or ENTITY
+(for a key associated with a host (KEY)), USER (for a key associated
+with a user (KEY)), or OTHER (DNSKEY). These values are
+case\-insensitive.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-C\fP
+This option enables compatibility mode, which generates an old\-style key, without any metadata.
+By default, \fBdnssec\-keyfromlabel\fP includes the key\(aqs creation
+date in the metadata stored with the private key; other dates may
+be set there as well, including publication date, activation date, etc. Keys
+that include this data may be incompatible with older versions of
+BIND; the \fB\-C\fP option suppresses them.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-c class\fP
+This option indicates that the DNS record containing the key should have the
+specified class. If not specified, class IN is used.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-f flag\fP
+This option sets the specified flag in the \fBflag\fP field of the KEY/DNSKEY record.
+The only recognized flags are KSK (Key\-Signing Key) and REVOKE.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-G\fP
+This option generates a key, but does not publish it or sign with it. This option is
+incompatible with \fB\-P\fP and \fB\-A\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-h\fP
+This option prints a short summary of the options and arguments to
+\fBdnssec\-keyfromlabel\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-K directory\fP
+This option sets the directory in which the key files are to be written.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-k\fP
+This option generates KEY records rather than DNSKEY records.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-L\fP ttl
+This option sets the default TTL to use for this key when it is converted into a
+DNSKEY RR. This is the TTL used when the key is imported into a zone,
+unless there was already a DNSKEY RRset in
+place, in which case the existing TTL would take precedence. Setting
+the default TTL to \fB0\fP or \fBnone\fP removes it.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-p protocol\fP
+This option sets the protocol value for the key. The protocol is a number between
+0 and 255. The default is 3 (DNSSEC). Other possible values for this
+argument are listed in \fI\%RFC 2535\fP and its successors.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-S key\fP
+This option generates a key as an explicit successor to an existing key. The name,
+algorithm, size, and type of the key are set to match the
+predecessor. The activation date of the new key is set to the
+inactivation date of the existing one. The publication date is
+set to the activation date minus the prepublication interval, which
+defaults to 30 days.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-t type\fP
+This option indicates the type of the key. \fBtype\fP must be one of AUTHCONF,
+NOAUTHCONF, NOAUTH, or NOCONF. The default is AUTHCONF. AUTH refers
+to the ability to authenticate data, and CONF to the ability to encrypt
+data.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-v level\fP
+This option sets the debugging level.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-V\fP
+This option prints version information.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-y\fP
+This option allows DNSSEC key files to be generated even if the key ID would
+collide with that of an existing key, in the event of either key
+being revoked. (This is only safe to enable if
+\fI\%RFC 5011\fP trust anchor maintenance is not used with either of the keys
+involved.)
+.UNINDENT
+.SH TIMING OPTIONS
+.sp
+Dates can be expressed in the format YYYYMMDD or YYYYMMDDHHMMSS. If the
+argument begins with a \fB+\fP or \fB\-\fP, it is interpreted as an offset from
+the present time. For convenience, if such an offset is followed by one
+of the suffixes \fBy\fP, \fBmo\fP, \fBw\fP, \fBd\fP, \fBh\fP, or \fBmi\fP, then the offset is
+computed in years (defined as 365 24\-hour days, ignoring leap years),
+months (defined as 30 24\-hour days), weeks, days, hours, or minutes,
+respectively. Without a suffix, the offset is computed in seconds. To
+explicitly prevent a date from being set, use \fBnone\fP or \fBnever\fP\&.
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \fB\-P date/offset\fP
+This option sets the date on which a key is to be published to the zone. After
+that date, the key is included in the zone but is not used
+to sign it. If not set, and if the \fB\-G\fP option has not been used, the
+default is the current date.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-P sync date/offset\fP
+This option sets the date on which CDS and CDNSKEY records that match this key
+are to be published to the zone.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-A date/offset\fP
+This option sets the date on which the key is to be activated. After that date,
+the key is included in the zone and used to sign it. If not set,
+and if the \fB\-G\fP option has not been used, the default is the current date.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-R date/offset\fP
+This option sets the date on which the key is to be revoked. After that date, the
+key is flagged as revoked. It is included in the zone and
+is used to sign it.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-I date/offset\fP
+This option sets the date on which the key is to be retired. After that date, the
+key is still included in the zone, but it is not used to
+sign it.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-D date/offset\fP
+This option sets the date on which the key is to be deleted. After that date, the
+key is no longer included in the zone. (However, it may remain in the key
+repository.)
+.TP
+.B \fB\-D sync date/offset\fP
+This option sets the date on which the CDS and CDNSKEY records that match this
+key are to be deleted.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-i interval\fP
+This option sets the prepublication interval for a key. If set, then the
+publication and activation dates must be separated by at least this
+much time. If the activation date is specified but the publication
+date is not, the publication date defaults to this much time
+before the activation date; conversely, if the publication date is
+specified but not the activation date, activation is set to
+this much time after publication.
+.sp
+If the key is being created as an explicit successor to another key,
+then the default prepublication interval is 30 days; otherwise it is
+zero.
+.sp
+As with date offsets, if the argument is followed by one of the
+suffixes \fBy\fP, \fBmo\fP, \fBw\fP, \fBd\fP, \fBh\fP, or \fBmi\fP, the interval is
+measured in years, months, weeks, days, hours, or minutes,
+respectively. Without a suffix, the interval is measured in seconds.
+.UNINDENT
+.SH GENERATED KEY FILES
+.sp
+When \fBdnssec\-keyfromlabel\fP completes successfully, it prints a string
+of the form \fBKnnnn.+aaa+iiiii\fP to the standard output. This is an
+identification string for the key files it has generated.
+.INDENT 0.0
+.IP \(bu 2
+\fBnnnn\fP is the key name.
+.IP \(bu 2
+\fBaaa\fP is the numeric representation of the algorithm.
+.IP \(bu 2
+\fBiiiii\fP is the key identifier (or footprint).
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+\fBdnssec\-keyfromlabel\fP creates two files, with names based on the
+printed string. \fBKnnnn.+aaa+iiiii.key\fP contains the public key, and
+\fBKnnnn.+aaa+iiiii.private\fP contains the private key.
+.sp
+The \fB\&.key\fP file contains a DNS KEY record that can be inserted into a
+zone file (directly or with an $INCLUDE statement).
+.sp
+The \fB\&.private\fP file contains algorithm\-specific fields. For obvious
+security reasons, this file does not have general read permission.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.sp
+\fBdnssec\-keygen(8)\fP, \fBdnssec\-signzone(8)\fP, BIND 9 Administrator Reference Manual,
+\fI\%RFC 4034\fP, \fI\%RFC 7512\fP\&.
+.SH AUTHOR
+Internet Systems Consortium
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+2023, Internet Systems Consortium
+.\" Generated by docutils manpage writer.
+.
diff --git a/doc/man/dnssec-keyfromlabel.rst b/doc/man/dnssec-keyfromlabel.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ae00dc0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/dnssec-keyfromlabel.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+.. Copyright (C) Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")
+..
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: MPL-2.0
+..
+.. This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+.. License, v. 2.0.  If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+.. file, you can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+..
+.. See the COPYRIGHT file distributed with this work for additional
+.. information regarding copyright ownership.
+
+:orphan:
+
+.. include:: ../../bin/dnssec/dnssec-keyfromlabel.rst
diff --git a/doc/man/dnssec-keygen.8in b/doc/man/dnssec-keygen.8in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..84d4d68
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/dnssec-keygen.8in
@@ -0,0 +1,331 @@
+.\" Man page generated from reStructuredText.
+.
+.
+.nr rst2man-indent-level 0
+.
+.de1 rstReportMargin
+\\$1 \\n[an-margin]
+level \\n[rst2man-indent-level]
+level margin: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+-
+\\n[rst2man-indent0]
+\\n[rst2man-indent1]
+\\n[rst2man-indent2]
+..
+.de1 INDENT
+.\" .rstReportMargin pre:
+. RS \\$1
+. nr rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level] \\n[an-margin]
+. nr rst2man-indent-level +1
+.\" .rstReportMargin post:
+..
+.de UNINDENT
+. RE
+.\" indent \\n[an-margin]
+.\" old: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.nr rst2man-indent-level -1
+.\" new: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u
+..
+.TH "DNSSEC-KEYGEN" "8" "@RELEASE_DATE@" "@BIND9_VERSION@" "BIND 9"
+.SH NAME
+dnssec-keygen \- DNSSEC key generation tool
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.sp
+\fBdnssec\-keygen\fP [\fB\-3\fP] [\fB\-A\fP date/offset] [\fB\-a\fP algorithm] [\fB\-b\fP keysize] [\fB\-C\fP] [\fB\-c\fP class] [\fB\-D\fP date/offset] [\fB\-d\fP bits] [\fB\-D\fP sync date/offset] [\fB\-E\fP engine] [\fB\-f\fP flag] [\fB\-G\fP] [\fB\-g\fP generator] [\fB\-h\fP] [\fB\-I\fP date/offset] [\fB\-i\fP interval] [\fB\-K\fP directory] [\fB\-k\fP policy] [\fB\-L\fP ttl] [\fB\-l\fP file] [\fB\-n\fP nametype] [\fB\-P\fP date/offset] [\fB\-P\fP sync date/offset] [\fB\-p\fP protocol] [\fB\-q\fP] [\fB\-R\fP date/offset] [\fB\-S\fP key] [\fB\-s\fP strength] [\fB\-T\fP rrtype] [\fB\-t\fP type] [\fB\-V\fP] [\fB\-v\fP level] {name}
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.sp
+\fBdnssec\-keygen\fP generates keys for DNSSEC (Secure DNS), as defined in
+\fI\%RFC 2535\fP and \fI\%RFC 4034\fP\&. It can also generate keys for use with TSIG
+(Transaction Signatures) as defined in \fI\%RFC 2845\fP, or TKEY (Transaction
+Key) as defined in \fI\%RFC 2930\fP\&.
+.sp
+The \fBname\fP of the key is specified on the command line. For DNSSEC
+keys, this must match the name of the zone for which the key is being
+generated.
+.sp
+The \fBdnssec\-keymgr\fP command acts as a wrapper
+around \fBdnssec\-keygen\fP, generating and updating keys
+as needed to enforce defined security policies such as key rollover
+scheduling. Using \fBdnssec\-keymgr\fP may be preferable
+to direct use of \fBdnssec\-keygen\fP\&.
+.SH OPTIONS
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \fB\-3\fP
+This option uses an NSEC3\-capable algorithm to generate a DNSSEC key. If this
+option is used with an algorithm that has both NSEC and NSEC3
+versions, then the NSEC3 version is selected; for example,
+\fBdnssec\-keygen \-3 \-a RSASHA1\fP specifies the NSEC3RSASHA1 algorithm.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-a algorithm\fP
+This option selects the cryptographic algorithm. For DNSSEC keys, the value of
+\fBalgorithm\fP must be one of RSASHA1, NSEC3RSASHA1, RSASHA256,
+RSASHA512, ECDSAP256SHA256, ECDSAP384SHA384, ED25519, or ED448. For
+TKEY, the value must be DH (Diffie\-Hellman); specifying this value
+automatically sets the \fB\-T KEY\fP option as well.
+.sp
+These values are case\-insensitive. In some cases, abbreviations are
+supported, such as ECDSA256 for ECDSAP256SHA256 and ECDSA384 for
+ECDSAP384SHA384. If RSASHA1 is specified along with the \fB\-3\fP
+option, NSEC3RSASHA1 is used instead.
+.sp
+This parameter \fImust\fP be specified except when using the \fB\-S\fP
+option, which copies the algorithm from the predecessor key.
+.sp
+In prior releases, HMAC algorithms could be generated for use as TSIG
+keys, but that feature was removed in BIND 9.13.0. Use
+\fBtsig\-keygen\fP to generate TSIG keys.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-b keysize\fP
+This option specifies the number of bits in the key. The choice of key size
+depends on the algorithm used: RSA keys must be between 1024 and 4096
+bits; Diffie\-Hellman keys must be between 128 and 4096 bits. Elliptic
+curve algorithms do not need this parameter.
+.sp
+If the key size is not specified, some algorithms have pre\-defined
+defaults. For example, RSA keys for use as DNSSEC zone\-signing keys
+have a default size of 1024 bits; RSA keys for use as key\-signing
+keys (KSKs, generated with \fB\-f KSK\fP) default to 2048 bits.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-C\fP
+This option enables compatibility mode, which generates an old\-style key, without any timing
+metadata. By default, \fBdnssec\-keygen\fP includes the key\(aqs
+creation date in the metadata stored with the private key; other
+dates may be set there as well, including publication date, activation date,
+etc. Keys that include this data may be incompatible with older
+versions of BIND; the \fB\-C\fP option suppresses them.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-c class\fP
+This option indicates that the DNS record containing the key should have the
+specified class. If not specified, class IN is used.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-d bits\fP
+This option specifies the key size in bits. For the algorithms RSASHA1, NSEC3RSASA1, RSASHA256, and
+RSASHA512 the key size must be between 1024 and 4096 bits; DH size is between 128
+and 4096 bits. This option is ignored for algorithms ECDSAP256SHA256,
+ECDSAP384SHA384, ED25519, and ED448.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-E engine\fP
+This option specifies the cryptographic hardware to use, when applicable.
+.sp
+When BIND 9 is built with OpenSSL, this needs to be set to the OpenSSL
+engine identifier that drives the cryptographic accelerator or
+hardware service module (usually \fBpkcs11\fP). When BIND is
+built with native PKCS#11 cryptography (\fB\-\-enable\-native\-pkcs11\fP), it
+defaults to the path of the PKCS#11 provider library specified via
+\fB\-\-with\-pkcs11\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-f flag\fP
+This option sets the specified flag in the flag field of the KEY/DNSKEY record.
+The only recognized flags are KSK (Key\-Signing Key) and REVOKE.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-G\fP
+This option generates a key, but does not publish it or sign with it. This option is
+incompatible with \fB\-P\fP and \fB\-A\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-g generator\fP
+This option indicates the generator to use if generating a Diffie\-Hellman key. Allowed
+values are 2 and 5. If no generator is specified, a known prime from
+\fI\%RFC 2539\fP is used if possible; otherwise the default is 2.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-h\fP
+This option prints a short summary of the options and arguments to
+\fBdnssec\-keygen\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-K directory\fP
+This option sets the directory in which the key files are to be written.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-k policy\fP
+This option creates keys for a specific \fBdnssec\-policy\fP\&. If a policy uses multiple keys,
+\fBdnssec\-keygen\fP generates multiple keys. This also
+creates a \(dq.state\(dq file to keep track of the key state.
+.sp
+This option creates keys according to the \fBdnssec\-policy\fP configuration, hence
+it cannot be used at the same time as many of the other options that
+\fBdnssec\-keygen\fP provides.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-L ttl\fP
+This option sets the default TTL to use for this key when it is converted into a
+DNSKEY RR. This is the TTL used when the key is imported into a zone,
+unless there was already a DNSKEY RRset in
+place, in which case the existing TTL takes precedence. If this
+value is not set and there is no existing DNSKEY RRset, the TTL
+defaults to the SOA TTL. Setting the default TTL to \fB0\fP or \fBnone\fP
+is the same as leaving it unset.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-l file\fP
+This option provides a configuration file that contains a \fBdnssec\-policy\fP statement
+(matching the policy set with \fB\-k\fP).
+.TP
+.B \fB\-n nametype\fP
+This option specifies the owner type of the key. The value of \fBnametype\fP must
+either be ZONE (for a DNSSEC zone key (KEY/DNSKEY)), HOST or ENTITY
+(for a key associated with a host (KEY)), USER (for a key associated
+with a user (KEY)), or OTHER (DNSKEY). These values are
+case\-insensitive. The default is ZONE for DNSKEY generation.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-p protocol\fP
+This option sets the protocol value for the generated key, for use with
+\fB\-T KEY\fP\&. The protocol is a number between 0 and 255. The default
+is 3 (DNSSEC). Other possible values for this argument are listed in
+\fI\%RFC 2535\fP and its successors.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-q\fP
+This option sets quiet mode, which suppresses unnecessary output, including progress
+indication. Without this option, when \fBdnssec\-keygen\fP is run
+interactively to generate an RSA or DSA key pair, it prints a
+string of symbols to \fBstderr\fP indicating the progress of the key
+generation. A \fB\&.\fP indicates that a random number has been found which
+passed an initial sieve test; \fB+\fP means a number has passed a single
+round of the Miller\-Rabin primality test; and a space ( ) means that the
+number has passed all the tests and is a satisfactory key.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-S key\fP
+This option creates a new key which is an explicit successor to an existing key.
+The name, algorithm, size, and type of the key are set to match
+the existing key. The activation date of the new key is set to
+the inactivation date of the existing one. The publication date is
+set to the activation date minus the prepublication interval,
+which defaults to 30 days.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-s strength\fP
+This option specifies the strength value of the key. The strength is a number
+between 0 and 15, and currently has no defined purpose in DNSSEC.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-T rrtype\fP
+This option specifies the resource record type to use for the key. \fBrrtype\fP
+must be either DNSKEY or KEY. The default is DNSKEY when using a
+DNSSEC algorithm, but it can be overridden to KEY for use with
+SIG(0).
+.TP
+.B \fB\-t type\fP
+This option indicates the type of the key for use with \fB\-T KEY\fP\&. \fBtype\fP
+must be one of AUTHCONF, NOAUTHCONF, NOAUTH, or NOCONF. The default
+is AUTHCONF. AUTH refers to the ability to authenticate data, and
+CONF to the ability to encrypt data.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-V\fP
+This option prints version information.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-v level\fP
+This option sets the debugging level.
+.UNINDENT
+.SH TIMING OPTIONS
+.sp
+Dates can be expressed in the format YYYYMMDD or YYYYMMDDHHMMSS. If the
+argument begins with a \fB+\fP or \fB\-\fP, it is interpreted as an offset from
+the present time. For convenience, if such an offset is followed by one
+of the suffixes \fBy\fP, \fBmo\fP, \fBw\fP, \fBd\fP, \fBh\fP, or \fBmi\fP, then the offset is
+computed in years (defined as 365 24\-hour days, ignoring leap years),
+months (defined as 30 24\-hour days), weeks, days, hours, or minutes,
+respectively. Without a suffix, the offset is computed in seconds. To
+explicitly prevent a date from being set, use \fBnone\fP or \fBnever\fP\&.
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \fB\-P date/offset\fP
+This option sets the date on which a key is to be published to the zone. After
+that date, the key is included in the zone but is not used
+to sign it. If not set, and if the \fB\-G\fP option has not been used, the
+default is the current date.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-P sync date/offset\fP
+This option sets the date on which CDS and CDNSKEY records that match this key
+are to be published to the zone.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-A date/offset\fP
+This option sets the date on which the key is to be activated. After that date,
+the key is included in the zone and used to sign it. If not set,
+and if the \fB\-G\fP option has not been used, the default is the current date. If set,
+and \fB\-P\fP is not set, the publication date is set to the
+activation date minus the prepublication interval.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-R date/offset\fP
+This option sets the date on which the key is to be revoked. After that date, the
+key is flagged as revoked. It is included in the zone and
+is used to sign it.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-I date/offset\fP
+This option sets the date on which the key is to be retired. After that date, the
+key is still included in the zone, but it is not used to
+sign it.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-D date/offset\fP
+This option sets the date on which the key is to be deleted. After that date, the
+key is no longer included in the zone. (However, it may remain in the key
+repository.)
+.TP
+.B \fB\-D sync date/offset\fP
+This option sets the date on which the CDS and CDNSKEY records that match this
+key are to be deleted.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-i interval\fP
+This option sets the prepublication interval for a key. If set, then the
+publication and activation dates must be separated by at least this
+much time. If the activation date is specified but the publication
+date is not, the publication date defaults to this much time
+before the activation date; conversely, if the publication date is
+specified but not the activation date, activation is set to
+this much time after publication.
+.sp
+If the key is being created as an explicit successor to another key,
+then the default prepublication interval is 30 days; otherwise it is
+zero.
+.sp
+As with date offsets, if the argument is followed by one of the
+suffixes \fBy\fP, \fBmo\fP, \fBw\fP, \fBd\fP, \fBh\fP, or \fBmi\fP, the interval is
+measured in years, months, weeks, days, hours, or minutes,
+respectively. Without a suffix, the interval is measured in seconds.
+.UNINDENT
+.SH GENERATED KEYS
+.sp
+When \fBdnssec\-keygen\fP completes successfully, it prints a string of the
+form \fBKnnnn.+aaa+iiiii\fP to the standard output. This is an
+identification string for the key it has generated.
+.INDENT 0.0
+.IP \(bu 2
+\fBnnnn\fP is the key name.
+.IP \(bu 2
+\fBaaa\fP is the numeric representation of the algorithm.
+.IP \(bu 2
+\fBiiiii\fP is the key identifier (or footprint).
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+\fBdnssec\-keygen\fP creates two files, with names based on the printed
+string. \fBKnnnn.+aaa+iiiii.key\fP contains the public key, and
+\fBKnnnn.+aaa+iiiii.private\fP contains the private key.
+.sp
+The \fB\&.key\fP file contains a DNSKEY or KEY record. When a zone is being
+signed by \fBnamed\fP or \fBdnssec\-signzone \-S\fP, DNSKEY records are
+included automatically. In other cases, the \fB\&.key\fP file can be
+inserted into a zone file manually or with an \fB$INCLUDE\fP statement.
+.sp
+The \fB\&.private\fP file contains algorithm\-specific fields. For obvious
+security reasons, this file does not have general read permission.
+.SH EXAMPLE
+.sp
+To generate an ECDSAP256SHA256 zone\-signing key for the zone
+\fBexample.com\fP, issue the command:
+.sp
+\fBdnssec\-keygen \-a ECDSAP256SHA256 example.com\fP
+.sp
+The command prints a string of the form:
+.sp
+\fBKexample.com.+013+26160\fP
+.sp
+In this example, \fBdnssec\-keygen\fP creates the files
+\fBKexample.com.+013+26160.key\fP and \fBKexample.com.+013+26160.private\fP\&.
+.sp
+To generate a matching key\-signing key, issue the command:
+.sp
+\fBdnssec\-keygen \-a ECDSAP256SHA256 \-f KSK example.com\fP
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.sp
+\fBdnssec\-signzone(8)\fP, BIND 9 Administrator Reference Manual, \fI\%RFC 2539\fP,
+\fI\%RFC 2845\fP, \fI\%RFC 4034\fP\&.
+.SH AUTHOR
+Internet Systems Consortium
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+2023, Internet Systems Consortium
+.\" Generated by docutils manpage writer.
+.
diff --git a/doc/man/dnssec-keygen.rst b/doc/man/dnssec-keygen.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..70e0c54
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/dnssec-keygen.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+.. Copyright (C) Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")
+..
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: MPL-2.0
+..
+.. This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+.. License, v. 2.0.  If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+.. file, you can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+..
+.. See the COPYRIGHT file distributed with this work for additional
+.. information regarding copyright ownership.
+
+:orphan:
+
+.. include:: ../../bin/dnssec/dnssec-keygen.rst
diff --git a/doc/man/dnssec-keymgr.8in b/doc/man/dnssec-keymgr.8in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ae163db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/dnssec-keymgr.8in
@@ -0,0 +1,297 @@
+.\" Man page generated from reStructuredText.
+.
+.
+.nr rst2man-indent-level 0
+.
+.de1 rstReportMargin
+\\$1 \\n[an-margin]
+level \\n[rst2man-indent-level]
+level margin: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+-
+\\n[rst2man-indent0]
+\\n[rst2man-indent1]
+\\n[rst2man-indent2]
+..
+.de1 INDENT
+.\" .rstReportMargin pre:
+. RS \\$1
+. nr rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level] \\n[an-margin]
+. nr rst2man-indent-level +1
+.\" .rstReportMargin post:
+..
+.de UNINDENT
+. RE
+.\" indent \\n[an-margin]
+.\" old: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.nr rst2man-indent-level -1
+.\" new: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u
+..
+.TH "DNSSEC-KEYMGR" "8" "@RELEASE_DATE@" "@BIND9_VERSION@" "BIND 9"
+.SH NAME
+dnssec-keymgr \- ensure correct DNSKEY coverage based on a defined policy
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.sp
+\fBdnssec\-keymgr\fP [\fB\-K\fP\fIdirectory\fP] [\fB\-c\fP\fIfile\fP] [\fB\-f\fP] [\fB\-k\fP] [\fB\-q\fP] [\fB\-v\fP] [\fB\-z\fP] [\fB\-g\fP\fIpath\fP] [\fB\-s\fP\fIpath\fP] [zone...]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.sp
+\fBdnssec\-keymgr\fP is a high level Python wrapper to facilitate the key
+rollover process for zones handled by BIND. It uses the BIND commands
+for manipulating DNSSEC key metadata: \fBdnssec\-keygen\fP and
+\fBdnssec\-settime\fP\&.
+.sp
+DNSSEC policy can be read from a configuration file (default
+/etc/dnssec\-policy.conf), from which the key parameters, publication and
+rollover schedule, and desired coverage duration for any given zone can
+be determined. This file may be used to define individual DNSSEC
+policies on a per\-zone basis, or to set a \(dqdefault\(dq policy used for all
+zones.
+.sp
+When \fBdnssec\-keymgr\fP runs, it examines the DNSSEC keys for one or more
+zones, comparing their timing metadata against the policies for those
+zones. If key settings do not conform to the DNSSEC policy (for example,
+because the policy has been changed), they are automatically corrected.
+.sp
+A zone policy can specify a duration for which we want to ensure the key
+correctness (\fBcoverage\fP). It can also specify a rollover period
+(\fBroll\-period\fP). If policy indicates that a key should roll over
+before the coverage period ends, then a successor key will automatically
+be created and added to the end of the key series.
+.sp
+If zones are specified on the command line, \fBdnssec\-keymgr\fP will
+examine only those zones. If a specified zone does not already have keys
+in place, then keys will be generated for it according to policy.
+.sp
+If zones are \fInot\fP specified on the command line, then \fBdnssec\-keymgr\fP
+will search the key directory (either the current working directory or
+the directory set by the \fB\-K\fP option), and check the keys for all the
+zones represented in the directory.
+.sp
+Key times that are in the past will not be updated unless the \fB\-f\fP is
+used (see below). Key inactivation and deletion times that are less than
+five minutes in the future will be delayed by five minutes.
+.sp
+It is expected that this tool will be run automatically and unattended
+(for example, by \fBcron\fP).
+.SH OPTIONS
+.sp
+\fB\-c\fP \fIfile\fP
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+If \fB\-c\fP is specified, then the DNSSEC policy is read from \fBfile\fP\&.
+(If not specified, then the policy is read from
+/etc/dnssec\-policy.conf; if that file doesnt exist, a built\-in global
+default policy is used.)
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+\fB\-f\fP
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+Force: allow updating of key events even if they are already in the
+past. This is not recommended for use with zones in which keys have
+already been published. However, if a set of keys has been generated
+all of which have publication and activation dates in the past, but
+the keys have not been published in a zone as yet, then this option
+can be used to clean them up and turn them into a proper series of
+keys with appropriate rollover intervals.
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+\fB\-g\fP \fIkeygen\-path\fP
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+Specifies a path to a \fBdnssec\-keygen\fP binary. Used for testing. See
+also the \fB\-s\fP option.
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+\fB\-h\fP
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+Print the \fBdnssec\-keymgr\fP help summary and exit.
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+\fB\-K\fP \fIdirectory\fP
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+Sets the directory in which keys can be found. Defaults to the
+current working directory.
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+\fB\-k\fP
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+Only apply policies to KSK keys. See also the \fB\-z\fP option.
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+\fB\-q\fP
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+Quiet: suppress printing of \fBdnssec\-keygen\fP and \fBdnssec\-settime\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+\fB\-s\fP \fIsettime\-path\fP
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+Specifies a path to a \fBdnssec\-settime\fP binary. Used for testing.
+See also the \fB\-g\fP option.
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+\fB\-v\fP
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+Print the \fBdnssec\-keymgr\fP version and exit.
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+\fB\-z\fP
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+Only apply policies to ZSK keys. See also the \fB\-k\fP option.
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.SH POLICY CONFIGURATION
+.sp
+The dnssec\-policy.conf file can specify three kinds of policies:
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+· \fIPolicy classes\fP (\fBpolicy\fP\fIname\fP\fB{ ... };\fP) can be
+inherited by zone policies or other policy classes; these can be used
+to create sets of different security profiles. For example, a policy
+class \fBnormal\fP might specify 1024\-bit key sizes, but a class
+\fBextra\fP might specify 2048 bits instead; \fBextra\fP would be used
+for zones that had unusually high security needs.
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+· \fIAlgorithm policies:\fP (\fBalgorithm\-policy\fP\fIalgorithm\fP\fB{ ...
+};\fP ) override default per\-algorithm settings. For example, by
+default, RSASHA256 keys use 2048\-bit key sizes for both KSK and ZSK.
+This can be modified using \fBalgorithm\-policy\fP, and the new key
+sizes would then be used for any key of type RSASHA256.
+.sp
+· \fIZone policies:\fP (\fBzone\fP\fIname\fP\fB{ ... };\fP ) set policy for a
+single zone by name. A zone policy can inherit a policy class by
+including a \fBpolicy\fP option. Zone names beginning with digits
+(i.e., 0\-9) must be quoted. If a zone does not have its own policy
+then the \(dqdefault\(dq policy applies.
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+Options that can be specified in policies:
+.sp
+\fBalgorithm\fP \fIname\fP;
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+The key algorithm. If no policy is defined, the default is RSASHA256.
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+\fBcoverage\fP \fIduration\fP;
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+The length of time to ensure that keys will be correct; no action
+will be taken to create new keys to be activated after this time.
+This can be represented as a number of seconds, or as a duration
+using human\-readable units (examples: \(dq1y\(dq or \(dq6 months\(dq). A default
+value for this option can be set in algorithm policies as well as in
+policy classes or zone policies. If no policy is configured, the
+default is six months.
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+\fBdirectory\fP \fIpath\fP;
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+Specifies the directory in which keys should be stored.
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+\fBkey\-size\fP \fIkeytype\fP \fIsize\fP;
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+Specifies the number of bits to use in creating keys. The keytype is
+either \(dqzsk\(dq or \(dqksk\(dq. A default value for this option can be set in
+algorithm policies as well as in policy classes or zone policies. If
+no policy is configured, the default is 2048 bits for RSA keys.
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+\fBkeyttl\fP \fIduration\fP;
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+The key TTL. If no policy is defined, the default is one hour.
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+\fBpost\-publish\fP \fIkeytype\fP \fIduration\fP;
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+How long after inactivation a key should be deleted from the zone.
+Note: If \fBroll\-period\fP is not set, this value is ignored. The
+keytype is either \(dqzsk\(dq or \(dqksk\(dq. A default duration for this option
+can be set in algorithm policies as well as in policy classes or zone
+policies. The default is one month.
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+\fBpre\-publish\fP \fIkeytype\fP \fIduration\fP;
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+How long before activation a key should be published. Note: If
+\fBroll\-period\fP is not set, this value is ignored. The keytype is
+either \(dqzsk\(dq or \(dqksk\(dq. A default duration for this option can be set
+in algorithm policies as well as in policy classes or zone policies.
+The default is one month.
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+\fBroll\-period\fP \fIkeytype\fP \fIduration\fP;
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+How frequently keys should be rolled over. The keytype is either
+\(dqzsk\(dq or \(dqksk\(dq. A default duration for this option can be set in
+algorithm policies as well as in policy classes or zone policies. If
+no policy is configured, the default is one year for ZSKs. KSKs do
+not roll over by default.
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+\fBstandby\fP \fIkeytype\fP \fInumber\fP;
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+Not yet implemented.
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.SH REMAINING WORK
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+· Enable scheduling of KSK rollovers using the \fB\-P sync\fP and \fB\-D
+sync\fP options to \fBdnssec\-keygen\fP and \fBdnssec\-settime\fP\&. Check the
+parent zone (as in \fBdnssec\-checkds\fP) to determine when its safe for
+the key to roll.
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+· Allow configuration of standby keys and use of the REVOKE bit, for
+keys that use RFC 5011 semantics.
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.sp
+\fBdnssec\-coverage\fP(8), \fBdnssec\-keygen\fP(8),
+\fBdnssec\-settime\fP(8), \fBdnssec\-checkds\fP(8)
+.SH AUTHOR
+Internet Systems Consortium
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+2023, Internet Systems Consortium
+.\" Generated by docutils manpage writer.
+.
diff --git a/doc/man/dnssec-keymgr.rst b/doc/man/dnssec-keymgr.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..92fe728
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/dnssec-keymgr.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+.. Copyright (C) Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")
+..
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: MPL-2.0
+..
+.. This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+.. License, v. 2.0.  If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+.. file, you can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+..
+.. See the COPYRIGHT file distributed with this work for additional
+.. information regarding copyright ownership.
+
+:orphan:
+
+.. include:: ../../bin/python/dnssec-keymgr.rst
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/doc/man/dnssec-revoke.8in b/doc/man/dnssec-revoke.8in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2b40587
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/dnssec-revoke.8in
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+.\" Man page generated from reStructuredText.
+.
+.
+.nr rst2man-indent-level 0
+.
+.de1 rstReportMargin
+\\$1 \\n[an-margin]
+level \\n[rst2man-indent-level]
+level margin: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+-
+\\n[rst2man-indent0]
+\\n[rst2man-indent1]
+\\n[rst2man-indent2]
+..
+.de1 INDENT
+.\" .rstReportMargin pre:
+. RS \\$1
+. nr rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level] \\n[an-margin]
+. nr rst2man-indent-level +1
+.\" .rstReportMargin post:
+..
+.de UNINDENT
+. RE
+.\" indent \\n[an-margin]
+.\" old: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.nr rst2man-indent-level -1
+.\" new: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u
+..
+.TH "DNSSEC-REVOKE" "8" "@RELEASE_DATE@" "@BIND9_VERSION@" "BIND 9"
+.SH NAME
+dnssec-revoke \- set the REVOKED bit on a DNSSEC key
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.sp
+\fBdnssec\-revoke\fP [\fB\-hr\fP] [\fB\-v\fP level] [\fB\-V\fP] [\fB\-K\fP directory] [\fB\-E\fP engine] [\fB\-f\fP] [\fB\-R\fP] {keyfile}
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.sp
+\fBdnssec\-revoke\fP reads a DNSSEC key file, sets the REVOKED bit on the
+key as defined in \fI\%RFC 5011\fP, and creates a new pair of key files
+containing the now\-revoked key.
+.SH OPTIONS
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \fB\-h\fP
+This option emits a usage message and exits.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-K directory\fP
+This option sets the directory in which the key files are to reside.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-r\fP
+This option indicates to remove the original keyset files after writing the new keyset files.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-v level\fP
+This option sets the debugging level.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-V\fP
+This option prints version information.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-E engine\fP
+This option specifies the cryptographic hardware to use, when applicable.
+.sp
+When BIND 9 is built with OpenSSL, this needs to be set to the OpenSSL
+engine identifier that drives the cryptographic accelerator or
+hardware service module (usually \fBpkcs11\fP). When BIND is
+built with native PKCS#11 cryptography (\fB\-\-enable\-native\-pkcs11\fP), it
+defaults to the path of the PKCS#11 provider library specified via
+\fB\-\-with\-pkcs11\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-f\fP
+This option indicates a forced overwrite and causes \fBdnssec\-revoke\fP to write the new key pair,
+even if a file already exists matching the algorithm and key ID of
+the revoked key.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-R\fP
+This option prints the key tag of the key with the REVOKE bit set, but does not
+revoke the key.
+.UNINDENT
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.sp
+\fBdnssec\-keygen(8)\fP, BIND 9 Administrator Reference Manual, \fI\%RFC 5011\fP\&.
+.SH AUTHOR
+Internet Systems Consortium
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+2023, Internet Systems Consortium
+.\" Generated by docutils manpage writer.
+.
diff --git a/doc/man/dnssec-revoke.rst b/doc/man/dnssec-revoke.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a5a71ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/dnssec-revoke.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+.. Copyright (C) Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")
+..
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: MPL-2.0
+..
+.. This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+.. License, v. 2.0.  If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+.. file, you can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+..
+.. See the COPYRIGHT file distributed with this work for additional
+.. information regarding copyright ownership.
+
+:orphan:
+
+.. include:: ../../bin/dnssec/dnssec-revoke.rst
diff --git a/doc/man/dnssec-settime.8in b/doc/man/dnssec-settime.8in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7ecaf49
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/dnssec-settime.8in
@@ -0,0 +1,246 @@
+.\" Man page generated from reStructuredText.
+.
+.
+.nr rst2man-indent-level 0
+.
+.de1 rstReportMargin
+\\$1 \\n[an-margin]
+level \\n[rst2man-indent-level]
+level margin: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+-
+\\n[rst2man-indent0]
+\\n[rst2man-indent1]
+\\n[rst2man-indent2]
+..
+.de1 INDENT
+.\" .rstReportMargin pre:
+. RS \\$1
+. nr rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level] \\n[an-margin]
+. nr rst2man-indent-level +1
+.\" .rstReportMargin post:
+..
+.de UNINDENT
+. RE
+.\" indent \\n[an-margin]
+.\" old: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.nr rst2man-indent-level -1
+.\" new: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u
+..
+.TH "DNSSEC-SETTIME" "8" "@RELEASE_DATE@" "@BIND9_VERSION@" "BIND 9"
+.SH NAME
+dnssec-settime \- set the key timing metadata for a DNSSEC key
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.sp
+\fBdnssec\-settime\fP [\fB\-f\fP] [\fB\-K\fP directory] [\fB\-L\fP ttl] [\fB\-P\fP date/offset] [\fB\-P\fP ds date/offset] [\fB\-P\fP sync date/offset] [\fB\-A\fP date/offset] [\fB\-R\fP date/offset] [\fB\-I\fP date/offset] [\fB\-D\fP date/offset] [\fB\-D\fP ds date/offset] [\fB\-D\fP sync date/offset] [\fB\-S\fP key] [\fB\-i\fP interval] [\fB\-h\fP] [\fB\-V\fP] [\fB\-v\fP level] [\fB\-E\fP engine] {keyfile} [\fB\-s\fP] [\fB\-g\fP state] [\fB\-d\fP state date/offset] [\fB\-k\fP state date/offset] [\fB\-r\fP state date/offset] [\fB\-z\fP state date/offset]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.sp
+\fBdnssec\-settime\fP reads a DNSSEC private key file and sets the key
+timing metadata as specified by the \fB\-P\fP, \fB\-A\fP, \fB\-R\fP, \fB\-I\fP, and
+\fB\-D\fP options. The metadata can then be used by \fBdnssec\-signzone\fP or
+other signing software to determine when a key is to be published,
+whether it should be used for signing a zone, etc.
+.sp
+If none of these options is set on the command line,
+\fBdnssec\-settime\fP simply prints the key timing metadata already stored
+in the key.
+.sp
+When key metadata fields are changed, both files of a key pair
+(\fBKnnnn.+aaa+iiiii.key\fP and \fBKnnnn.+aaa+iiiii.private\fP) are
+regenerated.
+.sp
+Metadata fields are stored in the private file. A
+human\-readable description of the metadata is also placed in comments in
+the key file. The private file\(aqs permissions are always set to be
+inaccessible to anyone other than the owner (mode 0600).
+.sp
+When working with state files, it is possible to update the timing metadata in
+those files as well with \fB\-s\fP\&.  With this option, it is also possible to update key
+states with \fB\-d\fP (DS), \fB\-k\fP (DNSKEY), \fB\-r\fP (RRSIG of KSK), or \fB\-z\fP
+(RRSIG of ZSK). Allowed states are HIDDEN, RUMOURED, OMNIPRESENT, and
+UNRETENTIVE.
+.sp
+The goal state of the key can also be set with \fB\-g\fP\&. This should be either
+HIDDEN or OMNIPRESENT, representing whether the key should be removed from the
+zone or published.
+.sp
+It is NOT RECOMMENDED to manipulate state files manually, except for testing
+purposes.
+.SH OPTIONS
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \fB\-f\fP
+This option forces an update of an old\-format key with no metadata fields. Without
+this option, \fBdnssec\-settime\fP fails when attempting to update a
+legacy key. With this option, the key is recreated in the new
+format, but with the original key data retained. The key\(aqs creation
+date is set to the present time. If no other values are
+specified, then the key\(aqs publication and activation dates are also
+set to the present time.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-K directory\fP
+This option sets the directory in which the key files are to reside.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-L ttl\fP
+This option sets the default TTL to use for this key when it is converted into a
+DNSKEY RR. This is the TTL used when the key is imported into a zone,
+unless there was already a DNSKEY RRset in
+place, in which case the existing TTL takes precedence. If this
+value is not set and there is no existing DNSKEY RRset, the TTL
+defaults to the SOA TTL. Setting the default TTL to \fB0\fP or \fBnone\fP
+removes it from the key.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-h\fP
+This option emits a usage message and exits.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-V\fP
+This option prints version information.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-v level\fP
+This option sets the debugging level.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-E engine\fP
+This option specifies the cryptographic hardware to use, when applicable.
+.sp
+When BIND 9 is built with OpenSSL, this needs to be set to the OpenSSL
+engine identifier that drives the cryptographic accelerator or
+hardware service module (usually \fBpkcs11\fP). When BIND is
+built with native PKCS#11 cryptography (\fB\-\-enable\-native\-pkcs11\fP), it
+defaults to the path of the PKCS#11 provider library specified via
+\fB\-\-with\-pkcs11\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.SH TIMING OPTIONS
+.sp
+Dates can be expressed in the format YYYYMMDD or YYYYMMDDHHMMSS. If the
+argument begins with a \fB+\fP or \fB\-\fP, it is interpreted as an offset from
+the present time. For convenience, if such an offset is followed by one
+of the suffixes \fBy\fP, \fBmo\fP, \fBw\fP, \fBd\fP, \fBh\fP, or \fBmi\fP, then the offset is
+computed in years (defined as 365 24\-hour days, ignoring leap years),
+months (defined as 30 24\-hour days), weeks, days, hours, or minutes,
+respectively. Without a suffix, the offset is computed in seconds. To
+explicitly prevent a date from being set, use \fBnone\fP or \fBnever\fP\&.
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \fB\-P date/offset\fP
+This option sets the date on which a key is to be published to the zone. After
+that date, the key is included in the zone but is not used
+to sign it.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-P ds date/offset\fP
+This option Sets the date on which DS records that match this key have been
+seen in the parent zone.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-P sync date/offset\fP
+This option sets the date on which CDS and CDNSKEY records that match this key
+are to be published to the zone.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-A date/offset\fP
+This option sets the date on which the key is to be activated. After that date,
+the key is included in the zone and used to sign it.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-R date/offset\fP
+This option sets the date on which the key is to be revoked. After that date, the
+key is flagged as revoked. It is included in the zone and
+is used to sign it.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-I date/offset\fP
+This option sets the date on which the key is to be retired. After that date, the
+key is still included in the zone, but it is not used to
+sign it.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-D date/offset\fP
+This option sets the date on which the key is to be deleted. After that date, the
+key is no longer included in the zone. (However, it may remain in the key
+repository.)
+.TP
+.B \fB\-D ds date/offset\fP
+This option sets the date on which the DS records that match this key have
+been seen removed from the parent zone.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-D sync date/offset\fP
+This option sets the date on which the CDS and CDNSKEY records that match this
+key are to be deleted.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-S predecessor key\fP
+This option selects a key for which the key being modified is an explicit
+successor. The name, algorithm, size, and type of the predecessor key
+must exactly match those of the key being modified. The activation
+date of the successor key is set to the inactivation date of the
+predecessor. The publication date is set to the activation date
+minus the prepublication interval, which defaults to 30 days.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-i interval\fP
+This option sets the prepublication interval for a key. If set, then the
+publication and activation dates must be separated by at least this
+much time. If the activation date is specified but the publication
+date is not, the publication date defaults to this much time
+before the activation date; conversely, if the publication date is
+specified but not the activation date, activation is set to
+this much time after publication.
+.sp
+If the key is being created as an explicit successor to another key,
+then the default prepublication interval is 30 days; otherwise it is
+zero.
+.sp
+As with date offsets, if the argument is followed by one of the
+suffixes \fBy\fP, \fBmo\fP, \fBw\fP, \fBd\fP, \fBh\fP, or \fBmi\fP, the interval is
+measured in years, months, weeks, days, hours, or minutes,
+respectively. Without a suffix, the interval is measured in seconds.
+.UNINDENT
+.SH KEY STATE OPTIONS
+.sp
+To test dnssec\-policy it may be necessary to construct keys with artificial
+state information; these options are used by the testing framework for that
+purpose, but should never be used in production.
+.sp
+Known key states are HIDDEN, RUMOURED, OMNIPRESENT, and UNRETENTIVE.
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \fB\-s\fP
+This option indicates that when setting key timing data, the state file should also be updated.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-g state\fP
+This option sets the goal state for this key. Must be HIDDEN or OMNIPRESENT.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-d state date/offset\fP
+This option sets the DS state for this key as of the specified date, offset from the current date.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-k state date/offset\fP
+This option sets the DNSKEY state for this key as of the specified date, offset from the current date.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-r state date/offset\fP
+This option sets the RRSIG (KSK) state for this key as of the specified date, offset from the current date.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-z state date/offset\fP
+This option sets the RRSIG (ZSK) state for this key as of the specified date, offset from the current date.
+.UNINDENT
+.SH PRINTING OPTIONS
+.sp
+\fBdnssec\-settime\fP can also be used to print the timing metadata
+associated with a key.
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \fB\-u\fP
+This option indicates that times should be printed in Unix epoch format.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-p C/P/Pds/Psync/A/R/I/D/Dds/Dsync/all\fP
+This option prints a specific metadata value or set of metadata values.
+The \fB\-p\fP option may be followed by one or more of the following letters or
+strings to indicate which value or values to print: \fBC\fP for the
+creation date, \fBP\fP for the publication date, \fBPds\(ga for the DS publication
+date, \(ga\(gaPsync\fP for the CDS and CDNSKEY publication date, \fBA\fP for the
+activation date, \fBR\fP for the revocation date, \fBI\fP for the inactivation
+date, \fBD\fP for the deletion date, \fBDds\fP for the DS deletion date,
+and \fBDsync\fP for the CDS and CDNSKEY deletion date. To print all of the
+metadata, use \fBall\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.sp
+\fBdnssec\-keygen(8)\fP, \fBdnssec\-signzone(8)\fP, BIND 9 Administrator Reference Manual,
+\fI\%RFC 5011\fP\&.
+.SH AUTHOR
+Internet Systems Consortium
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+2023, Internet Systems Consortium
+.\" Generated by docutils manpage writer.
+.
diff --git a/doc/man/dnssec-settime.rst b/doc/man/dnssec-settime.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c1bb692
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/dnssec-settime.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+.. Copyright (C) Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")
+..
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: MPL-2.0
+..
+.. This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+.. License, v. 2.0.  If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+.. file, you can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+..
+.. See the COPYRIGHT file distributed with this work for additional
+.. information regarding copyright ownership.
+
+:orphan:
+
+.. include:: ../../bin/dnssec/dnssec-settime.rst
diff --git a/doc/man/dnssec-signzone.8in b/doc/man/dnssec-signzone.8in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d9599a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/dnssec-signzone.8in
@@ -0,0 +1,438 @@
+.\" Man page generated from reStructuredText.
+.
+.
+.nr rst2man-indent-level 0
+.
+.de1 rstReportMargin
+\\$1 \\n[an-margin]
+level \\n[rst2man-indent-level]
+level margin: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+-
+\\n[rst2man-indent0]
+\\n[rst2man-indent1]
+\\n[rst2man-indent2]
+..
+.de1 INDENT
+.\" .rstReportMargin pre:
+. RS \\$1
+. nr rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level] \\n[an-margin]
+. nr rst2man-indent-level +1
+.\" .rstReportMargin post:
+..
+.de UNINDENT
+. RE
+.\" indent \\n[an-margin]
+.\" old: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.nr rst2man-indent-level -1
+.\" new: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u
+..
+.TH "DNSSEC-SIGNZONE" "8" "@RELEASE_DATE@" "@BIND9_VERSION@" "BIND 9"
+.SH NAME
+dnssec-signzone \- DNSSEC zone signing tool
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.sp
+\fBdnssec\-signzone\fP [\fB\-a\fP] [\fB\-c\fP class] [\fB\-d\fP directory] [\fB\-D\fP] [\fB\-E\fP engine] [\fB\-e\fP end\-time] [\fB\-f\fP output\-file] [\fB\-g\fP] [\fB\-h\fP] [\fB\-i\fP interval] [\fB\-I\fP input\-format] [\fB\-j\fP jitter] [\fB\-K\fP directory] [\fB\-k\fP key] [\fB\-L\fP serial] [\fB\-M\fP maxttl] [\fB\-N\fP soa\-serial\-format] [\fB\-o\fP origin] [\fB\-O\fP output\-format] [\fB\-P\fP] [\fB\-Q\fP] [\fB\-q\fP] [\fB\-R\fP] [\fB\-S\fP] [\fB\-s\fP start\-time] [\fB\-T\fP ttl] [\fB\-t\fP] [\fB\-u\fP] [\fB\-v\fP level] [\fB\-V\fP] [\fB\-X\fP extended end\-time] [\fB\-x\fP] [\fB\-z\fP] [\fB\-3\fP salt] [\fB\-H\fP iterations] [\fB\-A\fP] {zonefile} [key...]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.sp
+\fBdnssec\-signzone\fP signs a zone; it generates NSEC and RRSIG records
+and produces a signed version of the zone. The security status of
+delegations from the signed zone (that is, whether the child zones are
+secure) is determined by the presence or absence of a \fBkeyset\fP
+file for each child zone.
+.SH OPTIONS
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \fB\-a\fP
+This option verifies all generated signatures.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-c class\fP
+This option specifies the DNS class of the zone.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-C\fP
+This option sets compatibility mode, in which a \fBkeyset\-zonename\fP file is generated in addition
+to \fBdsset\-zonename\fP when signing a zone, for use by older versions
+of \fBdnssec\-signzone\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-d directory\fP
+This option indicates the directory where BIND 9 should look for \fBdsset\-\fP or \fBkeyset\-\fP files.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-D\fP
+This option indicates that only those record types automatically managed by
+\fBdnssec\-signzone\fP, i.e., RRSIG, NSEC, NSEC3 and NSEC3PARAM records, should be included in the output.
+If smart signing (\fB\-S\fP) is used, DNSKEY records are also included.
+The resulting file can be included in the original zone file with
+\fB$INCLUDE\fP\&. This option cannot be combined with \fB\-O raw\fP,
+\fB\-O map\fP, or serial\-number updating.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-E engine\fP
+This option specifies the hardware to use for cryptographic
+operations, such as a secure key store used for signing, when applicable.
+.sp
+When BIND 9 is built with OpenSSL, this needs to be set to the OpenSSL
+engine identifier that drives the cryptographic accelerator or
+hardware service module (usually \fBpkcs11\fP). When BIND is
+built with native PKCS#11 cryptography (\fB\-\-enable\-native\-pkcs11\fP), it
+defaults to the path of the PKCS#11 provider library specified via
+\fB\-\-with\-pkcs11\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-g\fP
+This option indicates that DS records for child zones should be generated from a \fBdsset\-\fP or \fBkeyset\-\fP
+file. Existing DS records are removed.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-K directory\fP
+This option specifies the directory to search for DNSSEC keys. If not
+specified, it defaults to the current directory.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-k key\fP
+This option tells BIND 9 to treat the specified key as a key\-signing key, ignoring any key flags. This
+option may be specified multiple times.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-M maxttl\fP
+This option sets the maximum TTL for the signed zone. Any TTL higher than \fBmaxttl\fP
+in the input zone is reduced to \fBmaxttl\fP in the output. This
+provides certainty as to the largest possible TTL in the signed zone,
+which is useful to know when rolling keys. The maxttl is the longest
+possible time before signatures that have been retrieved by resolvers
+expire from resolver caches. Zones that are signed with this
+option should be configured to use a matching \fBmax\-zone\-ttl\fP in
+\fBnamed.conf\fP\&. (Note: This option is incompatible with \fB\-D\fP,
+because it modifies non\-DNSSEC data in the output zone.)
+.TP
+.B \fB\-s start\-time\fP
+This option specifies the date and time when the generated RRSIG records become
+valid. This can be either an absolute or relative time. An absolute
+start time is indicated by a number in YYYYMMDDHHMMSS notation;
+20000530144500 denotes 14:45:00 UTC on May 30th, 2000. A relative
+start time is indicated by \fB+N\fP, which is N seconds from the current
+time. If no \fBstart\-time\fP is specified, the current time minus 1
+hour (to allow for clock skew) is used.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-e end\-time\fP
+This option specifies the date and time when the generated RRSIG records expire. As
+with \fBstart\-time\fP, an absolute time is indicated in YYYYMMDDHHMMSS
+notation. A time relative to the start time is indicated with \fB+N\fP,
+which is N seconds from the start time. A time relative to the
+current time is indicated with \fBnow+N\fP\&. If no \fBend\-time\fP is
+specified, 30 days from the start time is the default.
+\fBend\-time\fP must be later than \fBstart\-time\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-X extended end\-time\fP
+This option specifies the date and time when the generated RRSIG records for the
+DNSKEY RRset expire. This is to be used in cases when the DNSKEY
+signatures need to persist longer than signatures on other records;
+e.g., when the private component of the KSK is kept offline and the
+KSK signature is to be refreshed manually.
+.sp
+As with \fBend\-time\fP, an absolute time is indicated in
+YYYYMMDDHHMMSS notation. A time relative to the start time is
+indicated with \fB+N\fP, which is N seconds from the start time. A time
+relative to the current time is indicated with \fBnow+N\fP\&. If no
+\fBextended end\-time\fP is specified, the value of \fBend\-time\fP is used
+as the default. (\fBend\-time\fP, in turn, defaults to 30 days from the
+start time.) \fBextended end\-time\fP must be later than \fBstart\-time\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-f output\-file\fP
+This option indicates the name of the output file containing the signed zone. The default
+is to append \fB\&.signed\fP to the input filename. If \fBoutput\-file\fP is
+set to \fB\-\fP, then the signed zone is written to the standard
+output, with a default output format of \fBfull\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-h\fP
+This option prints a short summary of the options and arguments to
+\fBdnssec\-signzone\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-V\fP
+This option prints version information.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-i interval\fP
+This option indicates that, when a previously signed zone is passed as input, records may be
+re\-signed. The \fBinterval\fP option specifies the cycle interval as an
+offset from the current time, in seconds. If a RRSIG record expires
+after the cycle interval, it is retained; otherwise, it is considered
+to be expiring soon and it is replaced.
+.sp
+The default cycle interval is one quarter of the difference between
+the signature end and start times. So if neither \fBend\-time\fP nor
+\fBstart\-time\fP is specified, \fBdnssec\-signzone\fP generates
+signatures that are valid for 30 days, with a cycle interval of 7.5
+days. Therefore, if any existing RRSIG records are due to expire in
+less than 7.5 days, they are replaced.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-I input\-format\fP
+This option sets the format of the input zone file. Possible formats are \fBtext\fP
+(the default), \fBraw\fP, and \fBmap\fP\&. This option is primarily
+intended to be used for dynamic signed zones, so that the dumped zone
+file in a non\-text format containing updates can be signed directly.
+This option is not useful for non\-dynamic zones.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-j jitter\fP
+When signing a zone with a fixed signature lifetime, all RRSIG
+records issued at the time of signing expire simultaneously. If the
+zone is incrementally signed, i.e., a previously signed zone is passed
+as input to the signer, all expired signatures must be regenerated
+at approximately the same time. The \fBjitter\fP option specifies a jitter
+window that is used to randomize the signature expire time, thus
+spreading incremental signature regeneration over time.
+.sp
+Signature lifetime jitter also, to some extent, benefits validators and
+servers by spreading out cache expiration, i.e., if large numbers of
+RRSIGs do not expire at the same time from all caches, there is
+less congestion than if all validators need to refetch at around the
+same time.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-L serial\fP
+When writing a signed zone to \(dqraw\(dq or \(dqmap\(dq format, this option sets the \(dqsource
+serial\(dq value in the header to the specified \fBserial\fP number. (This is
+expected to be used primarily for testing purposes.)
+.TP
+.B \fB\-n ncpus\fP
+This option specifies the number of threads to use. By default, one thread is
+started for each detected CPU.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-N soa\-serial\-format\fP
+This option sets the SOA serial number format of the signed zone. Possible formats are
+\fBkeep\fP (the default), \fBincrement\fP, \fBunixtime\fP, and
+\fBdate\fP\&.
+.INDENT 7.0
+.TP
+\fBkeep\fP
+This format indicates that the SOA serial number should not be modified.
+.TP
+\fBincrement\fP
+This format increments the SOA serial number using \fI\%RFC 1982\fP arithmetic.
+.TP
+\fBunixtime\fP
+This format sets the SOA serial number to the number of seconds
+since the beginning of the Unix epoch, unless the serial
+number is already greater than or equal to that value, in
+which case it is simply incremented by one.
+.TP
+\fBdate\fP
+This format sets the SOA serial number to today\(aqs date, in
+YYYYMMDDNN format, unless the serial number is already greater
+than or equal to that value, in which case it is simply
+incremented by one.
+.UNINDENT
+.TP
+.B \fB\-o origin\fP
+This option sets the zone origin. If not specified, the name of the zone file is
+assumed to be the origin.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-O output\-format\fP
+This option sets the format of the output file containing the signed zone. Possible
+formats are \fBtext\fP (the default), which is the standard textual
+representation of the zone; \fBfull\fP, which is text output in a
+format suitable for processing by external scripts; and \fBmap\fP,
+\fBraw\fP, and \fBraw=N\fP, which store the zone in binary formats
+for rapid loading by \fBnamed\fP\&. \fBraw=N\fP specifies the format
+version of the raw zone file: if N is 0, the raw file can be read by
+any version of \fBnamed\fP; if N is 1, the file can be read by release
+9.9.0 or higher. The default is 1.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-P\fP
+This option disables post\-sign verification tests.
+.sp
+The post\-sign verification tests ensure that for each algorithm in
+use there is at least one non\-revoked self\-signed KSK key, that all
+revoked KSK keys are self\-signed, and that all records in the zone
+are signed by the algorithm. This option skips these tests.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-Q\fP
+This option removes signatures from keys that are no longer active.
+.sp
+Normally, when a previously signed zone is passed as input to the
+signer, and a DNSKEY record has been removed and replaced with a new
+one, signatures from the old key that are still within their validity
+period are retained. This allows the zone to continue to validate
+with cached copies of the old DNSKEY RRset. The \fB\-Q\fP option forces
+\fBdnssec\-signzone\fP to remove signatures from keys that are no longer
+active. This enables ZSK rollover using the procedure described in
+\fI\%RFC 4641#4.2.1.1\fP (\(dqPre\-Publish Key Rollover\(dq).
+.TP
+.B \fB\-q\fP
+This option enables quiet mode, which suppresses unnecessary output. Without this option, when
+\fBdnssec\-signzone\fP is run it prints three pieces of information to standard output: the number of
+keys in use; the algorithms used to verify the zone was signed correctly and
+other status information; and the filename containing the signed
+zone. With the option that output is suppressed, leaving only the filename.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-R\fP
+This option removes signatures from keys that are no longer published.
+.sp
+This option is similar to \fB\-Q\fP, except it forces
+\fBdnssec\-signzone\fP to remove signatures from keys that are no longer
+published. This enables ZSK rollover using the procedure described in
+\fI\%RFC 4641#4.2.1.2\fP (\(dqDouble Signature Zone Signing Key
+Rollover\(dq).
+.TP
+.B \fB\-S\fP
+This option enables smart signing, which instructs \fBdnssec\-signzone\fP to search the key
+repository for keys that match the zone being signed, and to include
+them in the zone if appropriate.
+.sp
+When a key is found, its timing metadata is examined to determine how
+it should be used, according to the following rules. Each successive
+rule takes priority over the prior ones:
+.INDENT 7.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+If no timing metadata has been set for the key, the key is
+published in the zone and used to sign the zone.
+.sp
+If the key\(aqs publication date is set and is in the past, the key
+is published in the zone.
+.sp
+If the key\(aqs activation date is set and is in the past, the key is
+published (regardless of publication date) and used to sign the
+zone.
+.sp
+If the key\(aqs revocation date is set and is in the past, and the key
+is published, then the key is revoked, and the revoked key is used
+to sign the zone.
+.sp
+If either the key\(aqs unpublication or deletion date is set and
+in the past, the key is NOT published or used to sign the zone,
+regardless of any other metadata.
+.sp
+If the key\(aqs sync publication date is set and is in the past,
+synchronization records (type CDS and/or CDNSKEY) are created.
+.sp
+If the key\(aqs sync deletion date is set and is in the past,
+synchronization records (type CDS and/or CDNSKEY) are removed.
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.TP
+.B \fB\-T ttl\fP
+This option specifies a TTL to be used for new DNSKEY records imported into the
+zone from the key repository. If not specified, the default is the
+TTL value from the zone\(aqs SOA record. This option is ignored when
+signing without \fB\-S\fP, since DNSKEY records are not imported from
+the key repository in that case. It is also ignored if there are any
+pre\-existing DNSKEY records at the zone apex, in which case new
+records\(aq TTL values are set to match them, or if any of the
+imported DNSKEY records had a default TTL value. In the event of a
+conflict between TTL values in imported keys, the shortest one is
+used.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-t\fP
+This option prints statistics at completion.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-u\fP
+This option updates the NSEC/NSEC3 chain when re\-signing a previously signed zone.
+With this option, a zone signed with NSEC can be switched to NSEC3,
+or a zone signed with NSEC3 can be switched to NSEC or to NSEC3 with
+different parameters. Without this option, \fBdnssec\-signzone\fP
+retains the existing chain when re\-signing.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-v level\fP
+This option sets the debugging level.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-x\fP
+This option indicates that BIND 9 should only sign the DNSKEY, CDNSKEY, and CDS RRsets with key\-signing keys,
+and should omit signatures from zone\-signing keys. (This is similar to the
+\fBdnssec\-dnskey\-kskonly yes;\fP zone option in \fBnamed\fP\&.)
+.TP
+.B \fB\-z\fP
+This option indicates that BIND 9 should ignore the KSK flag on keys when determining what to sign. This causes
+KSK\-flagged keys to sign all records, not just the DNSKEY RRset.
+(This is similar to the \fBupdate\-check\-ksk no;\fP zone option in
+\fBnamed\fP\&.)
+.TP
+.B \fB\-3 salt\fP
+This option generates an NSEC3 chain with the given hex\-encoded salt. A dash
+(\-) can be used to indicate that no salt is to be used when
+generating the NSEC3 chain.
+.sp
+\fBNOTE:\fP
+.INDENT 7.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+\fB\-3 \-\fP is the recommended configuration. Adding salt provides no practical benefits.
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.TP
+.B \fB\-H iterations\fP
+This option indicates that, when generating an NSEC3 chain, BIND 9 should use this many iterations. The default
+is 10.
+.sp
+\fBWARNING:\fP
+.INDENT 7.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+Values greater than 0 cause interoperability issues and also increase the risk of CPU\-exhausting DoS attacks. The default value has not been changed because the best practices has changed only after BIND 9.16 reached Extended Support Version status.
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.TP
+.B \fB\-A\fP
+This option indicates that, when generating an NSEC3 chain, BIND 9 should set the OPTOUT flag on all NSEC3
+records and should not generate NSEC3 records for insecure delegations.
+.sp
+\fBWARNING:\fP
+.INDENT 7.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+Do not use this option unless all its implications are fully understood. This option is intended only for extremely large zones (comparable to \fBcom.\fP) with sparse secure delegations.
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+Using this option twice (i.e., \fB\-AA\fP) turns the OPTOUT flag off for
+all records. This is useful when using the \fB\-u\fP option to modify an
+NSEC3 chain which previously had OPTOUT set.
+.TP
+.B \fBzonefile\fP
+This option sets the file containing the zone to be signed.
+.TP
+.B \fBkey\fP
+This option specifies which keys should be used to sign the zone. If no keys are
+specified, the zone is examined for DNSKEY records at the
+zone apex. If these records are found and there are matching private keys in
+the current directory, they are used for signing.
+.UNINDENT
+.SH EXAMPLE
+.sp
+The following command signs the \fBexample.com\fP zone with the
+ECDSAP256SHA256 key generated by \fBdnssec\-keygen\fP
+(Kexample.com.+013+17247). Because the \fB\-S\fP option is not being used,
+the zone\(aqs keys must be in the master file (\fBdb.example.com\fP). This
+invocation looks for \fBdsset\fP files in the current directory, so that
+DS records can be imported from them (\fB\-g\fP).
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+.sp
+.nf
+.ft C
+% dnssec\-signzone \-g \-o example.com db.example.com \e
+Kexample.com.+013+17247
+db.example.com.signed
+%
+.ft P
+.fi
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+In the above example, \fBdnssec\-signzone\fP creates the file
+\fBdb.example.com.signed\fP\&. This file should be referenced in a zone
+statement in the \fBnamed.conf\fP file.
+.sp
+This example re\-signs a previously signed zone with default parameters.
+The private keys are assumed to be in the current directory.
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+.sp
+.nf
+.ft C
+% cp db.example.com.signed db.example.com
+% dnssec\-signzone \-o example.com db.example.com
+db.example.com.signed
+%
+.ft P
+.fi
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.sp
+\fBdnssec\-keygen(8)\fP, BIND 9 Administrator Reference Manual, \fI\%RFC 4033\fP,
+\fI\%RFC 4641\fP\&.
+.SH AUTHOR
+Internet Systems Consortium
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+2023, Internet Systems Consortium
+.\" Generated by docutils manpage writer.
+.
diff --git a/doc/man/dnssec-signzone.rst b/doc/man/dnssec-signzone.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b95e04a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/dnssec-signzone.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+.. Copyright (C) Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")
+..
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: MPL-2.0
+..
+.. This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+.. License, v. 2.0.  If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+.. file, you can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+..
+.. See the COPYRIGHT file distributed with this work for additional
+.. information regarding copyright ownership.
+
+:orphan:
+
+.. include:: ../../bin/dnssec/dnssec-signzone.rst
diff --git a/doc/man/dnssec-verify.8in b/doc/man/dnssec-verify.8in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6413884
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/dnssec-verify.8in
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+.\" Man page generated from reStructuredText.
+.
+.
+.nr rst2man-indent-level 0
+.
+.de1 rstReportMargin
+\\$1 \\n[an-margin]
+level \\n[rst2man-indent-level]
+level margin: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+-
+\\n[rst2man-indent0]
+\\n[rst2man-indent1]
+\\n[rst2man-indent2]
+..
+.de1 INDENT
+.\" .rstReportMargin pre:
+. RS \\$1
+. nr rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level] \\n[an-margin]
+. nr rst2man-indent-level +1
+.\" .rstReportMargin post:
+..
+.de UNINDENT
+. RE
+.\" indent \\n[an-margin]
+.\" old: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.nr rst2man-indent-level -1
+.\" new: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u
+..
+.TH "DNSSEC-VERIFY" "8" "@RELEASE_DATE@" "@BIND9_VERSION@" "BIND 9"
+.SH NAME
+dnssec-verify \- DNSSEC zone verification tool
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.sp
+\fBdnssec\-verify\fP [\fB\-c\fP class] [\fB\-E\fP engine] [\fB\-I\fP input\-format] [\fB\-o\fP origin] [\fB\-q\fP] [\fB\-v\fP level] [\fB\-V\fP] [\fB\-x\fP] [\fB\-z\fP] {zonefile}
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.sp
+\fBdnssec\-verify\fP verifies that a zone is fully signed for each
+algorithm found in the DNSKEY RRset for the zone, and that the
+NSEC/NSEC3 chains are complete.
+.SH OPTIONS
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \fB\-c class\fP
+This option specifies the DNS class of the zone.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-E engine\fP
+This option specifies the cryptographic hardware to use, when applicable.
+.sp
+When BIND 9 is built with OpenSSL, this needs to be set to the OpenSSL
+engine identifier that drives the cryptographic accelerator or
+hardware service module (usually \fBpkcs11\fP). When BIND is
+built with native PKCS#11 cryptography (\fB\-\-enable\-native\-pkcs11\fP), it
+defaults to the path of the PKCS#11 provider library specified via
+\fB\-\-with\-pkcs11\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-I input\-format\fP
+This option sets the format of the input zone file. Possible formats are \fBtext\fP
+(the default) and \fBraw\fP\&. This option is primarily intended to be used
+for dynamic signed zones, so that the dumped zone file in a non\-text
+format containing updates can be verified independently.
+This option is not useful for non\-dynamic zones.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-o origin\fP
+This option indicates the zone origin. If not specified, the name of the zone file is
+assumed to be the origin.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-v level\fP
+This option sets the debugging level.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-V\fP
+This option prints version information.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-q\fP
+This option sets quiet mode, which suppresses output.  Without this option, when \fBdnssec\-verify\fP
+is run it prints to standard output the number of keys in use, the
+algorithms used to verify the zone was signed correctly, and other status
+information.  With this option, all non\-error output is suppressed, and only the exit
+code indicates success.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-x\fP
+This option verifies only that the DNSKEY RRset is signed with key\-signing keys.
+Without this flag, it is assumed that the DNSKEY RRset is signed
+by all active keys. When this flag is set, it is not an error if
+the DNSKEY RRset is not signed by zone\-signing keys. This corresponds
+to the \fB\-x\fP option in \fBdnssec\-signzone\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-z\fP
+This option indicates that the KSK flag on the keys should be ignored when determining whether the zone is
+correctly signed. Without this flag, it is assumed that there is
+a non\-revoked, self\-signed DNSKEY with the KSK flag set for each
+algorithm, and that RRsets other than DNSKEY RRset are signed with
+a different DNSKEY without the KSK flag set.
+.sp
+With this flag set, BIND 9 only requires that for each algorithm, there
+be at least one non\-revoked, self\-signed DNSKEY, regardless of
+the KSK flag state, and that other RRsets be signed by a
+non\-revoked key for the same algorithm that includes the self\-signed
+key; the same key may be used for both purposes. This corresponds to
+the \fB\-z\fP option in \fBdnssec\-signzone\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fBzonefile\fP
+This option indicates the file containing the zone to be signed.
+.UNINDENT
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.sp
+\fBdnssec\-signzone(8)\fP, BIND 9 Administrator Reference Manual, \fI\%RFC 4033\fP\&.
+.SH AUTHOR
+Internet Systems Consortium
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+2023, Internet Systems Consortium
+.\" Generated by docutils manpage writer.
+.
diff --git a/doc/man/dnssec-verify.rst b/doc/man/dnssec-verify.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c565fed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/dnssec-verify.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+.. Copyright (C) Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")
+..
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: MPL-2.0
+..
+.. This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+.. License, v. 2.0.  If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+.. file, you can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+..
+.. See the COPYRIGHT file distributed with this work for additional
+.. information regarding copyright ownership.
+
+:orphan:
+
+.. include:: ../../bin/dnssec/dnssec-verify.rst
diff --git a/doc/man/dnstap-read.1in b/doc/man/dnstap-read.1in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c6dc0d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/dnstap-read.1in
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+.\" Man page generated from reStructuredText.
+.
+.
+.nr rst2man-indent-level 0
+.
+.de1 rstReportMargin
+\\$1 \\n[an-margin]
+level \\n[rst2man-indent-level]
+level margin: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+-
+\\n[rst2man-indent0]
+\\n[rst2man-indent1]
+\\n[rst2man-indent2]
+..
+.de1 INDENT
+.\" .rstReportMargin pre:
+. RS \\$1
+. nr rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level] \\n[an-margin]
+. nr rst2man-indent-level +1
+.\" .rstReportMargin post:
+..
+.de UNINDENT
+. RE
+.\" indent \\n[an-margin]
+.\" old: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.nr rst2man-indent-level -1
+.\" new: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u
+..
+.TH "DNSTAP-READ" "1" "@RELEASE_DATE@" "@BIND9_VERSION@" "BIND 9"
+.SH NAME
+dnstap-read \- print dnstap data in human-readable form
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.sp
+\fBdnstap\-read\fP [\fB\-m\fP] [\fB\-p\fP] [\fB\-x\fP] [\fB\-y\fP] {file}
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.sp
+\fBdnstap\-read\fP reads \fBdnstap\fP data from a specified file and prints
+it in a human\-readable format. By default, \fBdnstap\fP data is printed in
+a short summary format, but if the \fB\-y\fP option is specified, a
+longer and more detailed YAML format is used.
+.SH OPTIONS
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \fB\-m\fP
+This option indicates trace memory allocations, and is used for debugging memory leaks.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-p\fP
+This option prints the text form of the DNS
+message that was encapsulated in the \fBdnstap\fP frame, after printing the \fBdnstap\fP data.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-x\fP
+This option prints a hex dump of the wire form
+of the DNS message that was encapsulated in the \fBdnstap\fP frame, after printing the \fBdnstap\fP data.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-y\fP
+This option prints \fBdnstap\fP data in a detailed YAML format.
+.UNINDENT
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.sp
+\fBnamed(8)\fP, \fBrndc(8)\fP, BIND 9 Administrator Reference Manual.
+.SH AUTHOR
+Internet Systems Consortium
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+2023, Internet Systems Consortium
+.\" Generated by docutils manpage writer.
+.
diff --git a/doc/man/dnstap-read.rst b/doc/man/dnstap-read.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9b60739
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/dnstap-read.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+.. Copyright (C) Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")
+..
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: MPL-2.0
+..
+.. This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+.. License, v. 2.0.  If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+.. file, you can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+..
+.. See the COPYRIGHT file distributed with this work for additional
+.. information regarding copyright ownership.
+
+:orphan:
+
+.. include:: ../../bin/tools/dnstap-read.rst
diff --git a/doc/man/filter-aaaa.8in b/doc/man/filter-aaaa.8in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b4ef946
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/filter-aaaa.8in
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+.\" Man page generated from reStructuredText.
+.
+.
+.nr rst2man-indent-level 0
+.
+.de1 rstReportMargin
+\\$1 \\n[an-margin]
+level \\n[rst2man-indent-level]
+level margin: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+-
+\\n[rst2man-indent0]
+\\n[rst2man-indent1]
+\\n[rst2man-indent2]
+..
+.de1 INDENT
+.\" .rstReportMargin pre:
+. RS \\$1
+. nr rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level] \\n[an-margin]
+. nr rst2man-indent-level +1
+.\" .rstReportMargin post:
+..
+.de UNINDENT
+. RE
+.\" indent \\n[an-margin]
+.\" old: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.nr rst2man-indent-level -1
+.\" new: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u
+..
+.TH "FILTER-AAAA" "8" "@RELEASE_DATE@" "@BIND9_VERSION@" "BIND 9"
+.SH NAME
+filter-aaaa \- filter AAAA in DNS responses when A is present
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.sp
+\fBplugin query\fP \(dqfilter\-aaaa.so\(dq [{ parameters }];
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.sp
+\fBfilter\-aaaa.so\fP is a query plugin module for \fBnamed\fP, enabling
+\fBnamed\fP to omit some IPv6 addresses when responding to clients.
+.sp
+Until BIND 9.12, this feature was implemented natively in \fBnamed\fP and
+enabled with the \fBfilter\-aaaa\fP ACL and the \fBfilter\-aaaa\-on\-v4\fP and
+\fBfilter\-aaaa\-on\-v6\fP options. These options are now deprecated in
+\fBnamed.conf\fP but can be passed as parameters to the
+\fBfilter\-aaaa.so\fP plugin, for example:
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+.sp
+.nf
+.ft C
+plugin query \(dq/usr/local/lib/filter\-aaaa.so\(dq {
+        filter\-aaaa\-on\-v4 yes;
+        filter\-aaaa\-on\-v6 yes;
+        filter\-aaaa { 192.0.2.1; 2001:db8:2::1; };
+};
+.ft P
+.fi
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+This module is intended to aid transition from IPv4 to IPv6 by
+withholding IPv6 addresses from DNS clients which are not connected to
+the IPv6 Internet, when the name being looked up has an IPv4 address
+available. Use of this module is not recommended unless absolutely
+necessary.
+.sp
+Note: This mechanism can erroneously cause other servers not to give
+AAAA records to their clients. If a recursing server with both IPv6 and
+IPv4 network connections queries an authoritative server using this
+mechanism via IPv4, it is denied AAAA records even if its client is
+using IPv6.
+.SH OPTIONS
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \fBfilter\-aaaa\fP
+This option specifies a list of client addresses for which AAAA filtering is to
+be applied. The default is \fBany\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fBfilter\-aaaa\-on\-v4\fP
+If set to \fByes\fP, this option indicates that the DNS client is at an IPv4 address, in
+\fBfilter\-aaaa\fP\&. If the response does not include DNSSEC
+signatures, then all AAAA records are deleted from the response. This
+filtering applies to all responses, not only authoritative
+ones.
+.sp
+If set to \fBbreak\-dnssec\fP, then AAAA records are deleted even when
+DNSSEC is enabled. As suggested by the name, this causes the response
+to fail to verify, because the DNSSEC protocol is designed to detect
+deletions.
+.sp
+This mechanism can erroneously cause other servers not to give AAAA
+records to their clients. If a recursing server with both IPv6 and IPv4
+network connections queries an authoritative server using this
+mechanism via IPv4, it is denied AAAA records even if its client is
+using IPv6.
+.TP
+.B \fBfilter\-aaaa\-on\-v6\fP
+This option is identical to \fBfilter\-aaaa\-on\-v4\fP, except that it filters AAAA responses
+to queries from IPv6 clients instead of IPv4 clients. To filter all
+responses, set both options to \fByes\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.sp
+BIND 9 Administrator Reference Manual.
+.SH AUTHOR
+Internet Systems Consortium
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+2023, Internet Systems Consortium
+.\" Generated by docutils manpage writer.
+.
diff --git a/doc/man/filter-aaaa.rst b/doc/man/filter-aaaa.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2ad0521
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/filter-aaaa.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+.. Copyright (C) Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")
+..
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: MPL-2.0
+..
+.. This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+.. License, v. 2.0.  If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+.. file, you can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+..
+.. See the COPYRIGHT file distributed with this work for additional
+.. information regarding copyright ownership.
+
+:orphan:
+
+.. include:: ../../bin/plugins/filter-aaaa.rst
diff --git a/doc/man/host.1in b/doc/man/host.1in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0747ded
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/host.1in
@@ -0,0 +1,182 @@
+.\" Man page generated from reStructuredText.
+.
+.
+.nr rst2man-indent-level 0
+.
+.de1 rstReportMargin
+\\$1 \\n[an-margin]
+level \\n[rst2man-indent-level]
+level margin: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+-
+\\n[rst2man-indent0]
+\\n[rst2man-indent1]
+\\n[rst2man-indent2]
+..
+.de1 INDENT
+.\" .rstReportMargin pre:
+. RS \\$1
+. nr rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level] \\n[an-margin]
+. nr rst2man-indent-level +1
+.\" .rstReportMargin post:
+..
+.de UNINDENT
+. RE
+.\" indent \\n[an-margin]
+.\" old: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.nr rst2man-indent-level -1
+.\" new: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u
+..
+.TH "HOST" "1" "@RELEASE_DATE@" "@BIND9_VERSION@" "BIND 9"
+.SH NAME
+host \- DNS lookup utility
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.sp
+\fBhost\fP [\fB\-aACdlnrsTUwv\fP] [\fB\-c\fP class] [\fB\-N\fP ndots] [\fB\-p\fP port] [\fB\-R\fP number] [\fB\-t\fP type] [\fB\-W\fP wait] [\fB\-m\fP flag] [ [\fB\-4\fP] | [\fB\-6\fP] ] [\fB\-v\fP] [\fB\-V\fP] {name} [server]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.sp
+\fBhost\fP is a simple utility for performing DNS lookups. It is normally
+used to convert names to IP addresses and vice versa. When no arguments
+or options are given, \fBhost\fP prints a short summary of its
+command\-line arguments and options.
+.sp
+\fBname\fP is the domain name that is to be looked up. It can also be a
+dotted\-decimal IPv4 address or a colon\-delimited IPv6 address, in which
+case \fBhost\fP by default performs a reverse lookup for that address.
+\fBserver\fP is an optional argument which is either the name or IP
+address of the name server that \fBhost\fP should query instead of the
+server or servers listed in \fB/etc/resolv.conf\fP\&.
+.SH OPTIONS
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \fB\-4\fP
+This option specifies that only IPv4 should be used for query transport. See also the \fB\-6\fP option.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-6\fP
+This option specifies that only IPv6 should be used for query transport. See also the \fB\-4\fP option.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-a\fP
+The \fB\-a\fP (\(dqall\(dq) option is normally equivalent to \fB\-v \-t ANY\fP\&. It
+also affects the behavior of the \fB\-l\fP list zone option.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-A\fP
+The \fB\-A\fP (\(dqalmost all\(dq) option is equivalent to \fB\-a\fP, except that RRSIG,
+NSEC, and NSEC3 records are omitted from the output.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-c class\fP
+This option specifies the query class, which can be used to lookup HS (Hesiod) or CH (Chaosnet)
+class resource records. The default class is IN (Internet).
+.TP
+.B \fB\-C\fP
+This option indicates that \fBnamed\fP should check consistency, meaning that \fBhost\fP queries the SOA records for zone
+\fBname\fP from all the listed authoritative name servers for that
+zone. The list of name servers is defined by the NS records that are
+found for the zone.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-d\fP
+This option prints debugging traces, and is equivalent to the \fB\-v\fP verbose option.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-l\fP
+This option tells \fBnamed\fP to list the zone, meaning the \fBhost\fP command performs a zone transfer of zone
+\fBname\fP and prints out the NS, PTR, and address records (A/AAAA).
+.sp
+Together, the \fB\-l \-a\fP options print all records in the zone.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-N ndots\fP
+This option specifies the number of dots (\fBndots\fP) that have to be in \fBname\fP for it to be
+considered absolute. The default value is that defined using the
+\fBndots\fP statement in \fB/etc/resolv.conf\fP, or 1 if no \fBndots\fP statement
+is present. Names with fewer dots are interpreted as relative names,
+and are searched for in the domains listed in the \fBsearch\fP or
+\fBdomain\fP directive in \fB/etc/resolv.conf\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-p port\fP
+This option specifies the port to query on the server. The default is 53.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-r\fP
+This option specifies a non\-recursive query; setting this option clears the RD (recursion
+desired) bit in the query. This means that the name server
+receiving the query does not attempt to resolve \fBname\fP\&. The \fB\-r\fP
+option enables \fBhost\fP to mimic the behavior of a name server by
+making non\-recursive queries, and expecting to receive answers to
+those queries that can be referrals to other name servers.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-R number\fP
+This option specifies the number of retries for UDP queries. If \fBnumber\fP is negative or zero,
+the number of retries is silently set to 1. The default value is 1, or
+the value of the \fBattempts\fP option in \fB/etc/resolv.conf\fP, if set.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-s\fP
+This option tells \fBnamed\fP \fInot\fP to send the query to the next nameserver if any server responds
+with a SERVFAIL response, which is the reverse of normal stub
+resolver behavior.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-t type\fP
+This option specifies the query type. The \fBtype\fP argument can be any recognized query type:
+CNAME, NS, SOA, TXT, DNSKEY, AXFR, etc.
+.sp
+When no query type is specified, \fBhost\fP automatically selects an
+appropriate query type. By default, it looks for A, AAAA, and MX
+records. If the \fB\-C\fP option is given, queries are made for SOA
+records. If \fBname\fP is a dotted\-decimal IPv4 address or
+colon\-delimited IPv6 address, \fBhost\fP queries for PTR records.
+.sp
+If a query type of IXFR is chosen, the starting serial number can be
+specified by appending an equals sign (=), followed by the starting serial
+number, e.g., \fB\-t IXFR=12345678\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-T\fP; \fB\-U\fP
+This option specifies TCP or UDP. By default, \fBhost\fP uses UDP when making queries; the
+\fB\-T\fP option makes it use a TCP connection when querying the name
+server. TCP is automatically selected for queries that require
+it, such as zone transfer (AXFR) requests. Type \fBANY\fP queries default
+to TCP, but can be forced to use UDP initially via \fB\-U\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-m flag\fP
+This option sets memory usage debugging: the flag can be \fBrecord\fP, \fBusage\fP, or
+\fBtrace\fP\&. The \fB\-m\fP option can be specified more than once to set
+multiple flags.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-v\fP
+This option sets verbose output, and is equivalent to the \fB\-d\fP debug option. Verbose output
+can also be enabled by setting the \fBdebug\fP option in
+\fB/etc/resolv.conf\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-V\fP
+This option prints the version number and exits.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-w\fP
+This option sets \(dqwait forever\(dq: the query timeout is set to the maximum possible. See
+also the \fB\-W\fP option.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-W wait\fP
+This options sets the length of the wait timeout, indicating that \fBnamed\fP should wait for up to \fBwait\fP seconds for a reply. If \fBwait\fP is
+less than 1, the wait interval is set to 1 second.
+.sp
+By default, \fBhost\fP waits for 5 seconds for UDP responses and 10
+seconds for TCP connections. These defaults can be overridden by the
+\fBtimeout\fP option in \fB/etc/resolv.conf\fP\&.
+.sp
+See also the \fB\-w\fP option.
+.UNINDENT
+.SH IDN SUPPORT
+.sp
+If \fBhost\fP has been built with IDN (internationalized domain name)
+support, it can accept and display non\-ASCII domain names. \fBhost\fP
+appropriately converts character encoding of a domain name before sending
+a request to a DNS server or displaying a reply from the server.
+To turn off IDN support, define the \fBIDN_DISABLE\fP
+environment variable. IDN support is disabled if the variable is set
+when \fBhost\fP runs.
+.SH FILES
+.sp
+\fB/etc/resolv.conf\fP
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.sp
+\fBdig(1)\fP, \fBnamed(8)\fP\&.
+.SH AUTHOR
+Internet Systems Consortium
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+2023, Internet Systems Consortium
+.\" Generated by docutils manpage writer.
+.
diff --git a/doc/man/host.rst b/doc/man/host.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..690243d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/host.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+.. Copyright (C) Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")
+..
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: MPL-2.0
+..
+.. This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+.. License, v. 2.0.  If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+.. file, you can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+..
+.. See the COPYRIGHT file distributed with this work for additional
+.. information regarding copyright ownership.
+
+:orphan:
+
+.. include:: ../../bin/dig/host.rst
diff --git a/doc/man/index.rst b/doc/man/index.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..35fd8d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/index.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+.. Copyright (C) Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")
+..
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: MPL-2.0
+..
+.. This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+.. License, v. 2.0.  If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+.. file, you can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+..
+.. See the COPYRIGHT file distributed with this work for additional
+.. information regarding copyright ownership.
diff --git a/doc/man/mdig.1in b/doc/man/mdig.1in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8ad1858
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/mdig.1in
@@ -0,0 +1,341 @@
+.\" Man page generated from reStructuredText.
+.
+.
+.nr rst2man-indent-level 0
+.
+.de1 rstReportMargin
+\\$1 \\n[an-margin]
+level \\n[rst2man-indent-level]
+level margin: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+-
+\\n[rst2man-indent0]
+\\n[rst2man-indent1]
+\\n[rst2man-indent2]
+..
+.de1 INDENT
+.\" .rstReportMargin pre:
+. RS \\$1
+. nr rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level] \\n[an-margin]
+. nr rst2man-indent-level +1
+.\" .rstReportMargin post:
+..
+.de UNINDENT
+. RE
+.\" indent \\n[an-margin]
+.\" old: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.nr rst2man-indent-level -1
+.\" new: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u
+..
+.TH "MDIG" "1" "@RELEASE_DATE@" "@BIND9_VERSION@" "BIND 9"
+.SH NAME
+mdig \- DNS pipelined lookup utility
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.sp
+\fBmdig\fP \fI\%{@server\fP} [\fB\-f\fP filename] [\fB\-h\fP] [\fB\-v\fP] [ [\fB\-4\fP] | [\fB\-6\fP] ] [\fB\-m\fP] [\fB\-b\fP address] [\fB\-p\fP port#] [\fB\-c\fP class] [\fB\-t\fP type] [\fB\-i\fP] [\fB\-x\fP addr] [plusopt...]
+.sp
+\fBmdig\fP {\fB\-h\fP}
+.sp
+\fBmdig\fP [@server] {global\-opt...} { {local\-opt...} {query} ...}
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.sp
+\fBmdig\fP is a multiple/pipelined query version of \fBdig\fP: instead of
+waiting for a response after sending each query, it begins by sending
+all queries. Responses are displayed in the order in which they are
+received, not in the order the corresponding queries were sent.
+.sp
+\fBmdig\fP options are a subset of the \fBdig\fP options, and are divided
+into \(dqanywhere options,\(dq which can occur anywhere, \(dqglobal options,\(dq which
+must occur before the query name (or they are ignored with a warning),
+and \(dqlocal options,\(dq which apply to the next query on the command line.
+.sp
+The \fB@server\fP option is a mandatory global option. It is the name or IP
+address of the name server to query. (Unlike \fBdig\fP, this value is not
+retrieved from \fB/etc/resolv.conf\fP\&.) It can be an IPv4 address in
+dotted\-decimal notation, an IPv6 address in colon\-delimited notation, or
+a hostname. When the supplied \fBserver\fP argument is a hostname,
+\fBmdig\fP resolves that name before querying the name server.
+.sp
+\fBmdig\fP provides a number of query options which affect the way in
+which lookups are made and the results displayed. Some of these set or
+reset flag bits in the query header, some determine which sections of
+the answer get printed, and others determine the timeout and retry
+strategies.
+.sp
+Each query option is identified by a keyword preceded by a plus sign
+(\fB+\fP). Some keywords set or reset an option. These may be preceded by
+the string \fBno\fP to negate the meaning of that keyword. Other keywords
+assign values to options like the timeout interval. They have the form
+\fB+keyword=value\fP\&.
+.SH ANYWHERE OPTIONS
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \fB\-f\fP
+This option makes \fBmdig\fP operate in batch mode by reading a list
+of lookup requests to process from the file \fBfilename\fP\&. The file
+contains a number of queries, one per line. Each entry in the file
+should be organized in the same way they would be presented as queries
+to \fBmdig\fP using the command\-line interface.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-h\fP
+This option causes \fBmdig\fP to print detailed help information, with the full list
+of options, and exit.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-v\fP
+This option causes \fBmdig\fP to print the version number and exit.
+.UNINDENT
+.SH GLOBAL OPTIONS
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \fB\-4\fP
+This option forces \fBmdig\fP to only use IPv4 query transport.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-6\fP
+This option forces \fBmdig\fP to only use IPv6 query transport.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-b address\fP
+This option sets the source IP address of the query to
+\fBaddress\fP\&. This must be a valid address on one of the host\(aqs network
+interfaces or \(dq0.0.0.0\(dq or \(dq::\(dq. An optional port may be specified by
+appending \(dq#<port>\(dq
+.TP
+.B \fB\-m\fP
+This option enables memory usage debugging.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-p port#\fP
+This option is used when a non\-standard port number is to be
+queried. \fBport#\fP is the port number that \fBmdig\fP sends its
+queries to, instead of the standard DNS port number 53. This option is
+used to test a name server that has been configured to listen for
+queries on a non\-standard port number.
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+The global query options are:
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]additional\fP
+This option displays [or does not display] the additional section of a reply. The
+default is to display it.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]all\fP
+This option sets or clears all display flags.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]answer\fP
+This option displays [or does not display] the answer section of a reply. The default
+is to display it.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]authority\fP
+This option displays [or does not display] the authority section of a reply. The
+default is to display it.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]besteffort\fP
+This option attempts to display [or does not display] the contents of messages which are malformed. The
+default is to not display malformed answers.
+.TP
+.B \fB+burst\fP
+This option delays queries until the start of the next second.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]cl\fP
+This option displays [or does not display] the CLASS when printing the record.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]comments\fP
+This option toggles the display of comment lines in the output. The default is to
+print comments.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]continue\fP
+This option toggles continuation on errors (e.g. timeouts).
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]crypto\fP
+This option toggles the display of cryptographic fields in DNSSEC records. The
+contents of these fields are unnecessary to debug most DNSSEC
+validation failures and removing them makes it easier to see the
+common failures. The default is to display the fields. When omitted,
+they are replaced by the string \(dq[omitted]\(dq; in the DNSKEY case, the
+key ID is displayed as the replacement, e.g., \fB[ key id = value ]\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fB+dscp[=value]\fP
+This option sets the DSCP code point to be used when sending the query. Valid DSCP
+code points are in the range [0...63]. By default no code point is
+explicitly set.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]multiline\fP
+This option toggles printing of records, like the SOA records, in a verbose multi\-line format
+with human\-readable comments. The default is to print each record on
+a single line, to facilitate machine parsing of the \fBmdig\fP output.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]question\fP
+This option prints [or does not print] the question section of a query when an answer
+is returned. The default is to print the question section as a
+comment.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]rrcomments\fP
+This option toggles the display of per\-record comments in the output (for example,
+human\-readable key information about DNSKEY records). The default is
+not to print record comments unless multiline mode is active.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]short\fP
+This option provides [or does not provide] a terse answer. The default is to print the answer in a
+verbose form.
+.TP
+.B \fB+split=W\fP
+This option splits long hex\- or base64\-formatted fields in resource records into
+chunks of \fBW\fP characters (where \fBW\fP is rounded up to the nearest
+multiple of 4). \fB+nosplit\fP or \fB+split=0\fP causes fields not to be
+split. The default is 56 characters, or 44 characters when
+multiline mode is active.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]tcp\fP
+This option uses [or does not use] TCP when querying name servers. The default behavior
+is to use UDP.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]ttlid\fP
+This option displays [or does not display] the TTL when printing the record.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]ttlunits\fP
+This option displays [or does not display] the TTL in friendly human\-readable time
+units of \(dqs\(dq, \(dqm\(dq, \(dqh\(dq, \(dqd\(dq, and \(dqw\(dq, representing seconds, minutes,
+hours, days, and weeks. This implies +ttlid.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]vc\fP
+This option uses [or does not use] TCP when querying name servers. This alternate
+syntax to \fB+[no]tcp\fP is provided for backwards compatibility. The
+\fBvc\fP stands for \(dqvirtual circuit\(dq.
+.UNINDENT
+.SH LOCAL OPTIONS
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \fB\-c class\fP
+This option sets the query class to \fBclass\fP\&. It can be any valid
+query class which is supported in BIND 9. The default query class is
+\(dqIN\(dq.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-t type\fP
+This option sets the query type to \fBtype\fP\&. It can be any valid
+query type which is supported in BIND 9. The default query type is \(dqA\(dq,
+unless the \fB\-x\fP option is supplied to indicate a reverse lookup with
+the \(dqPTR\(dq query type.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-x addr\fP
+Reverse lookups \- mapping addresses to names \- are simplified by
+this option. \fBaddr\fP is an IPv4 address in dotted\-decimal
+notation, or a colon\-delimited IPv6 address. \fBmdig\fP automatically
+performs a lookup for a query name like \fB11.12.13.10.in\-addr.arpa\fP and
+sets the query type and class to PTR and IN respectively. By default,
+IPv6 addresses are looked up using nibble format under the IP6.ARPA
+domain.
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+The local query options are:
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]aaflag\fP
+This is a synonym for \fB+[no]aaonly\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]aaonly\fP
+This sets the \fBaa\fP flag in the query.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]adflag\fP
+This sets [or does not set] the AD (authentic data) bit in the query. This
+requests the server to return whether all of the answer and authority
+sections have all been validated as secure, according to the security
+policy of the server. AD=1 indicates that all records have been
+validated as secure and the answer is not from a OPT\-OUT range. AD=0
+indicates that some part of the answer was insecure or not validated.
+This bit is set by default.
+.TP
+.B \fB+bufsize=B\fP
+This sets the UDP message buffer size advertised using EDNS0 to \fBB\fP
+bytes. The maximum and minimum sizes of this buffer are 65535 and 0
+respectively. Values outside this range are rounded up or down
+appropriately. Values other than zero cause a EDNS query to be
+sent.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]cdflag\fP
+This sets [or does not set] the CD (checking disabled) bit in the query. This
+requests the server to not perform DNSSEC validation of responses.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]cookie=####\fP
+This sends [or does not send] a COOKIE EDNS option, with an optional value. Replaying a COOKIE
+from a previous response allows the server to identify a previous
+client. The default is \fB+nocookie\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]dnssec\fP
+This requests that DNSSEC records be sent by setting the DNSSEC OK (DO) bit in
+the OPT record in the additional section of the query.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]edns[=#]\fP
+This specifies [or does not specify] the EDNS version to query with. Valid values are 0 to 255.
+Setting the EDNS version causes an EDNS query to be sent.
+\fB+noedns\fP clears the remembered EDNS version. EDNS is set to 0 by
+default.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]ednsflags[=#]\fP
+This sets the must\-be\-zero EDNS flag bits (Z bits) to the specified value.
+Decimal, hex, and octal encodings are accepted. Setting a named flag
+(e.g. DO) is silently ignored. By default, no Z bits are set.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]ednsopt[=code[:value]]\fP
+This specifies [or does not specify] an EDNS option with code point \fBcode\fP and an optional payload
+of \fBvalue\fP as a hexadecimal string. \fB+noednsopt\fP clears the EDNS
+options to be sent.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]expire\fP
+This toggles sending of an EDNS Expire option.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]nsid\fP
+This toggles inclusion of an EDNS name server ID request when sending a query.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]recurse\fP
+This toggles the setting of the RD (recursion desired) bit in the query.
+This bit is set by default, which means \fBmdig\fP normally sends
+recursive queries.
+.TP
+.B \fB+retry=T\fP
+This sets the number of times to retry UDP queries to server to \fBT\fP
+instead of the default, 2. Unlike \fB+tries\fP, this does not include
+the initial query.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]subnet=addr[/prefix\-length]\fP
+This sends [or does not send] an EDNS Client Subnet option with the specified IP
+address or network prefix.
+.TP
+.B \fBmdig +subnet=0.0.0.0/0\fP, or simply \fBmdig +subnet=0\fP
+This sends an EDNS client\-subnet option with an empty address and a source
+prefix\-length of zero, which signals a resolver that the client\(aqs
+address information must \fInot\fP be used when resolving this query.
+.TP
+.B \fB+timeout=T\fP
+This sets the timeout for a query to \fBT\fP seconds. The default timeout is
+5 seconds for UDP transport and 10 for TCP. An attempt to set \fBT\fP
+to less than 1 results in a query timeout of 1 second being
+applied.
+.TP
+.B \fB+tries=T\fP
+This sets the number of times to try UDP queries to server to \fBT\fP
+instead of the default, 3. If \fBT\fP is less than or equal to zero,
+the number of tries is silently rounded up to 1.
+.TP
+.B \fB+udptimeout=T\fP
+This sets the timeout between UDP query retries to \fBT\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]unknownformat\fP
+This prints [or does not print] all RDATA in unknown RR\-type presentation format (see \fI\%RFC 3597\fP).
+The default is to print RDATA for known types in the type\(aqs
+presentation format.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]yaml\fP
+This toggles printing of the responses in a detailed YAML format.
+.TP
+.B \fB+[no]zflag\fP
+This sets [or does not set] the last unassigned DNS header flag in a DNS query.
+This flag is off by default.
+.UNINDENT
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.sp
+\fBdig(1)\fP, \fI\%RFC 1035\fP\&.
+.SH AUTHOR
+Internet Systems Consortium
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+2023, Internet Systems Consortium
+.\" Generated by docutils manpage writer.
+.
diff --git a/doc/man/mdig.rst b/doc/man/mdig.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..351d17f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/mdig.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+.. Copyright (C) Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")
+..
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: MPL-2.0
+..
+.. This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+.. License, v. 2.0.  If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+.. file, you can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+..
+.. See the COPYRIGHT file distributed with this work for additional
+.. information regarding copyright ownership.
+
+:orphan:
+
+.. include:: ../../bin/tools/mdig.rst
diff --git a/doc/man/named-checkconf.8in b/doc/man/named-checkconf.8in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a54628e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/named-checkconf.8in
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+.\" Man page generated from reStructuredText.
+.
+.
+.nr rst2man-indent-level 0
+.
+.de1 rstReportMargin
+\\$1 \\n[an-margin]
+level \\n[rst2man-indent-level]
+level margin: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+-
+\\n[rst2man-indent0]
+\\n[rst2man-indent1]
+\\n[rst2man-indent2]
+..
+.de1 INDENT
+.\" .rstReportMargin pre:
+. RS \\$1
+. nr rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level] \\n[an-margin]
+. nr rst2man-indent-level +1
+.\" .rstReportMargin post:
+..
+.de UNINDENT
+. RE
+.\" indent \\n[an-margin]
+.\" old: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.nr rst2man-indent-level -1
+.\" new: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u
+..
+.TH "NAMED-CHECKCONF" "8" "@RELEASE_DATE@" "@BIND9_VERSION@" "BIND 9"
+.SH NAME
+named-checkconf \- named configuration file syntax checking tool
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.sp
+\fBnamed\-checkconf\fP [\fB\-chjlvz\fP] [\fB\-p\fP [\fB\-x\fP ]] [\fB\-t\fP directory] {filename}
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.sp
+\fBnamed\-checkconf\fP checks the syntax, but not the semantics, of a
+\fBnamed\fP configuration file. The file, along with all files included by it, is parsed and checked for syntax
+errors. If no file is specified,
+\fB/etc/named.conf\fP is read by default.
+.sp
+Note: files that \fBnamed\fP reads in separate parser contexts, such as
+\fBrndc.key\fP and \fBbind.keys\fP, are not automatically read by
+\fBnamed\-checkconf\fP\&. Configuration errors in these files may cause
+\fBnamed\fP to fail to run, even if \fBnamed\-checkconf\fP was successful.
+However, \fBnamed\-checkconf\fP can be run on these files explicitly.
+.SH OPTIONS
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \fB\-h\fP
+This option prints the usage summary and exits.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-j\fP
+When loading a zonefile, this option instructs \fBnamed\fP to read the journal if it exists.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-l\fP
+This option lists all the configured zones. Each line of output contains the zone
+name, class (e.g. IN), view, and type (e.g. primary or secondary).
+.TP
+.B \fB\-c\fP
+This option specifies that only the \(dqcore\(dq configuration should be checked. This suppresses the loading of
+plugin modules, and causes all parameters to \fBplugin\fP statements to
+be ignored.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-i\fP
+This option ignores warnings on deprecated options.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-p\fP
+This option prints out the \fBnamed.conf\fP and included files in canonical form if
+no errors were detected. See also the \fB\-x\fP option.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-t directory\fP
+This option instructs \fBnamed\fP to chroot to \fBdirectory\fP, so that \fBinclude\fP directives in the
+configuration file are processed as if run by a similarly chrooted
+\fBnamed\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-v\fP
+This option prints the version of the \fBnamed\-checkconf\fP program and exits.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-x\fP
+When printing the configuration files in canonical form, this option obscures
+shared secrets by replacing them with strings of question marks
+(\fB?\fP). This allows the contents of \fBnamed.conf\fP and related files
+to be shared \- for example, when submitting bug reports \-
+without compromising private data. This option cannot be used without
+\fB\-p\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-z\fP
+This option performs a test load of all zones of type \fBprimary\fP found in \fBnamed.conf\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fBfilename\fP
+This indicates the name of the configuration file to be checked. If not specified,
+it defaults to \fB/etc/named.conf\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.SH RETURN VALUES
+.sp
+\fBnamed\-checkconf\fP returns an exit status of 1 if errors were detected
+and 0 otherwise.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.sp
+\fBnamed(8)\fP, \fBnamed\-checkzone(8)\fP, BIND 9 Administrator Reference Manual.
+.SH AUTHOR
+Internet Systems Consortium
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+2023, Internet Systems Consortium
+.\" Generated by docutils manpage writer.
+.
diff --git a/doc/man/named-checkconf.rst b/doc/man/named-checkconf.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a120b43
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/named-checkconf.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+.. Copyright (C) Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")
+..
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: MPL-2.0
+..
+.. This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+.. License, v. 2.0.  If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+.. file, you can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+..
+.. See the COPYRIGHT file distributed with this work for additional
+.. information regarding copyright ownership.
+
+:orphan:
+
+.. include:: ../../bin/check/named-checkconf.rst
diff --git a/doc/man/named-checkzone.8in b/doc/man/named-checkzone.8in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3eff3d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/named-checkzone.8in
@@ -0,0 +1,204 @@
+.\" Man page generated from reStructuredText.
+.
+.
+.nr rst2man-indent-level 0
+.
+.de1 rstReportMargin
+\\$1 \\n[an-margin]
+level \\n[rst2man-indent-level]
+level margin: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+-
+\\n[rst2man-indent0]
+\\n[rst2man-indent1]
+\\n[rst2man-indent2]
+..
+.de1 INDENT
+.\" .rstReportMargin pre:
+. RS \\$1
+. nr rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level] \\n[an-margin]
+. nr rst2man-indent-level +1
+.\" .rstReportMargin post:
+..
+.de UNINDENT
+. RE
+.\" indent \\n[an-margin]
+.\" old: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.nr rst2man-indent-level -1
+.\" new: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u
+..
+.TH "NAMED-CHECKZONE" "8" "@RELEASE_DATE@" "@BIND9_VERSION@" "BIND 9"
+.SH NAME
+named-checkzone \- zone file validity checking or converting tool
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.sp
+\fBnamed\-checkzone\fP [\fB\-d\fP] [\fB\-h\fP] [\fB\-j\fP] [\fB\-q\fP] [\fB\-v\fP] [\fB\-c\fP class] [\fB\-f\fP format] [\fB\-F\fP format] [\fB\-J\fP filename] [\fB\-i\fP mode] [\fB\-k\fP mode] [\fB\-m\fP mode] [\fB\-M\fP mode] [\fB\-n\fP mode] [\fB\-l\fP ttl] [\fB\-L\fP serial] [\fB\-o\fP filename] [\fB\-r\fP mode] [\fB\-s\fP style] [\fB\-S\fP mode] [\fB\-t\fP directory] [\fB\-T\fP mode] [\fB\-w\fP directory] [\fB\-D\fP] [\fB\-W\fP mode] {zonename} {filename}
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.sp
+\fBnamed\-checkzone\fP checks the syntax and integrity of a zone file. It
+performs the same checks as \fBnamed\fP does when loading a zone. This
+makes \fBnamed\-checkzone\fP useful for checking zone files before
+configuring them into a name server.
+.SH OPTIONS
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \fB\-d\fP
+This option enables debugging.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-h\fP
+This option prints the usage summary and exits.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-q\fP
+This option sets quiet mode, which only sets an exit code to indicate
+successful or failed completion.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-v\fP
+This option prints the version of the \fBnamed\-checkzone\fP program and exits.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-j\fP
+When loading a zone file, this option tells \fBnamed\fP to read the journal if it exists. The journal
+file name is assumed to be the zone file name with the
+string \fB\&.jnl\fP appended.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-J filename\fP
+When loading the zone file, this option tells \fBnamed\fP to read the journal from the given file, if
+it exists. This implies \fB\-j\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-c class\fP
+This option specifies the class of the zone. If not specified, \fBIN\fP is assumed.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-i mode\fP
+This option performs post\-load zone integrity checks. Possible modes are
+\fBfull\fP (the default), \fBfull\-sibling\fP, \fBlocal\fP,
+\fBlocal\-sibling\fP, and \fBnone\fP\&.
+.sp
+Mode \fBfull\fP checks that MX records refer to A or AAAA records
+(both in\-zone and out\-of\-zone hostnames). Mode \fBlocal\fP only
+checks MX records which refer to in\-zone hostnames.
+.sp
+Mode \fBfull\fP checks that SRV records refer to A or AAAA records
+(both in\-zone and out\-of\-zone hostnames). Mode \fBlocal\fP only
+checks SRV records which refer to in\-zone hostnames.
+.sp
+Mode \fBfull\fP checks that delegation NS records refer to A or AAAA
+records (both in\-zone and out\-of\-zone hostnames). It also checks that
+glue address records in the zone match those advertised by the child.
+Mode \fBlocal\fP only checks NS records which refer to in\-zone
+hostnames or verifies that some required glue exists, i.e., when the
+name server is in a child zone.
+.sp
+Modes \fBfull\-sibling\fP and \fBlocal\-sibling\fP disable sibling glue
+checks, but are otherwise the same as \fBfull\fP and \fBlocal\fP,
+respectively.
+.sp
+Mode \fBnone\fP disables the checks.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-f format\fP
+This option specifies the format of the zone file. Possible formats are
+\fBtext\fP (the default), \fBraw\fP, and \fBmap\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-F format\fP
+This option specifies the format of the output file specified. For
+\fBnamed\-checkzone\fP, this does not have any effect unless it dumps
+the zone contents.
+.sp
+Possible formats are \fBtext\fP (the default), which is the standard
+textual representation of the zone, and \fBmap\fP, \fBraw\fP, and \fBraw=N\fP, which
+store the zone in a binary format for rapid loading by \fBnamed\fP\&.
+\fBraw=N\fP specifies the format version of the raw zone file: if \fBN\fP is
+0, the raw file can be read by any version of \fBnamed\fP; if N is 1, the
+file can only be read by release 9.9.0 or higher. The default is 1.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-k mode\fP
+This option performs \fBcheck\-names\fP checks with the specified failure mode.
+Possible modes are \fBfail\fP, \fBwarn\fP (the default), and \fBignore\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-l ttl\fP
+This option sets a maximum permissible TTL for the input file. Any record with a
+TTL higher than this value causes the zone to be rejected. This
+is similar to using the \fBmax\-zone\-ttl\fP option in \fBnamed.conf\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-L serial\fP
+When compiling a zone to \fBraw\fP or \fBmap\fP format, this option sets the \(dqsource
+serial\(dq value in the header to the specified serial number. This is
+expected to be used primarily for testing purposes.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-m mode\fP
+This option specifies whether MX records should be checked to see if they are
+addresses. Possible modes are \fBfail\fP, \fBwarn\fP (the default), and
+\fBignore\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-M mode\fP
+This option checks whether a MX record refers to a CNAME. Possible modes are
+\fBfail\fP, \fBwarn\fP (the default), and \fBignore\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-n mode\fP
+This option specifies whether NS records should be checked to see if they are
+addresses. Possible modes are \fBfail\fP, \fBwarn\fP (the default), and \fBignore\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-o filename\fP
+This option writes the zone output to \fBfilename\fP\&. If \fBfilename\fP is \fB\-\fP, then
+the zone output is written to standard output.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-r mode\fP
+This option checks for records that are treated as different by DNSSEC but are
+semantically equal in plain DNS. Possible modes are \fBfail\fP,
+\fBwarn\fP (the default), and \fBignore\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-s style\fP
+This option specifies the style of the dumped zone file. Possible styles are
+\fBfull\fP (the default) and \fBrelative\fP\&. The \fBfull\fP format is most
+suitable for processing automatically by a separate script.
+The relative format is more human\-readable and is thus
+suitable for editing by hand. This does not have any effect unless it dumps
+the zone contents. It also does not have any meaning if the output format
+is not text.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-S mode\fP
+This option checks whether an SRV record refers to a CNAME. Possible modes are
+\fBfail\fP, \fBwarn\fP (the default), and \fBignore\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-t directory\fP
+This option tells \fBnamed\fP to chroot to \fBdirectory\fP, so that \fBinclude\fP directives in the
+configuration file are processed as if run by a similarly chrooted
+\fBnamed\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-T mode\fP
+This option checks whether Sender Policy Framework (SPF) records exist and issues a
+warning if an SPF\-formatted TXT record is not also present. Possible
+modes are \fBwarn\fP (the default) and \fBignore\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-w directory\fP
+This option instructs \fBnamed\fP to chdir to \fBdirectory\fP, so that relative filenames in master file
+\fB$INCLUDE\fP directives work. This is similar to the directory clause in
+\fBnamed.conf\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-D\fP
+This option dumps the zone file in canonical format.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-W mode\fP
+This option specifies whether to check for non\-terminal wildcards. Non\-terminal
+wildcards are almost always the result of a failure to understand the
+wildcard matching algorithm (\fI\%RFC 4592\fP). Possible modes are \fBwarn\fP
+(the default) and \fBignore\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fBzonename\fP
+This indicates the domain name of the zone being checked.
+.TP
+.B \fBfilename\fP
+This is the name of the zone file.
+.UNINDENT
+.SH RETURN VALUES
+.sp
+\fBnamed\-checkzone\fP returns an exit status of 1 if errors were detected
+and 0 otherwise.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.sp
+\fBnamed(8)\fP, \fBnamed\-checkconf(8)\fP, \fBnamed\-compilezone(8)\fP,
+\fI\%RFC 1035\fP, BIND 9 Administrator Reference Manual.
+.SH AUTHOR
+Internet Systems Consortium
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+2023, Internet Systems Consortium
+.\" Generated by docutils manpage writer.
+.
diff --git a/doc/man/named-checkzone.rst b/doc/man/named-checkzone.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..53d2a00
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/named-checkzone.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+.. Copyright (C) Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")
+..
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: MPL-2.0
+..
+.. This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+.. License, v. 2.0.  If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+.. file, you can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+..
+.. See the COPYRIGHT file distributed with this work for additional
+.. information regarding copyright ownership.
+
+:orphan:
+
+.. include:: ../../bin/check/named-checkzone.rst
diff --git a/doc/man/named-compilezone.8in b/doc/man/named-compilezone.8in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..493223e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/named-compilezone.8in
@@ -0,0 +1,206 @@
+.\" Man page generated from reStructuredText.
+.
+.
+.nr rst2man-indent-level 0
+.
+.de1 rstReportMargin
+\\$1 \\n[an-margin]
+level \\n[rst2man-indent-level]
+level margin: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+-
+\\n[rst2man-indent0]
+\\n[rst2man-indent1]
+\\n[rst2man-indent2]
+..
+.de1 INDENT
+.\" .rstReportMargin pre:
+. RS \\$1
+. nr rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level] \\n[an-margin]
+. nr rst2man-indent-level +1
+.\" .rstReportMargin post:
+..
+.de UNINDENT
+. RE
+.\" indent \\n[an-margin]
+.\" old: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.nr rst2man-indent-level -1
+.\" new: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u
+..
+.TH "NAMED-COMPILEZONE" "8" "@RELEASE_DATE@" "@BIND9_VERSION@" "BIND 9"
+.SH NAME
+named-compilezone \- zone file validity checking or converting tool
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.sp
+\fBnamed\-compilezone\fP [\fB\-d\fP] [\fB\-h\fP] [\fB\-j\fP] [\fB\-q\fP] [\fB\-v\fP] [\fB\-c\fP class] [\fB\-f\fP format] [\fB\-F\fP format] [\fB\-J\fP filename] [\fB\-i\fP mode] [\fB\-k\fP mode] [\fB\-m\fP mode] [\fB\-M\fP mode] [\fB\-n\fP mode] [\fB\-l\fP ttl] [\fB\-L\fP serial] [\fB\-r\fP mode] [\fB\-s\fP style] [\fB\-S\fP mode] [\fB\-t\fP directory] [\fB\-T\fP mode] [\fB\-w\fP directory] [\fB\-D\fP] [\fB\-W\fP mode] {\fB\-o\fP filename} {zonename} {filename}
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.sp
+\fBnamed\-compilezone\fP checks the syntax and integrity of a zone file,
+and dumps the zone contents to a specified file in a specified format.
+It applies strict check levels by default, since the
+dump output is used as an actual zone file loaded by \fBnamed\fP\&.
+When manually specified otherwise, the check levels must at least be as
+strict as those specified in the \fBnamed\fP configuration file.
+.SH OPTIONS
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \fB\-d\fP
+This option enables debugging.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-h\fP
+This option prints the usage summary and exits.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-q\fP
+This option sets quiet mode, which only sets an exit code to indicate
+successful or failed completion.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-v\fP
+This option prints the version of the \fBnamed\-checkzone\fP program and exits.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-j\fP
+When loading a zone file, this option tells \fBnamed\fP to read the journal if it exists. The journal
+file name is assumed to be the zone file name with the
+string \fB\&.jnl\fP appended.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-J filename\fP
+When loading the zone file, this option tells \fBnamed\fP to read the journal from the given file, if
+it exists. This implies \fB\-j\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-c class\fP
+This option specifies the class of the zone. If not specified, \fBIN\fP is assumed.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-i mode\fP
+This option performs post\-load zone integrity checks. Possible modes are
+\fBfull\fP (the default), \fBfull\-sibling\fP, \fBlocal\fP,
+\fBlocal\-sibling\fP, and \fBnone\fP\&.
+.sp
+Mode \fBfull\fP checks that MX records refer to A or AAAA records
+(both in\-zone and out\-of\-zone hostnames). Mode \fBlocal\fP only
+checks MX records which refer to in\-zone hostnames.
+.sp
+Mode \fBfull\fP checks that SRV records refer to A or AAAA records
+(both in\-zone and out\-of\-zone hostnames). Mode \fBlocal\fP only
+checks SRV records which refer to in\-zone hostnames.
+.sp
+Mode \fBfull\fP checks that delegation NS records refer to A or AAAA
+records (both in\-zone and out\-of\-zone hostnames). It also checks that
+glue address records in the zone match those advertised by the child.
+Mode \fBlocal\fP only checks NS records which refer to in\-zone
+hostnames or verifies that some required glue exists, i.e., when the
+name server is in a child zone.
+.sp
+Modes \fBfull\-sibling\fP and \fBlocal\-sibling\fP disable sibling glue
+checks, but are otherwise the same as \fBfull\fP and \fBlocal\fP,
+respectively.
+.sp
+Mode \fBnone\fP disables the checks.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-f format\fP
+This option specifies the format of the zone file. Possible formats are
+\fBtext\fP (the default), \fBraw\fP, and \fBmap\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-F format\fP
+This option specifies the format of the output file specified. For
+\fBnamed\-checkzone\fP, this does not have any effect unless it dumps
+the zone contents.
+.sp
+Possible formats are \fBtext\fP (the default), which is the standard
+textual representation of the zone, and \fBmap\fP, \fBraw\fP, and \fBraw=N\fP, which
+store the zone in a binary format for rapid loading by \fBnamed\fP\&.
+\fBraw=N\fP specifies the format version of the raw zone file: if \fBN\fP is
+0, the raw file can be read by any version of \fBnamed\fP; if N is 1, the
+file can only be read by release 9.9.0 or higher. The default is 1.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-k mode\fP
+This option performs \fBcheck\-names\fP checks with the specified failure mode.
+Possible modes are \fBfail\fP (the default), \fBwarn\fP, and \fBignore\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-l ttl\fP
+This option sets a maximum permissible TTL for the input file. Any record with a
+TTL higher than this value causes the zone to be rejected. This
+is similar to using the \fBmax\-zone\-ttl\fP option in \fBnamed.conf\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-L serial\fP
+When compiling a zone to \fBraw\fP or \fBmap\fP format, this option sets the \(dqsource
+serial\(dq value in the header to the specified serial number. This is
+expected to be used primarily for testing purposes.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-m mode\fP
+This option specifies whether MX records should be checked to see if they are
+addresses. Possible modes are \fBfail\fP, \fBwarn\fP (the default), and
+\fBignore\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-M mode\fP
+This option checks whether a MX record refers to a CNAME. Possible modes are
+\fBfail\fP, \fBwarn\fP (the default), and \fBignore\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-n mode\fP
+This option specifies whether NS records should be checked to see if they are
+addresses. Possible modes are \fBfail\fP (the default), \fBwarn\fP,  and
+\fBignore\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-o filename\fP
+This option writes the zone output to \fBfilename\fP\&. If \fBfilename\fP is \fB\-\fP, then
+the zone output is written to standard output. This is mandatory for \fBnamed\-compilezone\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-r mode\fP
+This option checks for records that are treated as different by DNSSEC but are
+semantically equal in plain DNS. Possible modes are \fBfail\fP,
+\fBwarn\fP (the default), and \fBignore\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-s style\fP
+This option specifies the style of the dumped zone file. Possible styles are
+\fBfull\fP (the default) and \fBrelative\fP\&. The \fBfull\fP format is most
+suitable for processing automatically by a separate script.
+The relative format is more human\-readable and is thus
+suitable for editing by hand.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-S mode\fP
+This option checks whether an SRV record refers to a CNAME. Possible modes are
+\fBfail\fP, \fBwarn\fP (the default), and \fBignore\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-t directory\fP
+This option tells \fBnamed\fP to chroot to \fBdirectory\fP, so that \fBinclude\fP directives in the
+configuration file are processed as if run by a similarly chrooted
+\fBnamed\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-T mode\fP
+This option checks whether Sender Policy Framework (SPF) records exist and issues a
+warning if an SPF\-formatted TXT record is not also present. Possible
+modes are \fBwarn\fP (the default) and \fBignore\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-w directory\fP
+This option instructs \fBnamed\fP to chdir to \fBdirectory\fP, so that relative filenames in master file
+\fB$INCLUDE\fP directives work. This is similar to the directory clause in
+\fBnamed.conf\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-D\fP
+This option dumps the zone file in canonical format. This is always enabled for
+\fBnamed\-compilezone\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-W mode\fP
+This option specifies whether to check for non\-terminal wildcards. Non\-terminal
+wildcards are almost always the result of a failure to understand the
+wildcard matching algorithm (\fI\%RFC 4592\fP). Possible modes are \fBwarn\fP
+(the default) and \fBignore\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fBzonename\fP
+This indicates the domain name of the zone being checked.
+.TP
+.B \fBfilename\fP
+This is the name of the zone file.
+.UNINDENT
+.SH RETURN VALUES
+.sp
+\fBnamed\-compilezone\fP returns an exit status of 1 if errors were detected
+and 0 otherwise.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.sp
+\fBnamed(8)\fP, \fBnamed\-checkconf(8)\fP, \fBnamed\-checkzone(8)\fP,
+\fI\%RFC 1035\fP, BIND 9 Administrator Reference Manual.
+.SH AUTHOR
+Internet Systems Consortium
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+2023, Internet Systems Consortium
+.\" Generated by docutils manpage writer.
+.
diff --git a/doc/man/named-compilezone.rst b/doc/man/named-compilezone.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9d3cae6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/named-compilezone.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+.. Copyright (C) Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")
+..
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: MPL-2.0
+..
+.. This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+.. License, v. 2.0.  If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+.. file, you can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+..
+.. See the COPYRIGHT file distributed with this work for additional
+.. information regarding copyright ownership.
+
+:orphan:
+
+.. include:: ../../bin/check/named-compilezone.rst
diff --git a/doc/man/named-journalprint.8in b/doc/man/named-journalprint.8in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6f8d89a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/named-journalprint.8in
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+.\" Man page generated from reStructuredText.
+.
+.
+.nr rst2man-indent-level 0
+.
+.de1 rstReportMargin
+\\$1 \\n[an-margin]
+level \\n[rst2man-indent-level]
+level margin: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+-
+\\n[rst2man-indent0]
+\\n[rst2man-indent1]
+\\n[rst2man-indent2]
+..
+.de1 INDENT
+.\" .rstReportMargin pre:
+. RS \\$1
+. nr rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level] \\n[an-margin]
+. nr rst2man-indent-level +1
+.\" .rstReportMargin post:
+..
+.de UNINDENT
+. RE
+.\" indent \\n[an-margin]
+.\" old: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.nr rst2man-indent-level -1
+.\" new: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u
+..
+.TH "NAMED-JOURNALPRINT" "8" "@RELEASE_DATE@" "@BIND9_VERSION@" "BIND 9"
+.SH NAME
+named-journalprint \- print zone journal in human-readable form
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.sp
+\fBnamed\-journalprint\fP [\-c serial] [\fB\-dux\fP] {journal}
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.sp
+\fBnamed\-journalprint\fP scans the contents of a zone journal file,
+printing it in a human\-readable form, or, optionally, converting it
+to a different journal file format.
+.sp
+Journal files are automatically created by \fBnamed\fP when changes are
+made to dynamic zones (e.g., by \fBnsupdate\fP). They record each addition
+or deletion of a resource record, in binary format, allowing the changes
+to be re\-applied to the zone when the server is restarted after a
+shutdown or crash. By default, the name of the journal file is formed by
+appending the extension \fB\&.jnl\fP to the name of the corresponding zone
+file.
+.sp
+\fBnamed\-journalprint\fP converts the contents of a given journal file
+into a human\-readable text format. Each line begins with \fBadd\fP or \fBdel\fP,
+to indicate whether the record was added or deleted, and continues with
+the resource record in master\-file format.
+.sp
+The \fB\-c\fP (compact) option provides a mechanism to reduce the size of
+a journal by removing (most/all) transactions prior to the specified
+serial number. Note: this option \fImust not\fP be used while \fBnamed\fP is
+running, and can cause data loss if the zone file has not been updated
+to contain the data being removed from the journal. Use with extreme caution.
+.sp
+The \fB\-x\fP option causes additional data about the journal file to be
+printed at the beginning of the output and before each group of changes.
+.sp
+The \fB\-u\fP (upgrade) and \fB\-d\fP (downgrade) options recreate the journal
+file with a modified format version.  The existing journal file is
+replaced.  \fB\-d\fP writes out the journal in the format used by
+versions of BIND up to 9.16.11; \fB\-u\fP writes it out in the format used
+by versions since 9.16.13. (9.16.12 is omitted due to a journal\-formatting
+bug in that release.) Note that these options \fImust not\fP be used while
+\fBnamed\fP is running.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.sp
+\fBnamed(8)\fP, \fBnsupdate(1)\fP, BIND 9 Administrator Reference Manual.
+.SH AUTHOR
+Internet Systems Consortium
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+2023, Internet Systems Consortium
+.\" Generated by docutils manpage writer.
+.
diff --git a/doc/man/named-journalprint.rst b/doc/man/named-journalprint.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9317f7b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/named-journalprint.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+.. Copyright (C) Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")
+..
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: MPL-2.0
+..
+.. This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+.. License, v. 2.0.  If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+.. file, you can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+..
+.. See the COPYRIGHT file distributed with this work for additional
+.. information regarding copyright ownership.
+
+:orphan:
+
+.. include:: ../../bin/tools/named-journalprint.rst
diff --git a/doc/man/named-nzd2nzf.8in b/doc/man/named-nzd2nzf.8in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f245015
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/named-nzd2nzf.8in
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+.\" Man page generated from reStructuredText.
+.
+.
+.nr rst2man-indent-level 0
+.
+.de1 rstReportMargin
+\\$1 \\n[an-margin]
+level \\n[rst2man-indent-level]
+level margin: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+-
+\\n[rst2man-indent0]
+\\n[rst2man-indent1]
+\\n[rst2man-indent2]
+..
+.de1 INDENT
+.\" .rstReportMargin pre:
+. RS \\$1
+. nr rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level] \\n[an-margin]
+. nr rst2man-indent-level +1
+.\" .rstReportMargin post:
+..
+.de UNINDENT
+. RE
+.\" indent \\n[an-margin]
+.\" old: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.nr rst2man-indent-level -1
+.\" new: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u
+..
+.TH "NAMED-NZD2NZF" "8" "@RELEASE_DATE@" "@BIND9_VERSION@" "BIND 9"
+.SH NAME
+named-nzd2nzf \- convert an NZD database to NZF text format
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.sp
+\fBnamed\-nzd2nzf\fP {filename}
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.sp
+\fBnamed\-nzd2nzf\fP converts an NZD database to NZF format and prints it
+to standard output. This can be used to review the configuration of
+zones that were added to \fBnamed\fP via \fBrndc addzone\fP\&. It can also be
+used to restore the old file format when rolling back from a newer
+version of BIND to an older version.
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \fBfilename\fP
+This is the name of the \fB\&.nzd\fP file whose contents should be printed.
+.UNINDENT
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.sp
+BIND 9 Administrator Reference Manual.
+.SH AUTHOR
+Internet Systems Consortium
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+2023, Internet Systems Consortium
+.\" Generated by docutils manpage writer.
+.
diff --git a/doc/man/named-nzd2nzf.rst b/doc/man/named-nzd2nzf.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..10d59e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/named-nzd2nzf.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+.. Copyright (C) Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")
+..
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: MPL-2.0
+..
+.. This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+.. License, v. 2.0.  If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+.. file, you can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+..
+.. See the COPYRIGHT file distributed with this work for additional
+.. information regarding copyright ownership.
+
+:orphan:
+
+.. include:: ../../bin/tools/named-nzd2nzf.rst
diff --git a/doc/man/named-rrchecker.1in b/doc/man/named-rrchecker.1in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3348558
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/named-rrchecker.1in
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+.\" Man page generated from reStructuredText.
+.
+.
+.nr rst2man-indent-level 0
+.
+.de1 rstReportMargin
+\\$1 \\n[an-margin]
+level \\n[rst2man-indent-level]
+level margin: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+-
+\\n[rst2man-indent0]
+\\n[rst2man-indent1]
+\\n[rst2man-indent2]
+..
+.de1 INDENT
+.\" .rstReportMargin pre:
+. RS \\$1
+. nr rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level] \\n[an-margin]
+. nr rst2man-indent-level +1
+.\" .rstReportMargin post:
+..
+.de UNINDENT
+. RE
+.\" indent \\n[an-margin]
+.\" old: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.nr rst2man-indent-level -1
+.\" new: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u
+..
+.TH "NAMED-RRCHECKER" "1" "@RELEASE_DATE@" "@BIND9_VERSION@" "BIND 9"
+.SH NAME
+named-rrchecker \- syntax checker for individual DNS resource records
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.sp
+\fBnamed\-rrchecker\fP [\fB\-h\fP] [\fB\-o\fP origin] [\fB\-p\fP] [\fB\-u\fP] [\fB\-C\fP] [\fB\-T\fP] [\fB\-P\fP]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.sp
+\fBnamed\-rrchecker\fP reads a individual DNS resource record from standard
+input and checks whether it is syntactically correct.
+.SH OPTIONS
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \fB\-h\fP
+This option prints out the help menu.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-o origin\fP
+This option specifies the origin to be used when interpreting
+the record.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-p\fP
+This option prints out the resulting record in canonical form. If there
+is no canonical form defined, the record is printed in unknown
+record format.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-u\fP
+This option prints out the resulting record in unknown record form.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-C\fP, \fB\-T\fP, and \fB\-P\fP
+These options print out the known class, standard type,
+and private type mnemonics, respectively.
+.UNINDENT
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.sp
+\fI\%RFC 1034\fP, \fI\%RFC 1035\fP, \fBnamed(8)\fP\&.
+.SH AUTHOR
+Internet Systems Consortium
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+2023, Internet Systems Consortium
+.\" Generated by docutils manpage writer.
+.
diff --git a/doc/man/named-rrchecker.rst b/doc/man/named-rrchecker.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fff9f82
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/named-rrchecker.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+.. Copyright (C) Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")
+..
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: MPL-2.0
+..
+.. This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+.. License, v. 2.0.  If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+.. file, you can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+..
+.. See the COPYRIGHT file distributed with this work for additional
+.. information regarding copyright ownership.
+
+:orphan:
+
+.. include:: ../../bin/tools/named-rrchecker.rst
diff --git a/doc/man/named.8in b/doc/man/named.8in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b501b46
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/named.8in
@@ -0,0 +1,296 @@
+.\" Man page generated from reStructuredText.
+.
+.
+.nr rst2man-indent-level 0
+.
+.de1 rstReportMargin
+\\$1 \\n[an-margin]
+level \\n[rst2man-indent-level]
+level margin: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+-
+\\n[rst2man-indent0]
+\\n[rst2man-indent1]
+\\n[rst2man-indent2]
+..
+.de1 INDENT
+.\" .rstReportMargin pre:
+. RS \\$1
+. nr rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level] \\n[an-margin]
+. nr rst2man-indent-level +1
+.\" .rstReportMargin post:
+..
+.de UNINDENT
+. RE
+.\" indent \\n[an-margin]
+.\" old: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.nr rst2man-indent-level -1
+.\" new: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u
+..
+.TH "NAMED" "8" "@RELEASE_DATE@" "@BIND9_VERSION@" "BIND 9"
+.SH NAME
+named \- Internet domain name server
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.sp
+\fBnamed\fP [ [\fB\-4\fP] | [\fB\-6\fP] ] [\fB\-c\fP config\-file] [\fB\-C\fP] [\fB\-d\fP debug\-level] [\fB\-D\fP string] [\fB\-E\fP engine\-name] [\fB\-f\fP] [\fB\-g\fP] [\fB\-L\fP logfile] [\fB\-M\fP option] [\fB\-m\fP flag] [\fB\-n\fP #cpus] [\fB\-p\fP port] [\fB\-s\fP] [\fB\-S\fP #max\-socks] [\fB\-t\fP directory] [\fB\-U\fP #listeners] [\fB\-u\fP user] [\fB\-v\fP] [\fB\-V\fP] [\fB\-X\fP lock\-file] [\fB\-x\fP cache\-file]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.sp
+\fBnamed\fP is a Domain Name System (DNS) server, part of the BIND 9
+distribution from ISC. For more information on the DNS, see \fI\%RFC 1033\fP,
+\fI\%RFC 1034\fP, and \fI\%RFC 1035\fP\&.
+.sp
+When invoked without arguments, \fBnamed\fP reads the default
+configuration file \fB/etc/named.conf\fP, reads any initial data, and
+listens for queries.
+.SH OPTIONS
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \fB\-4\fP
+This option tells \fBnamed\fP to use only IPv4, even if the host machine is capable of IPv6. \fB\-4\fP and
+\fB\-6\fP are mutually exclusive.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-6\fP
+This option tells \fBnamed\fP to use only IPv6, even if the host machine is capable of IPv4. \fB\-4\fP and
+\fB\-6\fP are mutually exclusive.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-c config\-file\fP
+This option tells \fBnamed\fP to use \fBconfig\-file\fP as its configuration file instead of the default,
+\fB/etc/named.conf\fP\&. To ensure that the configuration file
+can be reloaded after the server has changed its working directory
+due to to a possible \fBdirectory\fP option in the configuration file,
+\fBconfig\-file\fP should be an absolute pathname.
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+\fB\-C\fP
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+This option prints out the default built\-in configuration and exits.
+.sp
+NOTE: This is for debugging purposes only and is not an
+accurate representation of the actual configuration used by \fBnamed\fP
+at runtime.
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \fB\-d debug\-level\fP
+This option sets the daemon\(aqs debug level to \fBdebug\-level\fP\&. Debugging traces from
+\fBnamed\fP become more verbose as the debug level increases.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-D string\fP
+This option specifies a string that is used to identify a instance of \fBnamed\fP
+in a process listing. The contents of \fBstring\fP are not examined.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-E engine\-name\fP
+When applicable, this option specifies the hardware to use for cryptographic
+operations, such as a secure key store used for signing.
+.sp
+When BIND 9 is built with OpenSSL, this needs to be set to the OpenSSL
+engine identifier that drives the cryptographic accelerator or
+hardware service module (usually \fBpkcs11\fP). When BIND is
+built with native PKCS#11 cryptography (\fB\-\-enable\-native\-pkcs11\fP), it
+defaults to the path of the PKCS#11 provider library specified via
+\fB\-\-with\-pkcs11\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-f\fP
+This option runs the server in the foreground (i.e., do not daemonize).
+.TP
+.B \fB\-g\fP
+This option runs the server in the foreground and forces all logging to \fBstderr\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-L logfile\fP
+This option sets the log to the file \fBlogfile\fP by default, instead of the system log.
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+\fB\-M option\fP
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+This option sets the default (comma\-separated) memory context
+options. The possible flags are:
+.INDENT 0.0
+.IP \(bu 2
+\fBexternal\fP: use system\-provided memory allocation functions; this
+is the implicit default.
+.IP \(bu 2
+\fBinternal\fP: use the internal memory manager.
+.IP \(bu 2
+\fBfill\fP: fill blocks of memory with tag values when they are
+allocated or freed, to assist debugging of memory problems; this is
+the implicit default if \fBnamed\fP has been compiled with
+\fB\-\-enable\-developer\fP\&.
+.IP \(bu 2
+\fBnofill\fP: disable the behavior enabled by \fBfill\fP; this is the
+implicit default unless \fBnamed\fP has been compiled with
+\fB\-\-enable\-developer\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \fB\-m flag\fP
+This option turns on memory usage debugging flags. Possible flags are \fBusage\fP,
+\fBtrace\fP, \fBrecord\fP, \fBsize\fP, and \fBmctx\fP\&. These correspond to the
+\fBISC_MEM_DEBUGXXXX\fP flags described in \fB<isc/mem.h>\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-n #cpus\fP
+This option controls the number of CPUs that \fBnamed\fP assumes the
+presence of. If not specified, \fBnamed\fP tries to determine the
+number of CPUs present automatically; if it fails, a single CPU is
+assumed to be present.
+.sp
+\fBnamed\fP creates two threads per each CPU present (one thread for
+receiving and sending client traffic and another thread for sending
+and receiving resolver traffic) and then on top of that a single
+thread for handling time\-based events.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-p port\fP
+This option listens for queries on \fBport\fP\&. If not specified, the default is
+port 53.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-s\fP
+This option writes memory usage statistics to \fBstdout\fP on exit.
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+\fBNOTE:\fP
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+This option is mainly of interest to BIND 9 developers and may be
+removed or changed in a future release.
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \fB\-S #max\-socks\fP
+This option allows \fBnamed\fP to use up to \fB#max\-socks\fP sockets. The default value is
+21000 on systems built with default configuration options, and 4096
+on systems built with \fBconfigure \-\-with\-tuning=small\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+\fBWARNING:\fP
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+This option should be unnecessary for the vast majority of users.
+The use of this option could even be harmful, because the specified
+value may exceed the limitation of the underlying system API. It
+is therefore set only when the default configuration causes
+exhaustion of file descriptors and the operational environment is
+known to support the specified number of sockets. Note also that
+the actual maximum number is normally slightly fewer than the
+specified value, because \fBnamed\fP reserves some file descriptors
+for its internal use.
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \fB\-t directory\fP
+This option tells \fBnamed\fP to chroot to \fBdirectory\fP after processing the command\-line arguments, but
+before reading the configuration file.
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+\fBWARNING:\fP
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+This option should be used in conjunction with the \fB\-u\fP option,
+as chrooting a process running as root doesn\(aqt enhance security on
+most systems; the way \fBchroot\fP is defined allows a process
+with root privileges to escape a chroot jail.
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \fB\-U #listeners\fP
+This option tells \fBnamed\fP the number of \fB#listeners\fP worker threads to listen on, for incoming UDP packets on
+each address. If not specified, \fBnamed\fP calculates a default
+value based on the number of detected CPUs: 1 for 1 CPU, and the
+number of detected CPUs minus one for machines with more than 1 CPU.
+This cannot be increased to a value higher than the number of CPUs.
+If \fB\-n\fP has been set to a higher value than the number of detected
+CPUs, then \fB\-U\fP may be increased as high as that value, but no
+higher. On Windows, the number of UDP listeners is hardwired to 1 and
+this option has no effect.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-u user\fP
+This option sets the setuid to \fBuser\fP after completing privileged operations, such as
+creating sockets that listen on privileged ports.
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+\fBNOTE:\fP
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+On Linux, \fBnamed\fP uses the kernel\(aqs capability mechanism to drop
+all root privileges except the ability to \fBbind\fP to a
+privileged port and set process resource limits. Unfortunately,
+this means that the \fB\-u\fP option only works when \fBnamed\fP is run
+on kernel 2.2.18 or later, or kernel 2.3.99\-pre3 or later, since
+previous kernels did not allow privileges to be retained after
+\fBsetuid\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \fB\-v\fP
+This option reports the version number and exits.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-V\fP
+This option reports the version number, build options, supported
+cryptographics algorithms, and exits.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-X lock\-file\fP
+This option acquires a lock on the specified file at runtime; this helps to
+prevent duplicate \fBnamed\fP instances from running simultaneously.
+Use of this option overrides the \fBlock\-file\fP option in
+\fBnamed.conf\fP\&. If set to \fBnone\fP, the lock file check is disabled.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-x cache\-file\fP
+This option loads data from \fBcache\-file\fP into the cache of the default view.
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+\fBWARNING:\fP
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+This option must not be used in normal operations. It is only of interest to BIND 9
+developers and may be removed or changed in a future release.
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.SH SIGNALS
+.sp
+In routine operation, signals should not be used to control the
+nameserver; \fBrndc\fP should be used instead.
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B SIGHUP
+This signal forces a reload of the server.
+.TP
+.B SIGINT, SIGTERM
+These signals shut down the server.
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+The result of sending any other signals to the server is undefined.
+.SH CONFIGURATION
+.sp
+The \fBnamed\fP configuration file is too complex to describe in detail
+here. A complete description is provided in the BIND 9 Administrator
+Reference Manual.
+.sp
+\fBnamed\fP inherits the \fBumask\fP (file creation mode mask) from the
+parent process. If files created by \fBnamed\fP, such as journal files,
+need to have custom permissions, the \fBumask\fP should be set explicitly
+in the script used to start the \fBnamed\fP process.
+.SH FILES
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \fB/etc/named.conf\fP
+The default configuration file.
+.TP
+.B \fB/var/run/named/named.pid\fP
+The default process\-id file.
+.UNINDENT
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.sp
+\fI\%RFC 1033\fP, \fI\%RFC 1034\fP, \fI\%RFC 1035\fP, \fBnamed\-checkconf(8)\fP, \fBnamed\-checkzone(8)\fP, \fBrndc(8)\fP, \fBnamed.conf(5)\fP, BIND 9 Administrator Reference Manual.
+.SH AUTHOR
+Internet Systems Consortium
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+2023, Internet Systems Consortium
+.\" Generated by docutils manpage writer.
+.
diff --git a/doc/man/named.conf.5in b/doc/man/named.conf.5in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c87afa2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/named.conf.5in
@@ -0,0 +1,1175 @@
+.\" Man page generated from reStructuredText.
+.
+.
+.nr rst2man-indent-level 0
+.
+.de1 rstReportMargin
+\\$1 \\n[an-margin]
+level \\n[rst2man-indent-level]
+level margin: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+-
+\\n[rst2man-indent0]
+\\n[rst2man-indent1]
+\\n[rst2man-indent2]
+..
+.de1 INDENT
+.\" .rstReportMargin pre:
+. RS \\$1
+. nr rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level] \\n[an-margin]
+. nr rst2man-indent-level +1
+.\" .rstReportMargin post:
+..
+.de UNINDENT
+. RE
+.\" indent \\n[an-margin]
+.\" old: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.nr rst2man-indent-level -1
+.\" new: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u
+..
+.TH "NAMED.CONF" "5" "@RELEASE_DATE@" "@BIND9_VERSION@" "BIND 9"
+.SH NAME
+named.conf \- configuration file for **named**
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.sp
+\fBnamed.conf\fP
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.sp
+\fBnamed.conf\fP is the configuration file for \fBnamed\fP\&. Statements are
+enclosed in braces and terminated with a semi\-colon. Clauses in the
+statements are also semi\-colon terminated.  The usual comment styles are
+supported:
+.sp
+C style: /* */
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+C++ style: // to end of line
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+Unix style: # to end of line
+.SS ACL
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+.sp
+.nf
+.ft C
+acl string { address_match_element; ... };
+.ft P
+.fi
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.SS CONTROLS
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+.sp
+.nf
+.ft C
+controls {
+      inet ( ipv4_address | ipv6_address |
+          * ) [ port ( integer | * ) ] allow
+          { address_match_element; ... } [
+          keys { string; ... } ] [ read\-only
+          boolean ];
+      unix quoted_string perm integer
+          owner integer group integer [
+          keys { string; ... } ] [ read\-only
+          boolean ];
+};
+.ft P
+.fi
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.SS DLZ
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+.sp
+.nf
+.ft C
+dlz string {
+      database string;
+      search boolean;
+};
+.ft P
+.fi
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.SS DNSSEC\-POLICY
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+.sp
+.nf
+.ft C
+dnssec\-policy string {
+      dnskey\-ttl duration;
+      keys { ( csk | ksk | zsk ) [ ( key\-directory ) ] lifetime
+          duration_or_unlimited algorithm string [ integer ]; ... };
+      max\-zone\-ttl duration;
+      nsec3param [ iterations integer ] [ optout boolean ] [
+          salt\-length integer ];
+      parent\-ds\-ttl duration;
+      parent\-propagation\-delay duration;
+      publish\-safety duration;
+      purge\-keys duration;
+      retire\-safety duration;
+      signatures\-refresh duration;
+      signatures\-validity duration;
+      signatures\-validity\-dnskey duration;
+      zone\-propagation\-delay duration;
+};
+.ft P
+.fi
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.SS DYNDB
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+.sp
+.nf
+.ft C
+dyndb string quoted_string {
+    unspecified\-text };
+.ft P
+.fi
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.SS KEY
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+.sp
+.nf
+.ft C
+key string {
+      algorithm string;
+      secret string;
+};
+.ft P
+.fi
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.SS LOGGING
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+.sp
+.nf
+.ft C
+logging {
+      category string { string; ... };
+      channel string {
+              buffered boolean;
+              file quoted_string [ versions ( unlimited | integer ) ]
+                  [ size size ] [ suffix ( increment | timestamp ) ];
+              null;
+              print\-category boolean;
+              print\-severity boolean;
+              print\-time ( iso8601 | iso8601\-utc | local | boolean );
+              severity log_severity;
+              stderr;
+              syslog [ syslog_facility ];
+      };
+};
+.ft P
+.fi
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.SS MANAGED\-KEYS
+.sp
+See DNSSEC\-KEYS.
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+.sp
+.nf
+.ft C
+managed\-keys { string ( static\-key
+    | initial\-key | static\-ds |
+    initial\-ds ) integer integer
+    integer quoted_string; ... };, deprecated
+.ft P
+.fi
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.SS MASTERS
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+.sp
+.nf
+.ft C
+masters string [ port integer ] [ dscp
+    integer ] { ( remote\-servers |
+    ipv4_address [ port integer ] |
+    ipv6_address [ port integer ] ) [ key
+    string ]; ... };
+.ft P
+.fi
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.SS OPTIONS
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+.sp
+.nf
+.ft C
+options {
+      allow\-new\-zones boolean;
+      allow\-notify { address_match_element; ... };
+      allow\-query { address_match_element; ... };
+      allow\-query\-cache { address_match_element; ... };
+      allow\-query\-cache\-on { address_match_element; ... };
+      allow\-query\-on { address_match_element; ... };
+      allow\-recursion { address_match_element; ... };
+      allow\-recursion\-on { address_match_element; ... };
+      allow\-transfer { address_match_element; ... };
+      allow\-update { address_match_element; ... };
+      allow\-update\-forwarding { address_match_element; ... };
+      also\-notify [ port integer ] [ dscp integer ] { (
+          remote\-servers | ipv4_address [ port integer ] |
+          ipv6_address [ port integer ] ) [ key string ]; ... };
+      alt\-transfer\-source ( ipv4_address | * ) [ port ( integer | * )
+          ] [ dscp integer ];
+      alt\-transfer\-source\-v6 ( ipv6_address | * ) [ port ( integer |
+          * ) ] [ dscp integer ];
+      answer\-cookie boolean;
+      attach\-cache string;
+      auth\-nxdomain boolean; // default changed
+      auto\-dnssec ( allow | maintain | off );// deprecated
+      automatic\-interface\-scan boolean;
+      avoid\-v4\-udp\-ports { portrange; ... };
+      avoid\-v6\-udp\-ports { portrange; ... };
+      bindkeys\-file quoted_string;
+      blackhole { address_match_element; ... };
+      cache\-file quoted_string;// deprecated
+      catalog\-zones { zone string [ default\-masters [ port integer ]
+          [ dscp integer ] { ( remote\-servers | ipv4_address [ port
+          integer ] | ipv6_address [ port integer ] ) [ key
+          string ]; ... } ] [ zone\-directory quoted_string ] [
+          in\-memory boolean ] [ min\-update\-interval duration ]; ... };
+      check\-dup\-records ( fail | warn | ignore );
+      check\-integrity boolean;
+      check\-mx ( fail | warn | ignore );
+      check\-mx\-cname ( fail | warn | ignore );
+      check\-names ( primary | master |
+          secondary | slave | response ) (
+          fail | warn | ignore );
+      check\-sibling boolean;
+      check\-spf ( warn | ignore );
+      check\-srv\-cname ( fail | warn | ignore );
+      check\-wildcard boolean;
+      clients\-per\-query integer;
+      cookie\-algorithm ( aes | siphash24 );
+      cookie\-secret string;
+      coresize ( default | unlimited | sizeval );
+      datasize ( default | unlimited | sizeval );
+      deny\-answer\-addresses { address_match_element; ... } [
+          except\-from { string; ... } ];
+      deny\-answer\-aliases { string; ... } [ except\-from { string; ...
+          } ];
+      dialup ( notify | notify\-passive | passive | refresh | boolean );
+      directory quoted_string;
+      disable\-algorithms string { string;
+          ... };
+      disable\-ds\-digests string { string;
+          ... };
+      disable\-empty\-zone string;
+      dns64 netprefix {
+              break\-dnssec boolean;
+              clients { address_match_element; ... };
+              exclude { address_match_element; ... };
+              mapped { address_match_element; ... };
+              recursive\-only boolean;
+              suffix ipv6_address;
+      };
+      dns64\-contact string;
+      dns64\-server string;
+      dnskey\-sig\-validity integer;
+      dnsrps\-enable boolean;
+      dnsrps\-options { unspecified\-text };
+      dnssec\-accept\-expired boolean;
+      dnssec\-dnskey\-kskonly boolean;
+      dnssec\-loadkeys\-interval integer;
+      dnssec\-must\-be\-secure string boolean;
+      dnssec\-policy string;
+      dnssec\-secure\-to\-insecure boolean;
+      dnssec\-update\-mode ( maintain | no\-resign );
+      dnssec\-validation ( yes | no | auto );
+      dnstap { ( all | auth | client | forwarder | resolver | update ) [
+          ( query | response ) ]; ... };
+      dnstap\-identity ( quoted_string | none | hostname );
+      dnstap\-output ( file | unix ) quoted_string [ size ( unlimited |
+          size ) ] [ versions ( unlimited | integer ) ] [ suffix (
+          increment | timestamp ) ];
+      dnstap\-version ( quoted_string | none );
+      dscp integer;
+      dual\-stack\-servers [ port integer ] { ( quoted_string [ port
+          integer ] [ dscp integer ] | ipv4_address [ port
+          integer ] [ dscp integer ] | ipv6_address [ port
+          integer ] [ dscp integer ] ); ... };
+      dump\-file quoted_string;
+      edns\-udp\-size integer;
+      empty\-contact string;
+      empty\-server string;
+      empty\-zones\-enable boolean;
+      fetch\-quota\-params integer fixedpoint fixedpoint fixedpoint;
+      fetches\-per\-server integer [ ( drop | fail ) ];
+      fetches\-per\-zone integer [ ( drop | fail ) ];
+      files ( default | unlimited | sizeval );
+      flush\-zones\-on\-shutdown boolean;
+      forward ( first | only );
+      forwarders [ port integer ] [ dscp integer ] { ( ipv4_address
+          | ipv6_address ) [ port integer ] [ dscp integer ]; ... };
+      fstrm\-set\-buffer\-hint integer;
+      fstrm\-set\-flush\-timeout integer;
+      fstrm\-set\-input\-queue\-size integer;
+      fstrm\-set\-output\-notify\-threshold integer;
+      fstrm\-set\-output\-queue\-model ( mpsc | spsc );
+      fstrm\-set\-output\-queue\-size integer;
+      fstrm\-set\-reopen\-interval duration;
+      geoip\-directory ( quoted_string | none );
+      glue\-cache boolean;
+      heartbeat\-interval integer;
+      hostname ( quoted_string | none );
+      interface\-interval duration;
+      ixfr\-from\-differences ( primary | master | secondary | slave |
+          boolean );
+      keep\-response\-order { address_match_element; ... };
+      key\-directory quoted_string;
+      lame\-ttl duration;
+      listen\-on [ port integer ] [ dscp
+          integer ] {
+          address_match_element; ... };
+      listen\-on\-v6 [ port integer ] [ dscp
+          integer ] {
+          address_match_element; ... };
+      lmdb\-mapsize sizeval;
+      lock\-file ( quoted_string | none );
+      managed\-keys\-directory quoted_string;
+      masterfile\-format ( map | raw | text );
+      masterfile\-style ( full | relative );
+      match\-mapped\-addresses boolean;
+      max\-cache\-size ( default | unlimited | sizeval | percentage );
+      max\-cache\-ttl duration;
+      max\-clients\-per\-query integer;
+      max\-ixfr\-ratio ( unlimited | percentage );
+      max\-journal\-size ( default | unlimited | sizeval );
+      max\-ncache\-ttl duration;
+      max\-records integer;
+      max\-recursion\-depth integer;
+      max\-recursion\-queries integer;
+      max\-refresh\-time integer;
+      max\-retry\-time integer;
+      max\-rsa\-exponent\-size integer;
+      max\-stale\-ttl duration;
+      max\-transfer\-idle\-in integer;
+      max\-transfer\-idle\-out integer;
+      max\-transfer\-time\-in integer;
+      max\-transfer\-time\-out integer;
+      max\-udp\-size integer;
+      max\-zone\-ttl ( unlimited | duration );
+      memstatistics boolean;
+      memstatistics\-file quoted_string;
+      message\-compression boolean;
+      min\-cache\-ttl duration;
+      min\-ncache\-ttl duration;
+      min\-refresh\-time integer;
+      min\-retry\-time integer;
+      minimal\-any boolean;
+      minimal\-responses ( no\-auth | no\-auth\-recursive | boolean );
+      multi\-master boolean;
+      new\-zones\-directory quoted_string;
+      no\-case\-compress { address_match_element; ... };
+      nocookie\-udp\-size integer;
+      notify ( explicit | master\-only | primary\-only | boolean );
+      notify\-delay integer;
+      notify\-rate integer;
+      notify\-source ( ipv4_address | * ) [ port ( integer | * ) ] [
+          dscp integer ];
+      notify\-source\-v6 ( ipv6_address | * ) [ port ( integer | * ) ]
+          [ dscp integer ];
+      notify\-to\-soa boolean;
+      nta\-lifetime duration;
+      nta\-recheck duration;
+      nxdomain\-redirect string;
+      parental\-source ( ipv4_address | * ) [ port ( integer | * ) ] [
+          dscp integer ];
+      parental\-source\-v6 ( ipv6_address | * ) [ port ( integer | * )
+          ] [ dscp integer ];
+      pid\-file ( quoted_string | none );
+      port integer;
+      preferred\-glue string;
+      prefetch integer [ integer ];
+      provide\-ixfr boolean;
+      qname\-minimization ( strict | relaxed | disabled | off );
+      query\-source ( ( [ address ] ( ipv4_address | * ) [ port (
+          integer | * ) ] ) | ( [ [ address ] ( ipv4_address | * ) ]
+          port ( integer | * ) ) ) [ dscp integer ];
+      query\-source\-v6 ( ( [ address ] ( ipv6_address | * ) [ port (
+          integer | * ) ] ) | ( [ [ address ] ( ipv6_address | * ) ]
+          port ( integer | * ) ) ) [ dscp integer ];
+      querylog boolean;
+      random\-device ( quoted_string | none );
+      rate\-limit {
+              all\-per\-second integer;
+              errors\-per\-second integer;
+              exempt\-clients { address_match_element; ... };
+              ipv4\-prefix\-length integer;
+              ipv6\-prefix\-length integer;
+              log\-only boolean;
+              max\-table\-size integer;
+              min\-table\-size integer;
+              nodata\-per\-second integer;
+              nxdomains\-per\-second integer;
+              qps\-scale integer;
+              referrals\-per\-second integer;
+              responses\-per\-second integer;
+              slip integer;
+              window integer;
+      };
+      recursing\-file quoted_string;
+      recursion boolean;
+      recursive\-clients integer;
+      request\-expire boolean;
+      request\-ixfr boolean;
+      request\-nsid boolean;
+      require\-server\-cookie boolean;
+      reserved\-sockets integer;
+      resolver\-nonbackoff\-tries integer;
+      resolver\-query\-timeout integer;
+      resolver\-retry\-interval integer;
+      response\-padding { address_match_element; ... } block\-size
+          integer;
+      response\-policy { zone string [ add\-soa boolean ] [ log
+          boolean ] [ max\-policy\-ttl duration ] [ min\-update\-interval
+          duration ] [ policy ( cname | disabled | drop | given | no\-op
+          | nodata | nxdomain | passthru | tcp\-only quoted_string ) ] [
+          recursive\-only boolean ] [ nsip\-enable boolean ] [
+          nsdname\-enable boolean ]; ... } [ add\-soa boolean ] [
+          break\-dnssec boolean ] [ max\-policy\-ttl duration ] [
+          min\-update\-interval duration ] [ min\-ns\-dots integer ] [
+          nsip\-wait\-recurse boolean ] [ qname\-wait\-recurse boolean ]
+          [ recursive\-only boolean ] [ nsip\-enable boolean ] [
+          nsdname\-enable boolean ] [ dnsrps\-enable boolean ] [
+          dnsrps\-options { unspecified\-text } ];
+      reuseport boolean;
+      root\-delegation\-only [ exclude { string; ... } ];
+      root\-key\-sentinel boolean;
+      rrset\-order { [ class string ] [ type string ] [ name
+          quoted_string ] string string; ... };
+      secroots\-file quoted_string;
+      send\-cookie boolean;
+      serial\-query\-rate integer;
+      serial\-update\-method ( date | increment | unixtime );
+      server\-id ( quoted_string | none | hostname );
+      servfail\-ttl duration;
+      session\-keyalg string;
+      session\-keyfile ( quoted_string | none );
+      session\-keyname string;
+      sig\-signing\-nodes integer;
+      sig\-signing\-signatures integer;
+      sig\-signing\-type integer;
+      sig\-validity\-interval integer [ integer ];
+      sortlist { address_match_element; ... };
+      stacksize ( default | unlimited | sizeval );
+      stale\-answer\-client\-timeout ( disabled | off | integer );
+      stale\-answer\-enable boolean;
+      stale\-answer\-ttl duration;
+      stale\-cache\-enable boolean;
+      stale\-refresh\-time duration;
+      startup\-notify\-rate integer;
+      statistics\-file quoted_string;
+      synth\-from\-dnssec boolean;
+      tcp\-advertised\-timeout integer;
+      tcp\-clients integer;
+      tcp\-idle\-timeout integer;
+      tcp\-initial\-timeout integer;
+      tcp\-keepalive\-timeout integer;
+      tcp\-listen\-queue integer;
+      tkey\-dhkey quoted_string integer;
+      tkey\-domain quoted_string;
+      tkey\-gssapi\-credential quoted_string;
+      tkey\-gssapi\-keytab quoted_string;
+      transfer\-format ( many\-answers | one\-answer );
+      transfer\-message\-size integer;
+      transfer\-source ( ipv4_address | * ) [ port ( integer | * ) ] [
+          dscp integer ];
+      transfer\-source\-v6 ( ipv6_address | * ) [ port ( integer | * )
+          ] [ dscp integer ];
+      transfers\-in integer;
+      transfers\-out integer;
+      transfers\-per\-ns integer;
+      trust\-anchor\-telemetry boolean; // experimental
+      try\-tcp\-refresh boolean;
+      update\-check\-ksk boolean;
+      update\-quota integer;
+      use\-alt\-transfer\-source boolean;
+      use\-v4\-udp\-ports { portrange; ... };
+      use\-v6\-udp\-ports { portrange; ... };
+      v6\-bias integer;
+      validate\-except { string; ... };
+      version ( quoted_string | none );
+      zero\-no\-soa\-ttl boolean;
+      zero\-no\-soa\-ttl\-cache boolean;
+      zone\-statistics ( full | terse | none | boolean );
+};
+.ft P
+.fi
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.SS PARENTAL\-AGENTS
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+.sp
+.nf
+.ft C
+parental\-agents string [ port integer ] [
+    dscp integer ] { ( remote\-servers |
+    ipv4_address [ port integer ] |
+    ipv6_address [ port integer ] ) [ key
+    string ]; ... };
+.ft P
+.fi
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.SS PLUGIN
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+.sp
+.nf
+.ft C
+plugin ( query ) string [ { unspecified\-text
+    } ];
+.ft P
+.fi
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.SS PRIMARIES
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+.sp
+.nf
+.ft C
+primaries string [ port integer ] [ dscp
+    integer ] { ( remote\-servers |
+    ipv4_address [ port integer ] |
+    ipv6_address [ port integer ] ) [ key
+    string ]; ... };
+.ft P
+.fi
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.SS SERVER
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+.sp
+.nf
+.ft C
+server netprefix {
+      bogus boolean;
+      edns boolean;
+      edns\-udp\-size integer;
+      edns\-version integer;
+      keys server_key;
+      max\-udp\-size integer;
+      notify\-source ( ipv4_address | * ) [ port ( integer | * ) ] [
+          dscp integer ];
+      notify\-source\-v6 ( ipv6_address | * ) [ port ( integer | * ) ]
+          [ dscp integer ];
+      padding integer;
+      provide\-ixfr boolean;
+      query\-source ( ( [ address ] ( ipv4_address | * ) [ port (
+          integer | * ) ] ) | ( [ [ address ] ( ipv4_address | * ) ]
+          port ( integer | * ) ) ) [ dscp integer ];
+      query\-source\-v6 ( ( [ address ] ( ipv6_address | * ) [ port (
+          integer | * ) ] ) | ( [ [ address ] ( ipv6_address | * ) ]
+          port ( integer | * ) ) ) [ dscp integer ];
+      request\-expire boolean;
+      request\-ixfr boolean;
+      request\-nsid boolean;
+      send\-cookie boolean;
+      tcp\-keepalive boolean;
+      tcp\-only boolean;
+      transfer\-format ( many\-answers | one\-answer );
+      transfer\-source ( ipv4_address | * ) [ port ( integer | * ) ] [
+          dscp integer ];
+      transfer\-source\-v6 ( ipv6_address | * ) [ port ( integer | * )
+          ] [ dscp integer ];
+      transfers integer;
+};
+.ft P
+.fi
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.SS STATISTICS\-CHANNELS
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+.sp
+.nf
+.ft C
+statistics\-channels {
+      inet ( ipv4_address | ipv6_address |
+          * ) [ port ( integer | * ) ] [
+          allow { address_match_element; ...
+          } ];
+};
+.ft P
+.fi
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.SS TRUST\-ANCHORS
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+.sp
+.nf
+.ft C
+trust\-anchors { string ( static\-key |
+    initial\-key | static\-ds | initial\-ds )
+    integer integer integer
+    quoted_string; ... };
+.ft P
+.fi
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.SS TRUSTED\-KEYS
+.sp
+Deprecated \- see DNSSEC\-KEYS.
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+.sp
+.nf
+.ft C
+trusted\-keys { string integer
+    integer integer
+    quoted_string; ... };, deprecated
+.ft P
+.fi
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.SS VIEW
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+.sp
+.nf
+.ft C
+view string [ class ] {
+      allow\-new\-zones boolean;
+      allow\-notify { address_match_element; ... };
+      allow\-query { address_match_element; ... };
+      allow\-query\-cache { address_match_element; ... };
+      allow\-query\-cache\-on { address_match_element; ... };
+      allow\-query\-on { address_match_element; ... };
+      allow\-recursion { address_match_element; ... };
+      allow\-recursion\-on { address_match_element; ... };
+      allow\-transfer { address_match_element; ... };
+      allow\-update { address_match_element; ... };
+      allow\-update\-forwarding { address_match_element; ... };
+      also\-notify [ port integer ] [ dscp integer ] { (
+          remote\-servers | ipv4_address [ port integer ] |
+          ipv6_address [ port integer ] ) [ key string ]; ... };
+      alt\-transfer\-source ( ipv4_address | * ) [ port ( integer | * )
+          ] [ dscp integer ];
+      alt\-transfer\-source\-v6 ( ipv6_address | * ) [ port ( integer |
+          * ) ] [ dscp integer ];
+      attach\-cache string;
+      auth\-nxdomain boolean; // default changed
+      auto\-dnssec ( allow | maintain | off );// deprecated
+      cache\-file quoted_string;// deprecated
+      catalog\-zones { zone string [ default\-masters [ port integer ]
+          [ dscp integer ] { ( remote\-servers | ipv4_address [ port
+          integer ] | ipv6_address [ port integer ] ) [ key
+          string ]; ... } ] [ zone\-directory quoted_string ] [
+          in\-memory boolean ] [ min\-update\-interval duration ]; ... };
+      check\-dup\-records ( fail | warn | ignore );
+      check\-integrity boolean;
+      check\-mx ( fail | warn | ignore );
+      check\-mx\-cname ( fail | warn | ignore );
+      check\-names ( primary | master |
+          secondary | slave | response ) (
+          fail | warn | ignore );
+      check\-sibling boolean;
+      check\-spf ( warn | ignore );
+      check\-srv\-cname ( fail | warn | ignore );
+      check\-wildcard boolean;
+      clients\-per\-query integer;
+      deny\-answer\-addresses { address_match_element; ... } [
+          except\-from { string; ... } ];
+      deny\-answer\-aliases { string; ... } [ except\-from { string; ...
+          } ];
+      dialup ( notify | notify\-passive | passive | refresh | boolean );
+      disable\-algorithms string { string;
+          ... };
+      disable\-ds\-digests string { string;
+          ... };
+      disable\-empty\-zone string;
+      dlz string {
+              database string;
+              search boolean;
+      };
+      dns64 netprefix {
+              break\-dnssec boolean;
+              clients { address_match_element; ... };
+              exclude { address_match_element; ... };
+              mapped { address_match_element; ... };
+              recursive\-only boolean;
+              suffix ipv6_address;
+      };
+      dns64\-contact string;
+      dns64\-server string;
+      dnskey\-sig\-validity integer;
+      dnsrps\-enable boolean;
+      dnsrps\-options { unspecified\-text };
+      dnssec\-accept\-expired boolean;
+      dnssec\-dnskey\-kskonly boolean;
+      dnssec\-loadkeys\-interval integer;
+      dnssec\-must\-be\-secure string boolean;
+      dnssec\-policy string;
+      dnssec\-secure\-to\-insecure boolean;
+      dnssec\-update\-mode ( maintain | no\-resign );
+      dnssec\-validation ( yes | no | auto );
+      dnstap { ( all | auth | client | forwarder | resolver | update ) [
+          ( query | response ) ]; ... };
+      dual\-stack\-servers [ port integer ] { ( quoted_string [ port
+          integer ] [ dscp integer ] | ipv4_address [ port
+          integer ] [ dscp integer ] | ipv6_address [ port
+          integer ] [ dscp integer ] ); ... };
+      dyndb string quoted_string {
+          unspecified\-text };
+      edns\-udp\-size integer;
+      empty\-contact string;
+      empty\-server string;
+      empty\-zones\-enable boolean;
+      fetch\-quota\-params integer fixedpoint fixedpoint fixedpoint;
+      fetches\-per\-server integer [ ( drop | fail ) ];
+      fetches\-per\-zone integer [ ( drop | fail ) ];
+      forward ( first | only );
+      forwarders [ port integer ] [ dscp integer ] { ( ipv4_address
+          | ipv6_address ) [ port integer ] [ dscp integer ]; ... };
+      glue\-cache boolean;
+      ixfr\-from\-differences ( primary | master | secondary | slave |
+          boolean );
+      key string {
+              algorithm string;
+              secret string;
+      };
+      key\-directory quoted_string;
+      lame\-ttl duration;
+      lmdb\-mapsize sizeval;
+      managed\-keys { string (
+          static\-key | initial\-key
+          | static\-ds | initial\-ds
+          ) integer integer
+          integer
+          quoted_string; ... };, deprecated
+      masterfile\-format ( map | raw | text );
+      masterfile\-style ( full | relative );
+      match\-clients { address_match_element; ... };
+      match\-destinations { address_match_element; ... };
+      match\-recursive\-only boolean;
+      max\-cache\-size ( default | unlimited | sizeval | percentage );
+      max\-cache\-ttl duration;
+      max\-clients\-per\-query integer;
+      max\-ixfr\-ratio ( unlimited | percentage );
+      max\-journal\-size ( default | unlimited | sizeval );
+      max\-ncache\-ttl duration;
+      max\-records integer;
+      max\-recursion\-depth integer;
+      max\-recursion\-queries integer;
+      max\-refresh\-time integer;
+      max\-retry\-time integer;
+      max\-stale\-ttl duration;
+      max\-transfer\-idle\-in integer;
+      max\-transfer\-idle\-out integer;
+      max\-transfer\-time\-in integer;
+      max\-transfer\-time\-out integer;
+      max\-udp\-size integer;
+      max\-zone\-ttl ( unlimited | duration );
+      message\-compression boolean;
+      min\-cache\-ttl duration;
+      min\-ncache\-ttl duration;
+      min\-refresh\-time integer;
+      min\-retry\-time integer;
+      minimal\-any boolean;
+      minimal\-responses ( no\-auth | no\-auth\-recursive | boolean );
+      multi\-master boolean;
+      new\-zones\-directory quoted_string;
+      no\-case\-compress { address_match_element; ... };
+      nocookie\-udp\-size integer;
+      notify ( explicit | master\-only | primary\-only | boolean );
+      notify\-delay integer;
+      notify\-source ( ipv4_address | * ) [ port ( integer | * ) ] [
+          dscp integer ];
+      notify\-source\-v6 ( ipv6_address | * ) [ port ( integer | * ) ]
+          [ dscp integer ];
+      notify\-to\-soa boolean;
+      nta\-lifetime duration;
+      nta\-recheck duration;
+      nxdomain\-redirect string;
+      parental\-source ( ipv4_address | * ) [ port ( integer | * ) ] [
+          dscp integer ];
+      parental\-source\-v6 ( ipv6_address | * ) [ port ( integer | * )
+          ] [ dscp integer ];
+      plugin ( query ) string [ {
+          unspecified\-text } ];
+      preferred\-glue string;
+      prefetch integer [ integer ];
+      provide\-ixfr boolean;
+      qname\-minimization ( strict | relaxed | disabled | off );
+      query\-source ( ( [ address ] ( ipv4_address | * ) [ port (
+          integer | * ) ] ) | ( [ [ address ] ( ipv4_address | * ) ]
+          port ( integer | * ) ) ) [ dscp integer ];
+      query\-source\-v6 ( ( [ address ] ( ipv6_address | * ) [ port (
+          integer | * ) ] ) | ( [ [ address ] ( ipv6_address | * ) ]
+          port ( integer | * ) ) ) [ dscp integer ];
+      rate\-limit {
+              all\-per\-second integer;
+              errors\-per\-second integer;
+              exempt\-clients { address_match_element; ... };
+              ipv4\-prefix\-length integer;
+              ipv6\-prefix\-length integer;
+              log\-only boolean;
+              max\-table\-size integer;
+              min\-table\-size integer;
+              nodata\-per\-second integer;
+              nxdomains\-per\-second integer;
+              qps\-scale integer;
+              referrals\-per\-second integer;
+              responses\-per\-second integer;
+              slip integer;
+              window integer;
+      };
+      recursion boolean;
+      request\-expire boolean;
+      request\-ixfr boolean;
+      request\-nsid boolean;
+      require\-server\-cookie boolean;
+      resolver\-nonbackoff\-tries integer;
+      resolver\-query\-timeout integer;
+      resolver\-retry\-interval integer;
+      response\-padding { address_match_element; ... } block\-size
+          integer;
+      response\-policy { zone string [ add\-soa boolean ] [ log
+          boolean ] [ max\-policy\-ttl duration ] [ min\-update\-interval
+          duration ] [ policy ( cname | disabled | drop | given | no\-op
+          | nodata | nxdomain | passthru | tcp\-only quoted_string ) ] [
+          recursive\-only boolean ] [ nsip\-enable boolean ] [
+          nsdname\-enable boolean ]; ... } [ add\-soa boolean ] [
+          break\-dnssec boolean ] [ max\-policy\-ttl duration ] [
+          min\-update\-interval duration ] [ min\-ns\-dots integer ] [
+          nsip\-wait\-recurse boolean ] [ qname\-wait\-recurse boolean ]
+          [ recursive\-only boolean ] [ nsip\-enable boolean ] [
+          nsdname\-enable boolean ] [ dnsrps\-enable boolean ] [
+          dnsrps\-options { unspecified\-text } ];
+      root\-delegation\-only [ exclude { string; ... } ];
+      root\-key\-sentinel boolean;
+      rrset\-order { [ class string ] [ type string ] [ name
+          quoted_string ] string string; ... };
+      send\-cookie boolean;
+      serial\-update\-method ( date | increment | unixtime );
+      server netprefix {
+              bogus boolean;
+              edns boolean;
+              edns\-udp\-size integer;
+              edns\-version integer;
+              keys server_key;
+              max\-udp\-size integer;
+              notify\-source ( ipv4_address | * ) [ port ( integer | *
+                  ) ] [ dscp integer ];
+              notify\-source\-v6 ( ipv6_address | * ) [ port ( integer
+                  | * ) ] [ dscp integer ];
+              padding integer;
+              provide\-ixfr boolean;
+              query\-source ( ( [ address ] ( ipv4_address | * ) [ port
+                  ( integer | * ) ] ) | ( [ [ address ] (
+                  ipv4_address | * ) ] port ( integer | * ) ) ) [
+                  dscp integer ];
+              query\-source\-v6 ( ( [ address ] ( ipv6_address | * ) [
+                  port ( integer | * ) ] ) | ( [ [ address ] (
+                  ipv6_address | * ) ] port ( integer | * ) ) ) [
+                  dscp integer ];
+              request\-expire boolean;
+              request\-ixfr boolean;
+              request\-nsid boolean;
+              send\-cookie boolean;
+              tcp\-keepalive boolean;
+              tcp\-only boolean;
+              transfer\-format ( many\-answers | one\-answer );
+              transfer\-source ( ipv4_address | * ) [ port ( integer |
+                  * ) ] [ dscp integer ];
+              transfer\-source\-v6 ( ipv6_address | * ) [ port (
+                  integer | * ) ] [ dscp integer ];
+              transfers integer;
+      };
+      servfail\-ttl duration;
+      sig\-signing\-nodes integer;
+      sig\-signing\-signatures integer;
+      sig\-signing\-type integer;
+      sig\-validity\-interval integer [ integer ];
+      sortlist { address_match_element; ... };
+      stale\-answer\-client\-timeout ( disabled | off | integer );
+      stale\-answer\-enable boolean;
+      stale\-answer\-ttl duration;
+      stale\-cache\-enable boolean;
+      stale\-refresh\-time duration;
+      synth\-from\-dnssec boolean;
+      transfer\-format ( many\-answers | one\-answer );
+      transfer\-source ( ipv4_address | * ) [ port ( integer | * ) ] [
+          dscp integer ];
+      transfer\-source\-v6 ( ipv6_address | * ) [ port ( integer | * )
+          ] [ dscp integer ];
+      trust\-anchor\-telemetry boolean; // experimental
+      trust\-anchors { string ( static\-key |
+          initial\-key | static\-ds | initial\-ds
+          ) integer integer integer
+          quoted_string; ... };
+      trusted\-keys { string
+          integer integer
+          integer
+          quoted_string; ... };, deprecated
+      try\-tcp\-refresh boolean;
+      update\-check\-ksk boolean;
+      use\-alt\-transfer\-source boolean;
+      v6\-bias integer;
+      validate\-except { string; ... };
+      zero\-no\-soa\-ttl boolean;
+      zero\-no\-soa\-ttl\-cache boolean;
+      zone string [ class ] {
+              allow\-notify { address_match_element; ... };
+              allow\-query { address_match_element; ... };
+              allow\-query\-on { address_match_element; ... };
+              allow\-transfer { address_match_element; ... };
+              allow\-update { address_match_element; ... };
+              allow\-update\-forwarding { address_match_element; ... };
+              also\-notify [ port integer ] [ dscp integer ] { (
+                  remote\-servers | ipv4_address [ port integer ] |
+                  ipv6_address [ port integer ] ) [ key string ];
+                  ... };
+              alt\-transfer\-source ( ipv4_address | * ) [ port (
+                  integer | * ) ] [ dscp integer ];
+              alt\-transfer\-source\-v6 ( ipv6_address | * ) [ port (
+                  integer | * ) ] [ dscp integer ];
+              auto\-dnssec ( allow | maintain | off );// deprecated
+              check\-dup\-records ( fail | warn | ignore );
+              check\-integrity boolean;
+              check\-mx ( fail | warn | ignore );
+              check\-mx\-cname ( fail | warn | ignore );
+              check\-names ( fail | warn | ignore );
+              check\-sibling boolean;
+              check\-spf ( warn | ignore );
+              check\-srv\-cname ( fail | warn | ignore );
+              check\-wildcard boolean;
+              database string;
+              delegation\-only boolean;
+              dialup ( notify | notify\-passive | passive | refresh |
+                  boolean );
+              dlz string;
+              dnskey\-sig\-validity integer;
+              dnssec\-dnskey\-kskonly boolean;
+              dnssec\-loadkeys\-interval integer;
+              dnssec\-policy string;
+              dnssec\-secure\-to\-insecure boolean;
+              dnssec\-update\-mode ( maintain | no\-resign );
+              file quoted_string;
+              forward ( first | only );
+              forwarders [ port integer ] [ dscp integer ] { (
+                  ipv4_address | ipv6_address ) [ port integer ] [
+                  dscp integer ]; ... };
+              in\-view string;
+              inline\-signing boolean;
+              ixfr\-from\-differences boolean;
+              journal quoted_string;
+              key\-directory quoted_string;
+              masterfile\-format ( map | raw | text );
+              masterfile\-style ( full | relative );
+              masters [ port integer ] [ dscp integer ] { (
+                  remote\-servers | ipv4_address [ port integer ] |
+                  ipv6_address [ port integer ] ) [ key string ];
+                  ... };
+              max\-ixfr\-ratio ( unlimited | percentage );
+              max\-journal\-size ( default | unlimited | sizeval );
+              max\-records integer;
+              max\-refresh\-time integer;
+              max\-retry\-time integer;
+              max\-transfer\-idle\-in integer;
+              max\-transfer\-idle\-out integer;
+              max\-transfer\-time\-in integer;
+              max\-transfer\-time\-out integer;
+              max\-zone\-ttl ( unlimited | duration );
+              min\-refresh\-time integer;
+              min\-retry\-time integer;
+              multi\-master boolean;
+              notify ( explicit | master\-only | primary\-only | boolean );
+              notify\-delay integer;
+              notify\-source ( ipv4_address | * ) [ port ( integer | *
+                  ) ] [ dscp integer ];
+              notify\-source\-v6 ( ipv6_address | * ) [ port ( integer
+                  | * ) ] [ dscp integer ];
+              notify\-to\-soa boolean;
+              parental\-agents [ port integer ] [ dscp integer ] { (
+                  remote\-servers | ipv4_address [ port integer ] |
+                  ipv6_address [ port integer ] ) [ key string ];
+                  ... };
+              parental\-source ( ipv4_address | * ) [ port ( integer |
+                  * ) ] [ dscp integer ];
+              parental\-source\-v6 ( ipv6_address | * ) [ port (
+                  integer | * ) ] [ dscp integer ];
+              primaries [ port integer ] [ dscp integer ] { (
+                  remote\-servers | ipv4_address [ port integer ] |
+                  ipv6_address [ port integer ] ) [ key string ];
+                  ... };
+              request\-expire boolean;
+              request\-ixfr boolean;
+              serial\-update\-method ( date | increment | unixtime );
+              server\-addresses { ( ipv4_address | ipv6_address ); ... };
+              server\-names { string; ... };
+              sig\-signing\-nodes integer;
+              sig\-signing\-signatures integer;
+              sig\-signing\-type integer;
+              sig\-validity\-interval integer [ integer ];
+              transfer\-source ( ipv4_address | * ) [ port ( integer |
+                  * ) ] [ dscp integer ];
+              transfer\-source\-v6 ( ipv6_address | * ) [ port (
+                  integer | * ) ] [ dscp integer ];
+              try\-tcp\-refresh boolean;
+              type ( primary | master | secondary | slave | mirror |
+                  delegation\-only | forward | hint | redirect |
+                  static\-stub | stub );
+              update\-check\-ksk boolean;
+              update\-policy ( local | { ( deny | grant ) string (
+                  6to4\-self | external | krb5\-self | krb5\-selfsub |
+                  krb5\-subdomain | ms\-self | ms\-selfsub | ms\-subdomain |
+                  name | self | selfsub | selfwild | subdomain | tcp\-self
+                  | wildcard | zonesub ) [ string ] rrtypelist; ... } );
+              use\-alt\-transfer\-source boolean;
+              zero\-no\-soa\-ttl boolean;
+              zone\-statistics ( full | terse | none | boolean );
+      };
+      zone\-statistics ( full | terse | none | boolean );
+};
+.ft P
+.fi
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.SS ZONE
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+.sp
+.nf
+.ft C
+zone string [ class ] {
+      allow\-notify { address_match_element; ... };
+      allow\-query { address_match_element; ... };
+      allow\-query\-on { address_match_element; ... };
+      allow\-transfer { address_match_element; ... };
+      allow\-update { address_match_element; ... };
+      allow\-update\-forwarding { address_match_element; ... };
+      also\-notify [ port integer ] [ dscp integer ] { (
+          remote\-servers | ipv4_address [ port integer ] |
+          ipv6_address [ port integer ] ) [ key string ]; ... };
+      alt\-transfer\-source ( ipv4_address | * ) [ port ( integer | * )
+          ] [ dscp integer ];
+      alt\-transfer\-source\-v6 ( ipv6_address | * ) [ port ( integer |
+          * ) ] [ dscp integer ];
+      auto\-dnssec ( allow | maintain | off );// deprecated
+      check\-dup\-records ( fail | warn | ignore );
+      check\-integrity boolean;
+      check\-mx ( fail | warn | ignore );
+      check\-mx\-cname ( fail | warn | ignore );
+      check\-names ( fail | warn | ignore );
+      check\-sibling boolean;
+      check\-spf ( warn | ignore );
+      check\-srv\-cname ( fail | warn | ignore );
+      check\-wildcard boolean;
+      database string;
+      delegation\-only boolean;
+      dialup ( notify | notify\-passive | passive | refresh | boolean );
+      dlz string;
+      dnskey\-sig\-validity integer;
+      dnssec\-dnskey\-kskonly boolean;
+      dnssec\-loadkeys\-interval integer;
+      dnssec\-policy string;
+      dnssec\-secure\-to\-insecure boolean;
+      dnssec\-update\-mode ( maintain | no\-resign );
+      file quoted_string;
+      forward ( first | only );
+      forwarders [ port integer ] [ dscp integer ] { ( ipv4_address
+          | ipv6_address ) [ port integer ] [ dscp integer ]; ... };
+      in\-view string;
+      inline\-signing boolean;
+      ixfr\-from\-differences boolean;
+      journal quoted_string;
+      key\-directory quoted_string;
+      masterfile\-format ( map | raw | text );
+      masterfile\-style ( full | relative );
+      masters [ port integer ] [ dscp integer ] { ( remote\-servers
+          | ipv4_address [ port integer ] | ipv6_address [ port
+          integer ] ) [ key string ]; ... };
+      max\-ixfr\-ratio ( unlimited | percentage );
+      max\-journal\-size ( default | unlimited | sizeval );
+      max\-records integer;
+      max\-refresh\-time integer;
+      max\-retry\-time integer;
+      max\-transfer\-idle\-in integer;
+      max\-transfer\-idle\-out integer;
+      max\-transfer\-time\-in integer;
+      max\-transfer\-time\-out integer;
+      max\-zone\-ttl ( unlimited | duration );
+      min\-refresh\-time integer;
+      min\-retry\-time integer;
+      multi\-master boolean;
+      notify ( explicit | master\-only | primary\-only | boolean );
+      notify\-delay integer;
+      notify\-source ( ipv4_address | * ) [ port ( integer | * ) ] [
+          dscp integer ];
+      notify\-source\-v6 ( ipv6_address | * ) [ port ( integer | * ) ]
+          [ dscp integer ];
+      notify\-to\-soa boolean;
+      parental\-agents [ port integer ] [ dscp integer ] { (
+          remote\-servers | ipv4_address [ port integer ] |
+          ipv6_address [ port integer ] ) [ key string ]; ... };
+      parental\-source ( ipv4_address | * ) [ port ( integer | * ) ] [
+          dscp integer ];
+      parental\-source\-v6 ( ipv6_address | * ) [ port ( integer | * )
+          ] [ dscp integer ];
+      primaries [ port integer ] [ dscp integer ] { (
+          remote\-servers | ipv4_address [ port integer ] |
+          ipv6_address [ port integer ] ) [ key string ]; ... };
+      request\-expire boolean;
+      request\-ixfr boolean;
+      serial\-update\-method ( date | increment | unixtime );
+      server\-addresses { ( ipv4_address | ipv6_address ); ... };
+      server\-names { string; ... };
+      sig\-signing\-nodes integer;
+      sig\-signing\-signatures integer;
+      sig\-signing\-type integer;
+      sig\-validity\-interval integer [ integer ];
+      transfer\-source ( ipv4_address | * ) [ port ( integer | * ) ] [
+          dscp integer ];
+      transfer\-source\-v6 ( ipv6_address | * ) [ port ( integer | * )
+          ] [ dscp integer ];
+      try\-tcp\-refresh boolean;
+      type ( primary | master | secondary | slave | mirror |
+          delegation\-only | forward | hint | redirect | static\-stub |
+          stub );
+      update\-check\-ksk boolean;
+      update\-policy ( local | { ( deny | grant ) string ( 6to4\-self |
+          external | krb5\-self | krb5\-selfsub | krb5\-subdomain | ms\-self
+          | ms\-selfsub | ms\-subdomain | name | self | selfsub | selfwild
+          | subdomain | tcp\-self | wildcard | zonesub ) [ string ]
+          rrtypelist; ... } );
+      use\-alt\-transfer\-source boolean;
+      zero\-no\-soa\-ttl boolean;
+      zone\-statistics ( full | terse | none | boolean );
+};
+.ft P
+.fi
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.SH FILES
+.sp
+\fB/etc/named.conf\fP
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.sp
+\fBddns\-confgen(8)\fP, \fBnamed(8)\fP, \fBnamed\-checkconf(8)\fP, \fBrndc(8)\fP, \fBrndc\-confgen(8)\fP, BIND 9 Administrator Reference Manual.
+.SH AUTHOR
+Internet Systems Consortium
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+2023, Internet Systems Consortium
+.\" Generated by docutils manpage writer.
+.
diff --git a/doc/man/named.conf.rst b/doc/man/named.conf.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6fbdda6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/named.conf.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+.. Copyright (C) Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")
+..
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: MPL-2.0
+..
+.. This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+.. License, v. 2.0.  If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+.. file, you can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+..
+.. See the COPYRIGHT file distributed with this work for additional
+.. information regarding copyright ownership.
+
+:orphan:
+
+.. include:: ../../bin/named/named.conf.rst
diff --git a/doc/man/named.rst b/doc/man/named.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..63c0f4b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/named.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+.. Copyright (C) Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")
+..
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: MPL-2.0
+..
+.. This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+.. License, v. 2.0.  If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+.. file, you can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+..
+.. See the COPYRIGHT file distributed with this work for additional
+.. information regarding copyright ownership.
+
+:orphan:
+
+.. include:: ../../bin/named/named.rst
diff --git a/doc/man/nsec3hash.8in b/doc/man/nsec3hash.8in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..32d85d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/nsec3hash.8in
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+.\" Man page generated from reStructuredText.
+.
+.
+.nr rst2man-indent-level 0
+.
+.de1 rstReportMargin
+\\$1 \\n[an-margin]
+level \\n[rst2man-indent-level]
+level margin: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+-
+\\n[rst2man-indent0]
+\\n[rst2man-indent1]
+\\n[rst2man-indent2]
+..
+.de1 INDENT
+.\" .rstReportMargin pre:
+. RS \\$1
+. nr rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level] \\n[an-margin]
+. nr rst2man-indent-level +1
+.\" .rstReportMargin post:
+..
+.de UNINDENT
+. RE
+.\" indent \\n[an-margin]
+.\" old: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.nr rst2man-indent-level -1
+.\" new: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u
+..
+.TH "NSEC3HASH" "8" "@RELEASE_DATE@" "@BIND9_VERSION@" "BIND 9"
+.SH NAME
+nsec3hash \- generate NSEC3 hash
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.sp
+\fBnsec3hash\fP {salt} {algorithm} {iterations} {domain}
+.sp
+\fBnsec3hash\fP \fB\-r\fP {algorithm} {flags} {iterations} {salt} {domain}
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.sp
+\fBnsec3hash\fP generates an NSEC3 hash based on a set of NSEC3
+parameters. This can be used to check the validity of NSEC3 records in a
+signed zone.
+.sp
+If this command is invoked as \fBnsec3hash \-r\fP, it takes arguments in
+order, matching the first four fields of an NSEC3 record followed by the
+domain name: \fBalgorithm\fP, \fBflags\fP, \fBiterations\fP, \fBsalt\fP, \fBdomain\fP\&. This makes it
+convenient to copy and paste a portion of an NSEC3 or NSEC3PARAM record
+into a command line to confirm the correctness of an NSEC3 hash.
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \fBsalt\fP
+This is the salt provided to the hash algorithm.
+.TP
+.B \fBalgorithm\fP
+This is a number indicating the hash algorithm. Currently the only supported
+hash algorithm for NSEC3 is SHA\-1, which is indicated by the number
+1; consequently \(dq1\(dq is the only useful value for this argument.
+.TP
+.B \fBflags\fP
+This is provided for compatibility with NSEC3 record presentation format, but
+is ignored since the flags do not affect the hash.
+.TP
+.B \fBiterations\fP
+This is the number of additional times the hash should be performed.
+.TP
+.B \fBdomain\fP
+This is the domain name to be hashed.
+.UNINDENT
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.sp
+BIND 9 Administrator Reference Manual, \fI\%RFC 5155\fP\&.
+.SH AUTHOR
+Internet Systems Consortium
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+2023, Internet Systems Consortium
+.\" Generated by docutils manpage writer.
+.
diff --git a/doc/man/nsec3hash.rst b/doc/man/nsec3hash.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ba81f0d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/nsec3hash.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+.. Copyright (C) Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")
+..
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: MPL-2.0
+..
+.. This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+.. License, v. 2.0.  If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+.. file, you can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+..
+.. See the COPYRIGHT file distributed with this work for additional
+.. information regarding copyright ownership.
+
+:orphan:
+
+.. include:: ../../bin/tools/nsec3hash.rst
diff --git a/doc/man/nslookup.1in b/doc/man/nslookup.1in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f009105
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/nslookup.1in
@@ -0,0 +1,225 @@
+.\" Man page generated from reStructuredText.
+.
+.
+.nr rst2man-indent-level 0
+.
+.de1 rstReportMargin
+\\$1 \\n[an-margin]
+level \\n[rst2man-indent-level]
+level margin: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+-
+\\n[rst2man-indent0]
+\\n[rst2man-indent1]
+\\n[rst2man-indent2]
+..
+.de1 INDENT
+.\" .rstReportMargin pre:
+. RS \\$1
+. nr rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level] \\n[an-margin]
+. nr rst2man-indent-level +1
+.\" .rstReportMargin post:
+..
+.de UNINDENT
+. RE
+.\" indent \\n[an-margin]
+.\" old: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.nr rst2man-indent-level -1
+.\" new: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u
+..
+.TH "NSLOOKUP" "1" "@RELEASE_DATE@" "@BIND9_VERSION@" "BIND 9"
+.SH NAME
+nslookup \- query Internet name servers interactively
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.sp
+\fBnslookup\fP [\-option] [name | \-] [server]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.sp
+\fBnslookup\fP is a program to query Internet domain name servers.
+\fBnslookup\fP has two modes: interactive and non\-interactive. Interactive
+mode allows the user to query name servers for information about various
+hosts and domains or to print a list of hosts in a domain.
+Non\-interactive mode prints just the name and requested
+information for a host or domain.
+.SH ARGUMENTS
+.sp
+Interactive mode is entered in the following cases:
+.INDENT 0.0
+.IP a. 3
+when no arguments are given (the default name server is used);
+.IP b. 3
+when the first argument is a hyphen (\-) and the second argument is
+the host name or Internet address of a name server.
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+Non\-interactive mode is used when the name or Internet address of the
+host to be looked up is given as the first argument. The optional second
+argument specifies the host name or address of a name server.
+.sp
+Options can also be specified on the command line if they precede the
+arguments and are prefixed with a hyphen. For example, to change the
+default query type to host information, with an initial timeout of 10
+seconds, type:
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+.sp
+.nf
+.ft C
+nslookup \-query=hinfo  \-timeout=10
+.ft P
+.fi
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+The \fB\-version\fP option causes \fBnslookup\fP to print the version number
+and immediately exit.
+.SH INTERACTIVE COMMANDS
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \fBhost [server]\fP
+This command looks up information for \fBhost\fP using the current default server or
+using \fBserver\fP, if specified. If \fBhost\fP is an Internet address and the
+query type is A or PTR, the name of the host is returned. If \fBhost\fP is
+a name and does not have a trailing period (\fB\&.\fP), the search list is used
+to qualify the name.
+.sp
+To look up a host not in the current domain, append a period to the
+name.
+.TP
+.B \fBserver domain\fP | \fBlserver domain\fP
+These commands change the default server to \fBdomain\fP; \fBlserver\fP uses the initial
+server to look up information about \fBdomain\fP, while \fBserver\fP uses the
+current default server. If an authoritative answer cannot be found,
+the names of servers that might have the answer are returned.
+.TP
+.B \fBroot\fP
+This command is not implemented.
+.TP
+.B \fBfinger\fP
+This command is not implemented.
+.TP
+.B \fBls\fP
+This command is not implemented.
+.TP
+.B \fBview\fP
+This command is not implemented.
+.TP
+.B \fBhelp\fP
+This command is not implemented.
+.TP
+.B \fB?\fP
+This command is not implemented.
+.TP
+.B \fBexit\fP
+This command exits the program.
+.TP
+.B \fBset keyword[=value]\fP
+This command is used to change state information that affects the
+lookups. Valid keywords are:
+.INDENT 7.0
+.TP
+.B \fBall\fP
+This keyword prints the current values of the frequently used options to
+\fBset\fP\&. Information about the current default server and host is
+also printed.
+.TP
+.B \fBclass=value\fP
+This keyword changes the query class to one of:
+.INDENT 7.0
+.TP
+.B \fBIN\fP
+the Internet class
+.TP
+.B \fBCH\fP
+the Chaos class
+.TP
+.B \fBHS\fP
+the Hesiod class
+.TP
+.B \fBANY\fP
+wildcard
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+The class specifies the protocol group of the information. The default
+is \fBIN\fP; the abbreviation for this keyword is \fBcl\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fBnodebug\fP
+This keyword turns on or off the display of the full response packet, and any
+intermediate response packets, when searching. The default for this keyword is
+\fBnodebug\fP; the abbreviation for this keyword is \fB[no]deb\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fBnod2\fP
+This keyword turns debugging mode on or off. This displays more about what
+nslookup is doing. The default is \fBnod2\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fBdomain=name\fP
+This keyword sets the search list to \fBname\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fBnosearch\fP
+If the lookup request contains at least one period, but does not end
+with a trailing period, this keyword appends the domain names in the domain
+search list to the request until an answer is received. The default is \fBsearch\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fBport=value\fP
+This keyword changes the default TCP/UDP name server port to \fBvalue\fP from
+its default, port 53. The abbreviation for this keyword is \fBpo\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fBquerytype=value\fP | \fBtype=value\fP
+This keyword changes the type of the information query to \fBvalue\fP\&. The
+defaults are A and then AAAA; the abbreviations for these keywords are
+\fBq\fP and \fBty\fP\&.
+.sp
+Please note that it is only possible to specify one query type. Only the default
+behavior looks up both when an alternative is not specified.
+.TP
+.B \fBnorecurse\fP
+This keyword tells the name server to query other servers if it does not have
+the information. The default is \fBrecurse\fP; the abbreviation for this
+keyword is \fB[no]rec\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fBndots=number\fP
+This keyword sets the number of dots (label separators) in a domain that
+disables searching. Absolute names always stop searching.
+.TP
+.B \fBretry=number\fP
+This keyword sets the number of retries to \fBnumber\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fBtimeout=number\fP
+This keyword changes the initial timeout interval to wait for a reply to
+\fBnumber\fP, in seconds.
+.TP
+.B \fBnovc\fP
+This keyword indicates that a virtual circuit should always be used when sending requests to the server.
+\fBnovc\fP is the default.
+.TP
+.B \fBnofail\fP
+This keyword tries the next nameserver if a nameserver responds with SERVFAIL or
+a referral (nofail), or terminates the query (fail) on such a response. The
+default is \fBnofail\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.SH RETURN VALUES
+.sp
+\fBnslookup\fP returns with an exit status of 1 if any query failed, and 0
+otherwise.
+.SH IDN SUPPORT
+.sp
+If \fBnslookup\fP has been built with IDN (internationalized domain name)
+support, it can accept and display non\-ASCII domain names. \fBnslookup\fP
+appropriately converts character encoding of a domain name before sending
+a request to a DNS server or displaying a reply from the server.
+To turn off IDN support, define the \fBIDN_DISABLE\fP
+environment variable. IDN support is disabled if the variable is set
+when \fBnslookup\fP runs, or when the standard output is not a tty.
+.SH FILES
+.sp
+\fB/etc/resolv.conf\fP
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.sp
+\fBdig(1)\fP, \fBhost(1)\fP, \fBnamed(8)\fP\&.
+.SH AUTHOR
+Internet Systems Consortium
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+2023, Internet Systems Consortium
+.\" Generated by docutils manpage writer.
+.
diff --git a/doc/man/nslookup.rst b/doc/man/nslookup.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..015740d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/nslookup.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+.. Copyright (C) Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")
+..
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: MPL-2.0
+..
+.. This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+.. License, v. 2.0.  If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+.. file, you can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+..
+.. See the COPYRIGHT file distributed with this work for additional
+.. information regarding copyright ownership.
+
+:orphan:
+
+.. include:: ../../bin/dig/nslookup.rst
diff --git a/doc/man/nsupdate.1in b/doc/man/nsupdate.1in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5a2d02f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/nsupdate.1in
@@ -0,0 +1,385 @@
+.\" Man page generated from reStructuredText.
+.
+.
+.nr rst2man-indent-level 0
+.
+.de1 rstReportMargin
+\\$1 \\n[an-margin]
+level \\n[rst2man-indent-level]
+level margin: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+-
+\\n[rst2man-indent0]
+\\n[rst2man-indent1]
+\\n[rst2man-indent2]
+..
+.de1 INDENT
+.\" .rstReportMargin pre:
+. RS \\$1
+. nr rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level] \\n[an-margin]
+. nr rst2man-indent-level +1
+.\" .rstReportMargin post:
+..
+.de UNINDENT
+. RE
+.\" indent \\n[an-margin]
+.\" old: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.nr rst2man-indent-level -1
+.\" new: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u
+..
+.TH "NSUPDATE" "1" "@RELEASE_DATE@" "@BIND9_VERSION@" "BIND 9"
+.SH NAME
+nsupdate \- dynamic DNS update utility
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.sp
+\fBnsupdate\fP [\fB\-d\fP] [\fB\-D\fP] [\fB\-i\fP] [\fB\-L\fP level] [ [\fB\-g\fP] | [\fB\-o\fP] | [\fB\-l\fP] | [\fB\-y\fP [hmac:]keyname:secret] | [\fB\-k\fP keyfile] ] [\fB\-t\fP timeout] [\fB\-u\fP udptimeout] [\fB\-r\fP udpretries] [\fB\-v\fP] [\fB\-T\fP] [\fB\-P\fP] [\fB\-V\fP] [ [\fB\-4\fP] | [\fB\-6\fP] ] [filename]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.sp
+\fBnsupdate\fP is used to submit Dynamic DNS Update requests, as defined in
+\fI\%RFC 2136\fP, to a name server. This allows resource records to be added or
+removed from a zone without manually editing the zone file. A single
+update request can contain requests to add or remove more than one
+resource record.
+.sp
+Zones that are under dynamic control via \fBnsupdate\fP or a DHCP server
+should not be edited by hand. Manual edits could conflict with dynamic
+updates and cause data to be lost.
+.sp
+The resource records that are dynamically added or removed with
+\fBnsupdate\fP must be in the same zone. Requests are sent to the
+zone\(aqs primary server, which is identified by the MNAME field of the
+zone\(aqs SOA record.
+.sp
+Transaction signatures can be used to authenticate the Dynamic DNS
+updates. These use the TSIG resource record type described in \fI\%RFC 2845\fP,
+the SIG(0) record described in \fI\%RFC 2535\fP and \fI\%RFC 2931\fP, or GSS\-TSIG as
+described in \fI\%RFC 3645\fP\&.
+.sp
+TSIG relies on a shared secret that should only be known to \fBnsupdate\fP
+and the name server. For instance, suitable \fBkey\fP and \fBserver\fP
+statements are added to \fB/etc/named.conf\fP so that the name server
+can associate the appropriate secret key and algorithm with the IP
+address of the client application that is using TSIG
+authentication. \fBddns\-confgen\fP can generate suitable
+configuration fragments. \fBnsupdate\fP uses the \fB\-y\fP or \fB\-k\fP options
+to provide the TSIG shared secret; these options are mutually exclusive.
+.sp
+SIG(0) uses public key cryptography. To use a SIG(0) key, the public key
+must be stored in a KEY record in a zone served by the name server.
+.sp
+GSS\-TSIG uses Kerberos credentials. Standard GSS\-TSIG mode is switched
+on with the \fB\-g\fP flag. A non\-standards\-compliant variant of GSS\-TSIG
+used by Windows 2000 can be switched on with the \fB\-o\fP flag.
+.SH OPTIONS
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \fB\-4\fP
+This option sets use of IPv4 only.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-6\fP
+This option sets use of IPv6 only.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-d\fP
+This option sets debug mode, which provides tracing information about the update
+requests that are made and the replies received from the name server.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-D\fP
+This option sets extra debug mode.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-i\fP
+This option forces interactive mode, even when standard input is not a terminal.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-k keyfile\fP
+This option indicates the file containing the TSIG authentication key. Keyfiles may be in
+two formats: a single file containing a \fBnamed.conf\fP\-format \fBkey\fP
+statement, which may be generated automatically by \fBddns\-confgen\fP;
+or a pair of files whose names are of the format
+\fBK{name}.+157.+{random}.key\fP and
+\fBK{name}.+157.+{random}.private\fP, which can be generated by
+\fBdnssec\-keygen\fP\&. The \fB\-k\fP option can also be used to specify a SIG(0)
+key used to authenticate Dynamic DNS update requests. In this case,
+the key specified is not an HMAC\-MD5 key.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-l\fP
+This option sets local\-host only mode, which sets the server address to localhost
+(disabling the \fBserver\fP so that the server address cannot be
+overridden). Connections to the local server use a TSIG key
+found in \fB/var/run/named/session.key\fP, which is automatically
+generated by \fBnamed\fP if any local \fBprimary\fP zone has set
+\fBupdate\-policy\fP to \fBlocal\fP\&. The location of this key file can be
+overridden with the \fB\-k\fP option.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-L level\fP
+This option sets the logging debug level. If zero, logging is disabled.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-p port\fP
+This option sets the port to use for connections to a name server. The default is
+53.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-P\fP
+This option prints the list of private BIND\-specific resource record types whose
+format is understood by \fBnsupdate\fP\&. See also the \fB\-T\fP option.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-r udpretries\fP
+This option sets the number of UDP retries. The default is 3. If zero, only one update
+request is made.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-t timeout\fP
+This option sets the maximum time an update request can take before it is aborted. The
+default is 300 seconds. If zero, the timeout is disabled.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-T\fP
+This option prints the list of IANA standard resource record types whose format is
+understood by \fBnsupdate\fP\&. \fBnsupdate\fP exits after the lists
+are printed. The \fB\-T\fP option can be combined with the \fB\-P\fP
+option.
+.sp
+Other types can be entered using \fBTYPEXXXXX\fP where \fBXXXXX\fP is the
+decimal value of the type with no leading zeros. The rdata, if
+present, is parsed using the UNKNOWN rdata format, (<backslash>
+<hash> <space> <length> <space> <hexstring>).
+.TP
+.B \fB\-u udptimeout\fP
+This option sets the UDP retry interval. The default is 3 seconds. If zero, the
+interval is computed from the timeout interval and number of UDP
+retries.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-v\fP
+This option specifies that TCP should be used even for small update requests. By default, \fBnsupdate\fP uses
+UDP to send update requests to the name server unless they are too
+large to fit in a UDP request, in which case TCP is used. TCP may
+be preferable when a batch of update requests is made.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-V\fP
+This option prints the version number and exits.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-y [hmac:]keyname:secret\fP
+This option sets the literal TSIG authentication key. \fBkeyname\fP is the name of the key,
+and \fBsecret\fP is the base64 encoded shared secret. \fBhmac\fP is the
+name of the key algorithm; valid choices are \fBhmac\-md5\fP,
+\fBhmac\-sha1\fP, \fBhmac\-sha224\fP, \fBhmac\-sha256\fP, \fBhmac\-sha384\fP, or
+\fBhmac\-sha512\fP\&. If \fBhmac\fP is not specified, the default is
+\fBhmac\-md5\fP, or if MD5 was disabled, \fBhmac\-sha256\fP\&.
+.sp
+NOTE: Use of the \fB\-y\fP option is discouraged because the shared
+secret is supplied as a command\-line argument in clear text. This may
+be visible in the output from ps1 or in a history file maintained by
+the user\(aqs shell.
+.UNINDENT
+.SH INPUT FORMAT
+.sp
+\fBnsupdate\fP reads input from \fBfilename\fP or standard input. Each
+command is supplied on exactly one line of input. Some commands are for
+administrative purposes; others are either update instructions or
+prerequisite checks on the contents of the zone. These checks set
+conditions that some name or set of resource records (RRset) either
+exists or is absent from the zone. These conditions must be met if the
+entire update request is to succeed. Updates are rejected if the
+tests for the prerequisite conditions fail.
+.sp
+Every update request consists of zero or more prerequisites and zero or
+more updates. This allows a suitably authenticated update request to
+proceed if some specified resource records are either present or missing from
+the zone. A blank input line (or the \fBsend\fP command) causes the
+accumulated commands to be sent as one Dynamic DNS update request to the
+name server.
+.sp
+The command formats and their meanings are as follows:
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \fBserver servername port\fP
+This command sends all dynamic update requests to the name server \fBservername\fP\&.
+When no server statement is provided, \fBnsupdate\fP sends updates
+to the primary server of the correct zone. The MNAME field of that
+zone\(aqs SOA record identify the primary server for that zone.
+\fBport\fP is the port number on \fBservername\fP where the dynamic
+update requests are sent. If no port number is specified, the default
+DNS port number of 53 is used.
+.sp
+\fBNOTE:\fP
+.INDENT 7.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+This command has no effect when GSS\-TSIG is in use.
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.TP
+.B \fBlocal address port\fP
+This command sends all dynamic update requests using the local \fBaddress\fP\&. When
+no local statement is provided, \fBnsupdate\fP sends updates using
+an address and port chosen by the system. \fBport\fP can also
+be used to force requests to come from a specific port. If no port number
+is specified, the system assigns one.
+.TP
+.B \fBzone zonename\fP
+This command specifies that all updates are to be made to the zone \fBzonename\fP\&.
+If no \fBzone\fP statement is provided, \fBnsupdate\fP attempts to
+determine the correct zone to update based on the rest of the input.
+.TP
+.B \fBclass classname\fP
+This command specifies the default class. If no \fBclass\fP is specified, the default
+class is \fBIN\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fBttl seconds\fP
+This command specifies the default time\-to\-live, in seconds, for records to be added. The value
+\fBnone\fP clears the default TTL.
+.TP
+.B \fBkey hmac:keyname secret\fP
+This command specifies that all updates are to be TSIG\-signed using the
+\fBkeyname\fP\-\fBsecret\fP pair. If \fBhmac\fP is specified, it sets
+the signing algorithm in use. The default is \fBhmac\-md5\fP; if MD5
+was disabled, the default is \fBhmac\-sha256\fP\&. The \fBkey\fP command overrides any key
+specified on the command line via \fB\-y\fP or \fB\-k\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fBgsstsig\fP
+This command uses GSS\-TSIG to sign the updates. This is equivalent to specifying
+\fB\-g\fP on the command line.
+.TP
+.B \fBoldgsstsig\fP
+This command uses the Windows 2000 version of GSS\-TSIG to sign the updates. This is
+equivalent to specifying \fB\-o\fP on the command line.
+.TP
+.B \fBrealm [realm_name]\fP
+When using GSS\-TSIG, this command specifies the use of \fBrealm_name\fP rather than the default realm
+in \fBkrb5.conf\fP\&. If no realm is specified, the saved realm is
+cleared.
+.TP
+.B \fBcheck\-names [yes_or_no]\fP
+This command turns on or off check\-names processing on records to be added.
+Check\-names has no effect on prerequisites or records to be deleted.
+By default check\-names processing is on. If check\-names processing
+fails, the record is not added to the UPDATE message.
+.TP
+.B \fBprereq nxdomain domain\-name\fP
+This command requires that no resource record of any type exist with the name
+\fBdomain\-name\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fBprereq yxdomain domain\-name\fP
+This command requires that \fBdomain\-name\fP exist (as at least one resource
+record, of any type).
+.TP
+.B \fBprereq nxrrset domain\-name class type\fP
+This command requires that no resource record exist of the specified \fBtype\fP,
+\fBclass\fP, and \fBdomain\-name\fP\&. If \fBclass\fP is omitted, IN (Internet)
+is assumed.
+.TP
+.B \fBprereq yxrrset domain\-name class type\fP
+This command requires that a resource record of the specified \fBtype\fP,
+\fBclass\fP and \fBdomain\-name\fP exist. If \fBclass\fP is omitted, IN
+(internet) is assumed.
+.TP
+.B \fBprereq yxrrset domain\-name class type data\fP
+With this command, the \fBdata\fP from each set of prerequisites of this form sharing a
+common \fBtype\fP, \fBclass\fP, and \fBdomain\-name\fP are combined to form
+a set of RRs. This set of RRs must exactly match the set of RRs
+existing in the zone at the given \fBtype\fP, \fBclass\fP, and
+\fBdomain\-name\fP\&. The \fBdata\fP are written in the standard text
+representation of the resource record\(aqs RDATA.
+.TP
+.B \fBupdate delete domain\-name ttl class type data\fP
+This command deletes any resource records named \fBdomain\-name\fP\&. If \fBtype\fP and
+\fBdata\fP are provided, only matching resource records are removed.
+The Internet class is assumed if \fBclass\fP is not supplied. The
+\fBttl\fP is ignored, and is only allowed for compatibility.
+.TP
+.B \fBupdate add domain\-name ttl class type data\fP
+This command adds a new resource record with the specified \fBttl\fP, \fBclass\fP, and
+\fBdata\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fBshow\fP
+This command displays the current message, containing all of the prerequisites and
+updates specified since the last send.
+.TP
+.B \fBsend\fP
+This command sends the current message. This is equivalent to entering a blank
+line.
+.TP
+.B \fBanswer\fP
+This command displays the answer.
+.TP
+.B \fBdebug\fP
+This command turns on debugging.
+.TP
+.B \fBversion\fP
+This command prints the version number.
+.TP
+.B \fBhelp\fP
+This command prints a list of commands.
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+Lines beginning with a semicolon (;) are comments and are ignored.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+.sp
+The examples below show how \fBnsupdate\fP can be used to insert and
+delete resource records from the \fBexample.com\fP zone. Notice that the
+input in each example contains a trailing blank line, so that a group of
+commands is sent as one dynamic update request to the primary name
+server for \fBexample.com\fP\&.
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+.sp
+.nf
+.ft C
+# nsupdate
+> update delete oldhost.example.com A
+> update add newhost.example.com 86400 A 172.16.1.1
+> send
+.ft P
+.fi
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+Any A records for \fBoldhost.example.com\fP are deleted, and an A record
+for \fBnewhost.example.com\fP with IP address 172.16.1.1 is added. The
+newly added record has a TTL of 1 day (86400 seconds).
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+.sp
+.nf
+.ft C
+# nsupdate
+> prereq nxdomain nickname.example.com
+> update add nickname.example.com 86400 CNAME somehost.example.com
+> send
+.ft P
+.fi
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+The prerequisite condition tells the name server to verify that there are
+no resource records of any type for \fBnickname.example.com\fP\&. If there
+are, the update request fails. If this name does not exist, a CNAME for
+it is added. This ensures that when the CNAME is added, it cannot
+conflict with the long\-standing rule in \fI\%RFC 1034\fP that a name must not
+exist as any other record type if it exists as a CNAME. (The rule has
+been updated for DNSSEC in \fI\%RFC 2535\fP to allow CNAMEs to have RRSIG,
+DNSKEY, and NSEC records.)
+.SH FILES
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \fB/etc/resolv.conf\fP
+Used to identify the default name server
+.TP
+.B \fB/var/run/named/session.key\fP
+Sets the default TSIG key for use in local\-only mode
+.TP
+.B \fBK{name}.+157.+{random}.key\fP
+Base\-64 encoding of the HMAC\-MD5 key created by \fBdnssec\-keygen\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fBK{name}.+157.+{random}.private\fP
+Base\-64 encoding of the HMAC\-MD5 key created by \fBdnssec\-keygen\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.sp
+\fI\%RFC 2136\fP, \fI\%RFC 3007\fP, \fI\%RFC 2104\fP, \fI\%RFC 2845\fP, \fI\%RFC 1034\fP, \fI\%RFC 2535\fP, \fI\%RFC 2931\fP,
+\fBnamed(8)\fP, \fBddns\-confgen(8)\fP, \fBdnssec\-keygen(8)\fP\&.
+.SH BUGS
+.sp
+The TSIG key is redundantly stored in two separate files. This is a
+consequence of \fBnsupdate\fP using the DST library for its cryptographic
+operations, and may change in future releases.
+.SH AUTHOR
+Internet Systems Consortium
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+2023, Internet Systems Consortium
+.\" Generated by docutils manpage writer.
+.
diff --git a/doc/man/nsupdate.rst b/doc/man/nsupdate.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bced04e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/nsupdate.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+.. Copyright (C) Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")
+..
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: MPL-2.0
+..
+.. This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+.. License, v. 2.0.  If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+.. file, you can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+..
+.. See the COPYRIGHT file distributed with this work for additional
+.. information regarding copyright ownership.
+
+:orphan:
+
+.. include:: ../../bin/nsupdate/nsupdate.rst
diff --git a/doc/man/pkcs11-destroy.8in b/doc/man/pkcs11-destroy.8in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..be5941e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/pkcs11-destroy.8in
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+.\" Man page generated from reStructuredText.
+.
+.
+.nr rst2man-indent-level 0
+.
+.de1 rstReportMargin
+\\$1 \\n[an-margin]
+level \\n[rst2man-indent-level]
+level margin: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+-
+\\n[rst2man-indent0]
+\\n[rst2man-indent1]
+\\n[rst2man-indent2]
+..
+.de1 INDENT
+.\" .rstReportMargin pre:
+. RS \\$1
+. nr rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level] \\n[an-margin]
+. nr rst2man-indent-level +1
+.\" .rstReportMargin post:
+..
+.de UNINDENT
+. RE
+.\" indent \\n[an-margin]
+.\" old: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.nr rst2man-indent-level -1
+.\" new: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u
+..
+.TH "PKCS11-DESTROY" "8" "@RELEASE_DATE@" "@BIND9_VERSION@" "BIND 9"
+.SH NAME
+pkcs11-destroy \- destroy PKCS#11 objects
+pkcs11\-destroy \- destroy PKCS#11 objects
+.sp
+\fBpkcs11\-destroy\fP [\fB\-m\fP module] [\fB\-s\fP slot] [\fB\-i\fP ID] [\fB\-l\fP label] [\fB\-p\fP PIN] [\fB\-w\fP seconds]
+.sp
+\fBpkcs11\-destroy\fP destroys keys stored in a PKCS#11 device, identified
+by their \fBID\fP or \fBlabel\fP\&.
+.sp
+Matching keys are displayed before being destroyed. By default, there is
+a five\-second delay to allow the user to interrupt the process before
+the destruction takes place.
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \fB\-m module\fP
+This option specifies the PKCS#11 provider module. This must be the full path to a
+shared library object implementing the PKCS#11 API for the device.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-s slot\fP
+This option opens the session with the given PKCS#11 slot. The default is slot 0.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-i ID\fP
+This option destroys keys with the given object ID.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-l label\fP
+This option destroys keys with the given label.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-p PIN\fP
+This option specifies the \fBPIN\fP for the device. If no \fBPIN\fP is provided on the command
+line, \fBpkcs11\-destroy\fP prompts for it.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-w seconds\fP
+This option specifies how long, in seconds, to pause before carrying out key destruction. The
+default is 5 seconds. If set to \fB0\fP, destruction is
+immediate.
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+\fBpkcs11\-keygen(8)\fP, \fBpkcs11\-list(8)\fP, \fBpkcs11\-tokens(8)\fP
+.SH AUTHOR
+Internet Systems Consortium
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+2023, Internet Systems Consortium
+.\" Generated by docutils manpage writer.
+.
diff --git a/doc/man/pkcs11-destroy.rst b/doc/man/pkcs11-destroy.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..da48cef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/pkcs11-destroy.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+.. Copyright (C) Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")
+..
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: MPL-2.0
+..
+.. This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+.. License, v. 2.0.  If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+.. file, you can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+..
+.. See the COPYRIGHT file distributed with this work for additional
+.. information regarding copyright ownership.
+
+:orphan:
+
+.. include:: ../../bin/pkcs11/pkcs11-destroy.rst
diff --git a/doc/man/pkcs11-keygen.8in b/doc/man/pkcs11-keygen.8in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8ea542e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/pkcs11-keygen.8in
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+.\" Man page generated from reStructuredText.
+.
+.
+.nr rst2man-indent-level 0
+.
+.de1 rstReportMargin
+\\$1 \\n[an-margin]
+level \\n[rst2man-indent-level]
+level margin: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+-
+\\n[rst2man-indent0]
+\\n[rst2man-indent1]
+\\n[rst2man-indent2]
+..
+.de1 INDENT
+.\" .rstReportMargin pre:
+. RS \\$1
+. nr rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level] \\n[an-margin]
+. nr rst2man-indent-level +1
+.\" .rstReportMargin post:
+..
+.de UNINDENT
+. RE
+.\" indent \\n[an-margin]
+.\" old: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.nr rst2man-indent-level -1
+.\" new: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u
+..
+.TH "PKCS11-KEYGEN" "8" "@RELEASE_DATE@" "@BIND9_VERSION@" "BIND 9"
+.SH NAME
+pkcs11-keygen \- generate keys on a PKCS#11 device
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.sp
+\fBpkcs11\-keygen\fP [\fB\-a\fP algorithm] [\fB\-b\fP keysize] [\fB\-e\fP] [\fB\-i\fP id] [\fB\-m\fP module] [\fB\-P\fP] [\fB\-p\fP PIN] [\fB\-q\fP] [\fB\-S\fP] [\fB\-s\fP slot] label
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.sp
+\fBpkcs11\-keygen\fP causes a PKCS#11 device to generate a new key pair
+with the given \fBlabel\fP (which must be unique) and with \fBkeysize\fP
+bits of prime.
+.SH OPTIONS
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \fB\-a algorithm\fP
+This option specifies the key algorithm class: supported classes are RSA, DSA, DH,
+ECC, and ECX. In addition to these strings, the \fBalgorithm\fP can be
+specified as a DNSSEC signing algorithm to be used with this
+key; for example, NSEC3RSASHA1 maps to RSA, ECDSAP256SHA256 maps to
+ECC, and ED25519 to ECX. The default class is \fBRSA\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-b keysize\fP
+This option creates the key pair with \fBkeysize\fP bits of prime. For ECC keys, the
+only valid values are 256 and 384, and the default is 256. For ECX
+keys, the only valid values are 256 and 456, and the default is 256.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-e\fP
+For RSA keys only, this option specifies use of a large exponent.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-i id\fP
+This option creates key objects with \fBid\fP\&. The ID is either an unsigned short 2\-byte
+or an unsigned long 4\-byte number.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-m module\fP
+This option specifies the PKCS#11 provider module. This must be the full path to a
+shared library object implementing the PKCS#11 API for the device.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-P\fP
+This option sets the new private key to be non\-sensitive and extractable, and
+allows the private key data to be read from the PKCS#11 device. The
+default is for private keys to be sensitive and non\-extractable.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-p PIN\fP
+This option specifies the \fBPIN\fP for the device. If no \fBPIN\fP is provided on the command
+line, \fBpkcs11\-keygen\fP prompts for it.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-q\fP
+This option sets quiet mode, which suppresses unnecessary output.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-S\fP
+For Diffie\-Hellman (DH) keys only, this option specifies use of a special prime of 768\-, 1024\-,
+or 1536\-bit size and base (AKA generator) 2. If not specified, bit
+size defaults to 1024.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-s slot\fP
+This option opens the session with the given PKCS#11 slot. The default is slot 0.
+.UNINDENT
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.sp
+\fBpkcs11\-destroy(8)\fP, \fBpkcs11\-list(8)\fP, \fBpkcs11\-tokens(8)\fP, \fBdnssec\-keyfromlabel(8)\fP
+.SH AUTHOR
+Internet Systems Consortium
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+2023, Internet Systems Consortium
+.\" Generated by docutils manpage writer.
+.
diff --git a/doc/man/pkcs11-keygen.rst b/doc/man/pkcs11-keygen.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ea392b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/pkcs11-keygen.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+.. Copyright (C) Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")
+..
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: MPL-2.0
+..
+.. This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+.. License, v. 2.0.  If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+.. file, you can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+..
+.. See the COPYRIGHT file distributed with this work for additional
+.. information regarding copyright ownership.
+
+:orphan:
+
+.. include:: ../../bin/pkcs11/pkcs11-keygen.rst
diff --git a/doc/man/pkcs11-list.8in b/doc/man/pkcs11-list.8in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e833db7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/pkcs11-list.8in
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+.\" Man page generated from reStructuredText.
+.
+.
+.nr rst2man-indent-level 0
+.
+.de1 rstReportMargin
+\\$1 \\n[an-margin]
+level \\n[rst2man-indent-level]
+level margin: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+-
+\\n[rst2man-indent0]
+\\n[rst2man-indent1]
+\\n[rst2man-indent2]
+..
+.de1 INDENT
+.\" .rstReportMargin pre:
+. RS \\$1
+. nr rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level] \\n[an-margin]
+. nr rst2man-indent-level +1
+.\" .rstReportMargin post:
+..
+.de UNINDENT
+. RE
+.\" indent \\n[an-margin]
+.\" old: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.nr rst2man-indent-level -1
+.\" new: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u
+..
+.TH "PKCS11-LIST" "8" "@RELEASE_DATE@" "@BIND9_VERSION@" "BIND 9"
+.SH NAME
+pkcs11-list \- list PKCS#11 objects
+.sp
+\fBpkcs11\-list\fP [\fB\-P\fP] [\fB\-m\fP module] [\fB\-s\fP slot] [\fB\-i\fP ID \fB] [\-l\fP label] [\fB\-p\fP PIN]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.sp
+\fBpkcs11\-list\fP lists the PKCS#11 objects with \fBID\fP or \fBlabel\fP or, by
+default, all objects. The object class, label, and ID are displayed for
+all keys. For private or secret keys, the extractability attribute is
+also displayed, as either \fBtrue\fP, \fBfalse\fP, or \fBnever\fP\&.
+.SH OPTIONS
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \fB\-P\fP
+This option lists only the public objects. (Note that on some PKCS#11 devices, all
+objects are private.)
+.TP
+.B \fB\-m module\fP
+This option specifies the PKCS#11 provider module. This must be the full path to a
+shared library object implementing the PKCS#11 API for the device.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-s slot\fP
+This option opens the session with the given PKCS#11 slot. The default is slot 0.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-i ID\fP
+This option lists only key objects with the given object ID.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-l label\fP
+This option lists only key objects with the given label.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-p PIN\fP
+This option specifies the \fBPIN\fP for the device. If no \fBPIN\fP is provided on the command
+line, \fBpkcs11\-list\fP prompts for it.
+.UNINDENT
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.sp
+\fBpkcs11\-destroy(8)\fP, \fBpkcs11\-keygen(8)\fP, \fBpkcs11\-tokens(8)\fP
+.SH AUTHOR
+Internet Systems Consortium
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+2023, Internet Systems Consortium
+.\" Generated by docutils manpage writer.
+.
diff --git a/doc/man/pkcs11-list.rst b/doc/man/pkcs11-list.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a2eebef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/pkcs11-list.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+.. Copyright (C) Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")
+..
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: MPL-2.0
+..
+.. This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+.. License, v. 2.0.  If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+.. file, you can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+..
+.. See the COPYRIGHT file distributed with this work for additional
+.. information regarding copyright ownership.
+
+:orphan:
+
+.. include:: ../../bin/pkcs11/pkcs11-list.rst
diff --git a/doc/man/pkcs11-tokens.8in b/doc/man/pkcs11-tokens.8in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4c29201
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/pkcs11-tokens.8in
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+.\" Man page generated from reStructuredText.
+.
+.
+.nr rst2man-indent-level 0
+.
+.de1 rstReportMargin
+\\$1 \\n[an-margin]
+level \\n[rst2man-indent-level]
+level margin: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+-
+\\n[rst2man-indent0]
+\\n[rst2man-indent1]
+\\n[rst2man-indent2]
+..
+.de1 INDENT
+.\" .rstReportMargin pre:
+. RS \\$1
+. nr rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level] \\n[an-margin]
+. nr rst2man-indent-level +1
+.\" .rstReportMargin post:
+..
+.de UNINDENT
+. RE
+.\" indent \\n[an-margin]
+.\" old: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.nr rst2man-indent-level -1
+.\" new: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u
+..
+.TH "PKCS11-TOKENS" "8" "@RELEASE_DATE@" "@BIND9_VERSION@" "BIND 9"
+.SH NAME
+pkcs11-tokens \- list PKCS#11 available tokens
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.sp
+\fBpkcs11\-tokens\fP [\fB\-m\fP module] [\fB\-v\fP]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.sp
+\fBpkcs11\-tokens\fP lists the PKCS#11 available tokens with defaults from
+the slot/token scan performed at application initialization.
+.SH OPTIONS
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \fB\-m module\fP
+This option specifies the PKCS#11 provider module. This must be the full path to a
+shared library object implementing the PKCS#11 API for the device.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-v\fP
+This option makes the PKCS#11 libisc initialization verbose.
+.UNINDENT
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.sp
+\fBpkcs11\-destroy(8)\fP, \fBpkcs11\-keygen(8)\fP, \fBpkcs11\-list(8)\fP
+.SH AUTHOR
+Internet Systems Consortium
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+2023, Internet Systems Consortium
+.\" Generated by docutils manpage writer.
+.
diff --git a/doc/man/pkcs11-tokens.rst b/doc/man/pkcs11-tokens.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3c8129d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/pkcs11-tokens.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+.. Copyright (C) Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")
+..
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: MPL-2.0
+..
+.. This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+.. License, v. 2.0.  If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+.. file, you can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+..
+.. See the COPYRIGHT file distributed with this work for additional
+.. information regarding copyright ownership.
+
+:orphan:
+
+.. include:: ../../bin/pkcs11/pkcs11-tokens.rst
diff --git a/doc/man/rndc-confgen.8in b/doc/man/rndc-confgen.8in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fb7f6aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/rndc-confgen.8in
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+.\" Man page generated from reStructuredText.
+.
+.
+.nr rst2man-indent-level 0
+.
+.de1 rstReportMargin
+\\$1 \\n[an-margin]
+level \\n[rst2man-indent-level]
+level margin: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+-
+\\n[rst2man-indent0]
+\\n[rst2man-indent1]
+\\n[rst2man-indent2]
+..
+.de1 INDENT
+.\" .rstReportMargin pre:
+. RS \\$1
+. nr rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level] \\n[an-margin]
+. nr rst2man-indent-level +1
+.\" .rstReportMargin post:
+..
+.de UNINDENT
+. RE
+.\" indent \\n[an-margin]
+.\" old: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.nr rst2man-indent-level -1
+.\" new: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u
+..
+.TH "RNDC-CONFGEN" "8" "@RELEASE_DATE@" "@BIND9_VERSION@" "BIND 9"
+.SH NAME
+rndc-confgen \- rndc key generation tool
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.sp
+\fBrndc\-confgen\fP [\fB\-a\fP] [\fB\-A\fP algorithm] [\fB\-b\fP keysize] [\fB\-c\fP keyfile] [\fB\-h\fP] [\fB\-k\fP keyname] [\fB\-p\fP port] [\fB\-s\fP address] [\fB\-t\fP chrootdir] [\fB\-u\fP user]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.sp
+\fBrndc\-confgen\fP generates configuration files for \fBrndc\fP\&. It can be
+used as a convenient alternative to writing the \fBrndc.conf\fP file and
+the corresponding \fBcontrols\fP and \fBkey\fP statements in \fBnamed.conf\fP
+by hand. Alternatively, it can be run with the \fB\-a\fP option to set up a
+\fBrndc.key\fP file and avoid the need for a \fBrndc.conf\fP file and a
+\fBcontrols\fP statement altogether.
+.SH OPTIONS
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \fB\-a\fP
+This option sets automatic \fBrndc\fP configuration, which creates a file \fBrndc.key\fP
+in \fB/etc\fP (or a different \fBsysconfdir\fP specified when BIND
+was built) that is read by both \fBrndc\fP and \fBnamed\fP on startup.
+The \fBrndc.key\fP file defines a default command channel and
+authentication key allowing \fBrndc\fP to communicate with \fBnamed\fP on
+the local host with no further configuration.
+.sp
+If a more elaborate configuration than that generated by
+\fBrndc\-confgen \-a\fP is required, for example if rndc is to be used
+remotely, run \fBrndc\-confgen\fP without the \fB\-a\fP option
+and set up \fBrndc.conf\fP and \fBnamed.conf\fP as directed.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-A algorithm\fP
+This option specifies the algorithm to use for the TSIG key. Available choices
+are: hmac\-md5, hmac\-sha1, hmac\-sha224, hmac\-sha256, hmac\-sha384, and
+hmac\-sha512. The default is hmac\-sha256.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-b keysize\fP
+This option specifies the size of the authentication key in bits. The size must be between
+1 and 512 bits; the default is the hash size.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-c keyfile\fP
+This option is used with the \fB\-a\fP option to specify an alternate location for
+\fBrndc.key\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-h\fP
+This option prints a short summary of the options and arguments to
+\fBrndc\-confgen\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-k keyname\fP
+This option specifies the key name of the \fBrndc\fP authentication key. This must be a
+valid domain name. The default is \fBrndc\-key\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-p port\fP
+This option specifies the command channel port where \fBnamed\fP listens for
+connections from \fBrndc\fP\&. The default is 953.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-s address\fP
+This option specifies the IP address where \fBnamed\fP listens for command\-channel
+connections from \fBrndc\fP\&. The default is the loopback address
+127.0.0.1.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-t chrootdir\fP
+This option is used with the \fB\-a\fP option to specify a directory where \fBnamed\fP
+runs chrooted. An additional copy of the \fBrndc.key\fP is
+written relative to this directory, so that it is found by the
+chrooted \fBnamed\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-u user\fP
+This option is used with the \fB\-a\fP option to set the owner of the generated \fBrndc.key\fP file.
+If \fB\-t\fP is also specified, only the file in the chroot
+area has its owner changed.
+.UNINDENT
+.SH EXAMPLES
+.sp
+To allow \fBrndc\fP to be used with no manual configuration, run:
+.sp
+\fBrndc\-confgen \-a\fP
+.sp
+To print a sample \fBrndc.conf\fP file and the corresponding \fBcontrols\fP and
+\fBkey\fP statements to be manually inserted into \fBnamed.conf\fP, run:
+.sp
+\fBrndc\-confgen\fP
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.sp
+\fBrndc(8)\fP, \fBrndc.conf(5)\fP, \fBnamed(8)\fP, BIND 9 Administrator Reference Manual.
+.SH AUTHOR
+Internet Systems Consortium
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+2023, Internet Systems Consortium
+.\" Generated by docutils manpage writer.
+.
diff --git a/doc/man/rndc-confgen.rst b/doc/man/rndc-confgen.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dac57ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/rndc-confgen.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+.. Copyright (C) Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")
+..
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: MPL-2.0
+..
+.. This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+.. License, v. 2.0.  If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+.. file, you can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+..
+.. See the COPYRIGHT file distributed with this work for additional
+.. information regarding copyright ownership.
+
+:orphan:
+
+.. include:: ../../bin/confgen/rndc-confgen.rst
diff --git a/doc/man/rndc.8in b/doc/man/rndc.8in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dba9922
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/rndc.8in
@@ -0,0 +1,627 @@
+.\" Man page generated from reStructuredText.
+.
+.
+.nr rst2man-indent-level 0
+.
+.de1 rstReportMargin
+\\$1 \\n[an-margin]
+level \\n[rst2man-indent-level]
+level margin: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+-
+\\n[rst2man-indent0]
+\\n[rst2man-indent1]
+\\n[rst2man-indent2]
+..
+.de1 INDENT
+.\" .rstReportMargin pre:
+. RS \\$1
+. nr rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level] \\n[an-margin]
+. nr rst2man-indent-level +1
+.\" .rstReportMargin post:
+..
+.de UNINDENT
+. RE
+.\" indent \\n[an-margin]
+.\" old: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.nr rst2man-indent-level -1
+.\" new: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u
+..
+.TH "RNDC" "8" "@RELEASE_DATE@" "@BIND9_VERSION@" "BIND 9"
+.SH NAME
+rndc \- name server control utility
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.sp
+\fBrndc\fP [\fB\-b\fP source\-address] [\fB\-c\fP config\-file] [\fB\-k\fP key\-file] [\fB\-s\fP server] [\fB\-p\fP port] [\fB\-q\fP] [\fB\-r\fP] [\fB\-V\fP] [\fB\-y\fP key_id] [[\fB\-4\fP] | [\fB\-6\fP]] {command}
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.sp
+\fBrndc\fP controls the operation of a name server; it supersedes the
+\fBndc\fP utility. If \fBrndc\fP is
+invoked with no command line options or arguments, it prints a short
+summary of the supported commands and the available options and their
+arguments.
+.sp
+\fBrndc\fP communicates with the name server over a TCP connection,
+sending commands authenticated with digital signatures. In the current
+versions of \fBrndc\fP and \fBnamed\fP, the only supported authentication
+algorithms are HMAC\-MD5 (for compatibility), HMAC\-SHA1, HMAC\-SHA224,
+HMAC\-SHA256 (default), HMAC\-SHA384, and HMAC\-SHA512. They use a shared
+secret on each end of the connection, which provides TSIG\-style
+authentication for the command request and the name server\(aqs response.
+All commands sent over the channel must be signed by a key_id known to
+the server.
+.sp
+\fBrndc\fP reads a configuration file to determine how to contact the name
+server and decide what algorithm and key it should use.
+.SH OPTIONS
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \fB\-4\fP
+This option indicates use of IPv4 only.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-6\fP
+This option indicates use of IPv6 only.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-b source\-address\fP
+This option indicates \fBsource\-address\fP as the source address for the connection to the
+server. Multiple instances are permitted, to allow setting of both the
+IPv4 and IPv6 source addresses.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-c config\-file\fP
+This option indicates \fBconfig\-file\fP as the configuration file instead of the default,
+\fB/etc/rndc.conf\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-k key\-file\fP
+This option indicates \fBkey\-file\fP as the key file instead of the default,
+\fB/etc/rndc.key\fP\&. The key in \fB/etc/rndc.key\fP is used to
+authenticate commands sent to the server if the config\-file does not
+exist.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-s server\fP
+\fBserver\fP is the name or address of the server which matches a server
+statement in the configuration file for \fBrndc\fP\&. If no server is
+supplied on the command line, the host named by the default\-server
+clause in the options statement of the \fBrndc\fP configuration file
+is used.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-p port\fP
+This option instructs BIND 9 to send commands to TCP port \fBport\fP instead of its default control
+channel port, 953.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-q\fP
+This option sets quiet mode, where message text returned by the server is not printed
+unless there is an error.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-r\fP
+This option instructs \fBrndc\fP to print the result code returned by \fBnamed\fP
+after executing the requested command (e.g., ISC_R_SUCCESS,
+ISC_R_FAILURE, etc.).
+.TP
+.B \fB\-V\fP
+This option enables verbose logging.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-y key_id\fP
+This option indicates use of the key \fBkey_id\fP from the configuration file. For control message validation to succeed, \fBkey_id\fP must be known
+by \fBnamed\fP with the same algorithm and secret string. If no \fBkey_id\fP is specified,
+\fBrndc\fP first looks for a key clause in the server statement of
+the server being used, or if no server statement is present for that
+host, then in the default\-key clause of the options statement. Note that
+the configuration file contains shared secrets which are used to send
+authenticated control commands to name servers, and should therefore
+not have general read or write access.
+.UNINDENT
+.SH COMMANDS
+.sp
+A list of commands supported by \fBrndc\fP can be seen by running \fBrndc\fP
+without arguments.
+.sp
+Currently supported commands are:
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \fBaddzone\fP \fIzone\fP [\fIclass\fP [\fIview\fP]] \fIconfiguration\fP
+This command adds a zone while the server is running. This command requires the
+\fBallow\-new\-zones\fP option to be set to \fByes\fP\&. The configuration
+string specified on the command line is the zone configuration text
+that would ordinarily be placed in \fBnamed.conf\fP\&.
+.sp
+The configuration is saved in a file called \fBviewname.nzf\fP (or, if
+\fBnamed\fP is compiled with liblmdb, an LMDB database file called
+\fBviewname.nzd\fP). \fBviewname\fP is the name of the view, unless the view
+name contains characters that are incompatible with use as a file
+name, in which case a cryptographic hash of the view name is used
+instead. When \fBnamed\fP is restarted, the file is loaded into
+the view configuration so that zones that were added can persist
+after a restart.
+.sp
+This sample \fBaddzone\fP command adds the zone \fBexample.com\fP to
+the default view:
+.sp
+\fBrndc addzone example.com \(aq{ type master; file \(dqexample.com.db\(dq; };\(aq\fP
+.sp
+(Note the brackets around and semi\-colon after the zone configuration
+text.)
+.sp
+See also \fBrndc delzone\fP and \fBrndc modzone\fP\&.
+.TP
+\fBdelzone\fP [\fB\-clean\fP] \fIzone\fP [\fIclass\fP [\fIview\fP]]
+This command deletes a zone while the server is running.
+.sp
+If the \fB\-clean\fP argument is specified, the zone\(aqs master file (and
+journal file, if any) are deleted along with the zone. Without
+the \fB\-clean\fP option, zone files must be deleted manually. (If the
+zone is of type \fBsecondary\fP or \fBstub\fP, the files needing to be removed
+are reported in the output of the \fBrndc delzone\fP command.)
+.sp
+If the zone was originally added via \fBrndc addzone\fP, then it is
+removed permanently. However, if it was originally configured in
+\fBnamed.conf\fP, then that original configuration remains in place;
+when the server is restarted or reconfigured, the zone is
+recreated. To remove it permanently, it must also be removed from
+\fBnamed.conf\fP\&.
+.sp
+See also \fBrndc addzone\fP and \fBrndc modzone\fP\&.
+.TP
+\fBdnssec\fP ( \fB\-status\fP | \fB\-rollover\fP \fB\-key\fP id [\fB\-alg\fP \fIalgorithm\fP] [\fB\-when\fP \fItime\fP] | \fB\-checkds\fP [\fB\-key\fP \fIid\fP [\fB\-alg\fP \fIalgorithm\fP]] [\fB\-when\fP \fItime\fP] ( \fIpublished\fP | \fIwithdrawn\fP )) \fIzone\fP [\fIclass\fP [\fIview\fP]]
+This command allows you to interact with the \(dqdnssec\-policy\(dq of a given
+zone.
+.sp
+\fBrndc dnssec \-status\fP show the DNSSEC signing state for the specified
+zone.
+.sp
+\fBrndc dnssec \-rollover\fP allows you to schedule key rollover for a
+specific key (overriding the original key lifetime).
+.sp
+\fBrndc dnssec \-checkds\fP informs \fBnamed\fP that the DS for
+a specified zone\(aqs key\-signing key has been confirmed to be published
+in, or withdrawn from, the parent zone. This is required in order to
+complete a KSK rollover.  The \fB\-key id\fP and \fB\-alg algorithm\fP arguments
+can be used to specify a particular KSK, if necessary; if there is only
+one key acting as a KSK for the zone, these arguments can be omitted.
+The time of publication or withdrawal for the DS is set to the current
+time by default, but can be overridden to a specific time with the
+argument \fB\-when time\fP, where \fBtime\fP is expressed in YYYYMMDDHHMMSS
+notation.
+.TP
+\fBdnstap\fP ( \fB\-reopen\fP | \fB\-roll\fP [\fInumber\fP] )
+This command closes and re\-opens DNSTAP output files.
+.sp
+\fBrndc dnstap \-reopen\fP allows
+the output file to be renamed externally, so that \fBnamed\fP can
+truncate and re\-open it.
+.sp
+\fBrndc dnstap \-roll\fP causes the output file
+to be rolled automatically, similar to log files. The most recent
+output file has \(dq.0\(dq appended to its name; the previous most recent
+output file is moved to \(dq.1\(dq, and so on. If \fBnumber\fP is specified, then
+the number of backup log files is limited to that number.
+.TP
+\fBdumpdb\fP [\fB\-all\fP | \fB\-cache\fP | \fB\-zones\fP | \fB\-adb\fP | \fB\-bad\fP | \fB\-expired\fP | \fB\-fail\fP] [\fIview ...\fP]
+This command dumps the server\(aqs caches (default) and/or zones to the dump file for
+the specified views. If no view is specified, all views are dumped.
+(See the \fBdump\-file\fP option in the BIND 9 Administrator Reference
+Manual.)
+.TP
+.B \fBflush\fP
+This command flushes the server\(aqs cache.
+.TP
+.B \fBflushname\fP \fIname\fP [\fIview\fP]
+This command flushes the given name from the view\(aqs DNS cache and, if applicable,
+from the view\(aqs nameserver address database, bad server cache, and
+SERVFAIL cache.
+.TP
+.B \fBflushtree\fP \fIname\fP [\fIview\fP]
+This command flushes the given name, and all of its subdomains, from the view\(aqs
+DNS cache, address database, bad server cache, and SERVFAIL cache.
+.TP
+.B \fBfreeze\fP [\fIzone\fP [\fIclass\fP [\fIview\fP]]]
+This command suspends updates to a dynamic zone. If no zone is specified, then all
+zones are suspended. This allows manual edits to be made to a zone
+normally updated by dynamic update, and causes changes in the
+journal file to be synced into the master file. All dynamic update
+attempts are refused while the zone is frozen.
+.sp
+See also \fBrndc thaw\fP\&.
+.TP
+\fBhalt\fP [\fB\-p\fP]
+This command stops the server immediately. Recent changes made through dynamic
+update or IXFR are not saved to the master files, but are rolled
+forward from the journal files when the server is restarted. If
+\fB\-p\fP is specified, \fBnamed\fP\(aqs process ID is returned. This allows
+an external process to determine when \fBnamed\fP has completed
+halting.
+.sp
+See also \fBrndc stop\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fBloadkeys\fP [\fIzone\fP [\fIclass\fP [\fIview\fP]]]
+This command fetches all DNSSEC keys for the given zone from the key directory. If
+they are within their publication period, they are merged into the
+zone\(aqs DNSKEY RRset. Unlike \fBrndc sign\fP, however, the zone is not
+immediately re\-signed by the new keys, but is allowed to
+incrementally re\-sign over time.
+.sp
+This command requires that the zone be configured with a \fBdnssec\-policy\fP, or
+that the \fBauto\-dnssec\fP zone option be set to \fBmaintain\fP, and also requires the
+zone to be configured to allow dynamic DNS. (See \(dqDynamic Update Policies\(dq in
+the Administrator Reference Manual for more details.)
+.TP
+.B \fBmanaged\-keys\fP (\fIstatus\fP | \fIrefresh\fP | \fIsync\fP | \fIdestroy\fP) [\fIclass\fP [\fIview\fP]]
+This command inspects and controls the \(dqmanaged\-keys\(dq database which handles
+\fI\%RFC 5011\fP DNSSEC trust anchor maintenance. If a view is specified, these
+commands are applied to that view; otherwise, they are applied to all
+views.
+.INDENT 7.0
+.IP \(bu 2
+When run with the \fBstatus\fP keyword, this prints the current status of
+the managed\-keys database.
+.IP \(bu 2
+When run with the \fBrefresh\fP keyword, this forces an immediate refresh
+query to be sent for all the managed keys, updating the
+managed\-keys database if any new keys are found, without waiting
+the normal refresh interval.
+.IP \(bu 2
+When run with the \fBsync\fP keyword, this forces an immediate dump of
+the managed\-keys database to disk (in the file
+\fBmanaged\-keys.bind\fP or (\fBviewname.mkeys\fP). This synchronizes
+the database with its journal file, so that the database\(aqs current
+contents can be inspected visually.
+.IP \(bu 2
+When run with the \fBdestroy\fP keyword, the managed\-keys database
+is shut down and deleted, and all key maintenance is terminated.
+This command should be used only with extreme caution.
+.sp
+Existing keys that are already trusted are not deleted from
+memory; DNSSEC validation can continue after this command is used.
+However, key maintenance operations cease until \fBnamed\fP is
+restarted or reconfigured, and all existing key maintenance states
+are deleted.
+.sp
+Running \fBrndc reconfig\fP or restarting \fBnamed\fP immediately
+after this command causes key maintenance to be reinitialized
+from scratch, just as if the server were being started for the
+first time. This is primarily intended for testing, but it may
+also be used, for example, to jumpstart the acquisition of new
+keys in the event of a trust anchor rollover, or as a brute\-force
+repair for key maintenance problems.
+.UNINDENT
+.TP
+.B \fBmodzone\fP \fIzone\fP [\fIclass\fP [\fIview\fP]] \fIconfiguration\fP
+This command modifies the configuration of a zone while the server is running. This
+command requires the \fBallow\-new\-zones\fP option to be set to \fByes\fP\&.
+As with \fBaddzone\fP, the configuration string specified on the
+command line is the zone configuration text that would ordinarily be
+placed in \fBnamed.conf\fP\&.
+.sp
+If the zone was originally added via \fBrndc addzone\fP, the
+configuration changes are recorded permanently and are still
+in effect after the server is restarted or reconfigured. However, if
+it was originally configured in \fBnamed.conf\fP, then that original
+configuration remains in place; when the server is restarted or
+reconfigured, the zone reverts to its original configuration. To
+make the changes permanent, it must also be modified in
+\fBnamed.conf\fP\&.
+.sp
+See also \fBrndc addzone\fP and \fBrndc delzone\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fBnotify\fP \fIzone\fP [\fIclass\fP [\fIview\fP]]
+This command resends NOTIFY messages for the zone.
+.TP
+.B \fBnotrace\fP
+This command sets the server\(aqs debugging level to 0.
+.sp
+See also \fBrndc trace\fP\&.
+.TP
+\fBnta\fP [( \fB\-class\fP \fIclass\fP | \fB\-dump\fP | \fB\-force\fP | \fB\-remove\fP | \fB\-lifetime\fP \fIduration\fP)] \fIdomain\fP [\fIview\fP]
+This command sets a DNSSEC negative trust anchor (NTA) for \fBdomain\fP, with a
+lifetime of \fBduration\fP\&. The default lifetime is configured in
+\fBnamed.conf\fP via the \fBnta\-lifetime\fP option, and defaults to one
+hour. The lifetime cannot exceed one week.
+.sp
+A negative trust anchor selectively disables DNSSEC validation for
+zones that are known to be failing because of misconfiguration rather
+than an attack. When data to be validated is at or below an active
+NTA (and above any other configured trust anchors), \fBnamed\fP
+aborts the DNSSEC validation process and treats the data as insecure
+rather than bogus. This continues until the NTA\(aqs lifetime has
+elapsed.
+.sp
+NTAs persist across restarts of the \fBnamed\fP server. The NTAs for a
+view are saved in a file called \fBname.nta\fP, where \fBname\fP is the name
+of the view; if it contains characters that are incompatible with
+use as a file name, a cryptographic hash is generated from the name of
+the view.
+.sp
+An existing NTA can be removed by using the \fB\-remove\fP option.
+.sp
+An NTA\(aqs lifetime can be specified with the \fB\-lifetime\fP option.
+TTL\-style suffixes can be used to specify the lifetime in seconds,
+minutes, or hours. If the specified NTA already exists, its lifetime
+is updated to the new value. Setting \fBlifetime\fP to zero is
+equivalent to \fB\-remove\fP\&.
+.sp
+If \fB\-dump\fP is used, any other arguments are ignored and a list
+of existing NTAs is printed. Note that this may include NTAs that are
+expired but have not yet been cleaned up.
+.sp
+Normally, \fBnamed\fP periodically tests to see whether data below
+an NTA can now be validated (see the \fBnta\-recheck\fP option in the
+Administrator Reference Manual for details). If data can be
+validated, then the NTA is regarded as no longer necessary and is
+allowed to expire early. The \fB\-force\fP parameter overrides this behavior
+and forces an NTA to persist for its entire lifetime, regardless of
+whether data could be validated if the NTA were not present.
+.sp
+The view class can be specified with \fB\-class\fP\&. The default is class
+\fBIN\fP, which is the only class for which DNSSEC is currently
+supported.
+.sp
+All of these options can be shortened, i.e., to \fB\-l\fP, \fB\-r\fP,
+\fB\-d\fP, \fB\-f\fP, and \fB\-c\fP\&.
+.sp
+Unrecognized options are treated as errors. To refer to a domain or
+view name that begins with a hyphen, use a double\-hyphen (\-\-) on the
+command line to indicate the end of options.
+.TP
+.B \fBquerylog\fP [(\fIon\fP | \fIoff\fP)]
+This command enables or disables query logging. For backward compatibility, this
+command can also be used without an argument to toggle query logging
+on and off.
+.sp
+Query logging can also be enabled by explicitly directing the
+\fBqueries\fP \fBcategory\fP to a \fBchannel\fP in the \fBlogging\fP section
+of \fBnamed.conf\fP, or by specifying \fBquerylog yes;\fP in the
+\fBoptions\fP section of \fBnamed.conf\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fBreconfig\fP
+This command reloads the configuration file and loads new zones, but does not reload
+existing zone files even if they have changed. This is faster than a
+full \fBreload\fP when there is a large number of zones, because it
+avoids the need to examine the modification times of the zone files.
+.TP
+.B \fBrecursing\fP
+This command dumps the list of queries \fBnamed\fP is currently
+recursing on, and the list of domains to which iterative queries
+are currently being sent.
+.sp
+The first list includes all unique clients that are waiting for
+recursion to complete, including the query that is awaiting a
+response and the timestamp (seconds since the Unix epoch) of
+when named started processing this client query.
+.sp
+The second list comprises of domains for which there are active
+(or recently active) fetches in progress.  It reports the number
+of active fetches for each domain and the number of queries that
+have been passed (allowed) or dropped (spilled) as a result of
+the \fBfetches\-per\-zone\fP limit.  (Note: these counters are not
+cumulative over time; whenever the number of active fetches for
+a domain drops to zero, the counter for that domain is deleted,
+and the next time a fetch is sent to that domain, it is recreated
+with the counters set to zero).
+.TP
+.B \fBrefresh\fP \fIzone\fP [\fIclass\fP [\fIview\fP]]
+This command schedules zone maintenance for the given zone.
+.TP
+.B \fBreload\fP
+This command reloads the configuration file and zones.
+.TP
+.B \fBreload\fP \fIzone\fP [\fIclass\fP [\fIview\fP]]
+This command reloads the given zone.
+.TP
+.B \fBretransfer\fP \fIzone\fP [\fIclass\fP [\fIview\fP]]
+This command retransfers the given secondary zone from the primary server.
+.sp
+If the zone is configured to use \fBinline\-signing\fP, the signed
+version of the zone is discarded; after the retransfer of the
+unsigned version is complete, the signed version is regenerated
+with new signatures.
+.TP
+.B \fBscan\fP
+This command scans the list of available network interfaces for changes, without
+performing a full \fBreconfig\fP or waiting for the
+\fBinterface\-interval\fP timer.
+.TP
+\fBsecroots\fP [\fB\-\fP] [\fIview\fP ...]
+This command dumps the security roots (i.e., trust anchors configured via
+\fBtrust\-anchors\fP, or the \fBmanaged\-keys\fP or \fBtrusted\-keys\fP statements
+[both deprecated], or \fBdnssec\-validation auto\fP) and negative trust anchors
+for the specified views. If no view is specified, all views are
+dumped. Security roots indicate whether they are configured as trusted
+keys, managed keys, or initializing managed keys (managed keys that have not
+yet been updated by a successful key refresh query).
+.sp
+If the first argument is \fB\-\fP, then the output is returned via the
+\fBrndc\fP response channel and printed to the standard output.
+Otherwise, it is written to the secroots dump file, which defaults to
+\fBnamed.secroots\fP, but can be overridden via the \fBsecroots\-file\fP
+option in \fBnamed.conf\fP\&.
+.sp
+See also \fBrndc managed\-keys\fP\&.
+.TP
+\fBserve\-stale\fP (\fBon\fP | \fBoff\fP | \fBreset\fP | \fBstatus\fP) [\fIclass\fP [\fIview\fP]]
+This command enables, disables, resets, or reports the current status of the serving
+of stale answers as configured in \fBnamed.conf\fP\&.
+.sp
+If serving of stale answers is disabled by \fBrndc\-serve\-stale off\fP,
+then it remains disabled even if \fBnamed\fP is reloaded or
+reconfigured. \fBrndc serve\-stale reset\fP restores the setting as
+configured in \fBnamed.conf\fP\&.
+.sp
+\fBrndc serve\-stale status\fP reports whether serving of stale
+answers is currently enabled, disabled by the configuration, or
+disabled by \fBrndc\fP\&. It also reports the values of
+\fBstale\-answer\-ttl\fP and \fBmax\-stale\-ttl\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fBshowzone\fP \fIzone\fP [\fIclass\fP [\fIview\fP]]
+This command prints the configuration of a running zone.
+.sp
+See also \fBrndc zonestatus\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fBsign\fP \fIzone\fP [\fIclass\fP [\fIview\fP]]
+This command fetches all DNSSEC keys for the given zone from the key directory (see
+the \fBkey\-directory\fP option in the BIND 9 Administrator Reference
+Manual). If they are within their publication period, they are merged into
+the zone\(aqs DNSKEY RRset. If the DNSKEY RRset is changed, then the
+zone is automatically re\-signed with the new key set.
+.sp
+This command requires that the zone be configured with a \fBdnssec\-policy\fP, or
+that the \fBauto\-dnssec\fP zone option be set to \fBallow\fP or \fBmaintain\fP,
+and also requires the zone to be configured to allow dynamic DNS. (See
+\(dqDynamic Update Policies\(dq in the BIND 9 Administrator Reference Manual for more
+details.)
+.sp
+See also \fBrndc loadkeys\fP\&.
+.TP
+\fBsigning\fP [(\fB\-list\fP | \fB\-clear\fP \fIkeyid/algorithm\fP | \fB\-clear\fP \fIall\fP | \fB\-nsec3param\fP ( \fIparameters\fP | none ) | \fB\-serial\fP \fIvalue\fP ) \fIzone\fP [\fIclass\fP [\fIview\fP]]
+This command lists, edits, or removes the DNSSEC signing\-state records for the
+specified zone. The status of ongoing DNSSEC operations, such as
+signing or generating NSEC3 chains, is stored in the zone in the form
+of DNS resource records of type \fBsig\-signing\-type\fP\&.
+\fBrndc signing \-list\fP converts these records into a human\-readable
+form, indicating which keys are currently signing or have finished
+signing the zone, and which NSEC3 chains are being created or
+removed.
+.sp
+\fBrndc signing \-clear\fP can remove a single key (specified in the
+same format that \fBrndc signing \-list\fP uses to display it), or all
+keys. In either case, only completed keys are removed; any record
+indicating that a key has not yet finished signing the zone is
+retained.
+.sp
+\fBrndc signing \-nsec3param\fP sets the NSEC3 parameters for a zone.
+This is the only supported mechanism for using NSEC3 with
+\fBinline\-signing\fP zones. Parameters are specified in the same format
+as an NSEC3PARAM resource record: \fBhash algorithm\fP, \fBflags\fP, \fBiterations\fP,
+and \fBsalt\fP, in that order.
+.sp
+Currently, the only defined value for \fBhash algorithm\fP is \fB1\fP,
+representing SHA\-1. The \fBflags\fP may be set to \fB0\fP or \fB1\fP,
+depending on whether the opt\-out bit in the NSEC3
+chain should be set. \fBiterations\fP defines the number of additional times to apply
+the algorithm when generating an NSEC3 hash. The \fBsalt\fP is a string
+of data expressed in hexadecimal, a hyphen (\fB\-\fP) if no salt is to be
+used, or the keyword \fBauto\fP, which causes \fBnamed\fP to generate a
+random 64\-bit salt.
+.sp
+The only recommended configuration is \fBrndc signing \-nsec3param 1 0 0 \- zone\fP,
+i.e. no salt, no additional iterations, no opt\-out.
+.sp
+\fBWARNING:\fP
+.INDENT 7.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+Do not use extra iterations, salt, or opt\-out unless all their implications
+are fully understood. A higher number of iterations causes interoperability
+problems and opens servers to CPU\-exhausting DoS attacks.
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+\fBrndc signing \-nsec3param none\fP removes an existing NSEC3 chain and
+replaces it with NSEC.
+.sp
+\fBrndc signing \-serial value\fP sets the serial number of the zone to
+\fBvalue\fP\&. If the value would cause the serial number to go backwards, it
+is rejected. The primary use of this parameter is to set the serial number on inline
+signed zones.
+.TP
+.B \fBstats\fP
+This command writes server statistics to the statistics file. (See the
+\fBstatistics\-file\fP option in the BIND 9 Administrator Reference
+Manual.)
+.TP
+.B \fBstatus\fP
+This command displays the status of the server. Note that the number of zones includes
+the internal \fBbind/CH\fP zone and the default \fB\&./IN\fP hint zone, if
+there is no explicit root zone configured.
+.TP
+\fBstop\fP \fB\-p\fP
+This command stops the server, making sure any recent changes made through dynamic
+update or IXFR are first saved to the master files of the updated
+zones. If \fB\-p\fP is specified, \fBnamed(8)\(ga\(aqs process ID is returned.
+This allows an external process to determine when \(ga\(ganamed\fP has
+completed stopping.
+.sp
+See also \fBrndc halt\fP\&.
+.TP
+\fBsync\fP \fB\-clean\fP [\fIzone\fP [\fIclass\fP [\fIview\fP]]]
+This command syncs changes in the journal file for a dynamic zone to the master
+file. If the \(dq\-clean\(dq option is specified, the journal file is also
+removed. If no zone is specified, then all zones are synced.
+.TP
+.B \fBtcp\-timeouts\fP [\fIinitial\fP \fIidle\fP \fIkeepalive\fP \fIadvertised\fP]
+When called without arguments, this command displays the current values of the
+\fBtcp\-initial\-timeout\fP, \fBtcp\-idle\-timeout\fP,
+\fBtcp\-keepalive\-timeout\fP, and \fBtcp\-advertised\-timeout\fP options.
+When called with arguments, these values are updated. This allows an
+administrator to make rapid adjustments when under a
+denial\-of\-service (DoS) attack. See the descriptions of these options in the BIND 9
+Administrator Reference Manual for details of their use.
+.TP
+.B \fBthaw\fP [\fIzone\fP [\fIclass\fP [\fIview\fP]]]
+This command enables updates to a frozen dynamic zone. If no zone is specified,
+then all frozen zones are enabled. This causes the server to reload
+the zone from disk, and re\-enables dynamic updates after the load has
+completed. After a zone is thawed, dynamic updates are no longer
+refused. If the zone has changed and the \fBixfr\-from\-differences\fP
+option is in use, the journal file is updated to reflect
+changes in the zone. Otherwise, if the zone has changed, any existing
+journal file is removed.
+.sp
+See also \fBrndc freeze\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fBtrace\fP
+This command increments the server\(aqs debugging level by one.
+.TP
+.B \fBtrace\fP \fIlevel\fP
+This command sets the server\(aqs debugging level to an explicit value.
+.sp
+See also \fBrndc notrace\fP\&.
+.TP
+.B \fBtsig\-delete\fP \fIkeyname\fP [\fIview\fP]
+This command deletes a given TKEY\-negotiated key from the server. This does not
+apply to statically configured TSIG keys.
+.TP
+.B \fBtsig\-list\fP
+This command lists the names of all TSIG keys currently configured for use by
+\fBnamed\fP in each view. The list includes both statically configured keys and
+dynamic TKEY\-negotiated keys.
+.TP
+\fBvalidation\fP (\fBon\fP | \fBoff\fP | \fBstatus\fP) [\fIview\fP ...]\(ga\(ga
+This command enables, disables, or checks the current status of DNSSEC validation. By
+default, validation is enabled.
+.sp
+The cache is flushed when validation is turned on or off to avoid using data
+that might differ between states.
+.TP
+.B \fBzonestatus\fP \fIzone\fP [\fIclass\fP [\fIview\fP]]
+This command displays the current status of the given zone, including the master
+file name and any include files from which it was loaded, when it was
+most recently loaded, the current serial number, the number of nodes,
+whether the zone supports dynamic updates, whether the zone is DNSSEC
+signed, whether it uses automatic DNSSEC key management or inline
+signing, and the scheduled refresh or expiry times for the zone.
+.sp
+See also \fBrndc showzone\fP\&.
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+\fBrndc\fP commands that specify zone names, such as \fBreload\fP,
+\fBretransfer\fP, or \fBzonestatus\fP, can be ambiguous when applied to zones
+of type \fBredirect\fP\&. Redirect zones are always called \fB\&.\fP, and can be
+confused with zones of type \fBhint\fP or with secondary copies of the root
+zone. To specify a redirect zone, use the special zone name
+\fB\-redirect\fP, without a trailing period. (With a trailing period, this
+would specify a zone called \(dq\-redirect\(dq.)
+.SH LIMITATIONS
+.sp
+There is currently no way to provide the shared secret for a \fBkey_id\fP
+without using the configuration file.
+.sp
+Several error messages could be clearer.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.sp
+\fBrndc.conf(5)\fP, \fBrndc\-confgen(8)\fP,
+\fBnamed(8)\fP, \fBnamed.conf(5)\fP, \fBndc(8)\fP, BIND 9 Administrator
+Reference Manual.
+.SH AUTHOR
+Internet Systems Consortium
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+2023, Internet Systems Consortium
+.\" Generated by docutils manpage writer.
+.
diff --git a/doc/man/rndc.conf.5in b/doc/man/rndc.conf.5in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..54a0847
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/rndc.conf.5in
@@ -0,0 +1,196 @@
+.\" Man page generated from reStructuredText.
+.
+.
+.nr rst2man-indent-level 0
+.
+.de1 rstReportMargin
+\\$1 \\n[an-margin]
+level \\n[rst2man-indent-level]
+level margin: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+-
+\\n[rst2man-indent0]
+\\n[rst2man-indent1]
+\\n[rst2man-indent2]
+..
+.de1 INDENT
+.\" .rstReportMargin pre:
+. RS \\$1
+. nr rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level] \\n[an-margin]
+. nr rst2man-indent-level +1
+.\" .rstReportMargin post:
+..
+.de UNINDENT
+. RE
+.\" indent \\n[an-margin]
+.\" old: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.nr rst2man-indent-level -1
+.\" new: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u
+..
+.TH "RNDC.CONF" "5" "@RELEASE_DATE@" "@BIND9_VERSION@" "BIND 9"
+.SH NAME
+rndc.conf \- rndc configuration file
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.sp
+\fBrndc.conf\fP
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.sp
+\fBrndc.conf\fP is the configuration file for \fBrndc\fP, the BIND 9 name
+server control utility. This file has a similar structure and syntax to
+\fBnamed.conf\fP\&. Statements are enclosed in braces and terminated with a
+semi\-colon. Clauses in the statements are also semi\-colon terminated.
+The usual comment styles are supported:
+.sp
+C style: /* */
+.sp
+C++ style: // to end of line
+.sp
+Unix style: # to end of line
+.sp
+\fBrndc.conf\fP is much simpler than \fBnamed.conf\fP\&. The file uses three
+statements: an options statement, a server statement, and a key
+statement.
+.sp
+The \fBoptions\fP statement contains five clauses. The \fBdefault\-server\fP
+clause is followed by the name or address of a name server. This host
+is used when no name server is given as an argument to \fBrndc\fP\&.
+The \fBdefault\-key\fP clause is followed by the name of a key, which is
+identified by a \fBkey\fP statement. If no \fBkeyid\fP is provided on the
+rndc command line, and no \fBkey\fP clause is found in a matching
+\fBserver\fP statement, this default key is used to authenticate the
+server\(aqs commands and responses. The \fBdefault\-port\fP clause is followed
+by the port to connect to on the remote name server. If no \fBport\fP
+option is provided on the rndc command line, and no \fBport\fP clause is
+found in a matching \fBserver\fP statement, this default port is used
+to connect. The \fBdefault\-source\-address\fP and
+\fBdefault\-source\-address\-v6\fP clauses can be used to set the IPv4
+and IPv6 source addresses respectively.
+.sp
+After the \fBserver\fP keyword, the server statement includes a string
+which is the hostname or address for a name server. The statement has
+three possible clauses: \fBkey\fP, \fBport\fP, and \fBaddresses\fP\&. The key
+name must match the name of a key statement in the file. The port number
+specifies the port to connect to. If an \fBaddresses\fP clause is supplied,
+these addresses are used instead of the server name. Each address
+can take an optional port. If an \fBsource\-address\fP or
+\fBsource\-address\-v6\fP is supplied, it is used to specify the
+IPv4 and IPv6 source address, respectively.
+.sp
+The \fBkey\fP statement begins with an identifying string, the name of the
+key. The statement has two clauses. \fBalgorithm\fP identifies the
+authentication algorithm for \fBrndc\fP to use; currently only HMAC\-MD5
+(for compatibility), HMAC\-SHA1, HMAC\-SHA224, HMAC\-SHA256 (default),
+HMAC\-SHA384, and HMAC\-SHA512 are supported. This is followed by a secret
+clause which contains the base\-64 encoding of the algorithm\(aqs
+authentication key. The base\-64 string is enclosed in double quotes.
+.sp
+There are two common ways to generate the base\-64 string for the secret.
+The BIND 9 program \fBrndc\-confgen\fP can be used to generate a random
+key, or the \fBmmencode\fP program, also known as \fBmimencode\fP, can be
+used to generate a base\-64 string from known input. \fBmmencode\fP does
+not ship with BIND 9 but is available on many systems. See the Example
+section for sample command lines for each.
+.SH EXAMPLE
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+.sp
+.nf
+.ft C
+options {
+  default\-server  localhost;
+  default\-key     samplekey;
+};
+.ft P
+.fi
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+.sp
+.nf
+.ft C
+server localhost {
+  key             samplekey;
+};
+.ft P
+.fi
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+.sp
+.nf
+.ft C
+server testserver {
+  key     testkey;
+  addresses   { localhost port 5353; };
+};
+.ft P
+.fi
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+.sp
+.nf
+.ft C
+key samplekey {
+  algorithm       hmac\-sha256;
+  secret          \(dq6FMfj43Osz4lyb24OIe2iGEz9lf1llJO+lz\(dq;
+};
+.ft P
+.fi
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.INDENT 0.0
+.INDENT 3.5
+.sp
+.nf
+.ft C
+key testkey {
+  algorithm   hmac\-sha256;
+  secret      \(dqR3HI8P6BKw9ZwXwN3VZKuQ==\(dq;
+};
+.ft P
+.fi
+.UNINDENT
+.UNINDENT
+.sp
+In the above example, \fBrndc\fP by default uses the server at
+localhost (127.0.0.1) and the key called \(dqsamplekey\(dq. Commands to the
+localhost server use the \(dqsamplekey\(dq key, which must also be defined
+in the server\(aqs configuration file with the same name and secret. The
+key statement indicates that \(dqsamplekey\(dq uses the HMAC\-SHA256 algorithm
+and its secret clause contains the base\-64 encoding of the HMAC\-SHA256
+secret enclosed in double quotes.
+.sp
+If \fBrndc \-s testserver\fP is used, then \fBrndc\fP connects to the server
+on localhost port 5353 using the key \(dqtestkey\(dq.
+.sp
+To generate a random secret with \fBrndc\-confgen\fP:
+.sp
+\fBrndc\-confgen\fP
+.sp
+A complete \fBrndc.conf\fP file, including the randomly generated key,
+is written to the standard output. Commented\-out \fBkey\fP and
+\fBcontrols\fP statements for \fBnamed.conf\fP are also printed.
+.sp
+To generate a base\-64 secret with \fBmmencode\fP:
+.sp
+\fBecho \(dqknown plaintext for a secret\(dq | mmencode\fP
+.SH NAME SERVER CONFIGURATION
+.sp
+The name server must be configured to accept rndc connections and to
+recognize the key specified in the \fBrndc.conf\fP file, using the
+controls statement in \fBnamed.conf\fP\&. See the sections on the
+\fBcontrols\fP statement in the BIND 9 Administrator Reference Manual for
+details.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.sp
+\fBrndc(8)\fP, \fBrndc\-confgen(8)\fP, \fBmmencode(1)\fP, BIND 9 Administrator Reference Manual.
+.SH AUTHOR
+Internet Systems Consortium
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+2023, Internet Systems Consortium
+.\" Generated by docutils manpage writer.
+.
diff --git a/doc/man/rndc.conf.rst b/doc/man/rndc.conf.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f575060
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/rndc.conf.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+.. Copyright (C) Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")
+..
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: MPL-2.0
+..
+.. This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+.. License, v. 2.0.  If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+.. file, you can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+..
+.. See the COPYRIGHT file distributed with this work for additional
+.. information regarding copyright ownership.
+
+:orphan:
+
+.. include:: ../../bin/rndc/rndc.conf.rst
diff --git a/doc/man/rndc.rst b/doc/man/rndc.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a330531
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/rndc.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+.. Copyright (C) Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")
+..
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: MPL-2.0
+..
+.. This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+.. License, v. 2.0.  If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+.. file, you can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+..
+.. See the COPYRIGHT file distributed with this work for additional
+.. information regarding copyright ownership.
+
+:orphan:
+
+.. include:: ../../bin/rndc/rndc.rst
diff --git a/doc/man/tsig-keygen.8in b/doc/man/tsig-keygen.8in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e094902
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/tsig-keygen.8in
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+.\" Man page generated from reStructuredText.
+.
+.
+.nr rst2man-indent-level 0
+.
+.de1 rstReportMargin
+\\$1 \\n[an-margin]
+level \\n[rst2man-indent-level]
+level margin: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+-
+\\n[rst2man-indent0]
+\\n[rst2man-indent1]
+\\n[rst2man-indent2]
+..
+.de1 INDENT
+.\" .rstReportMargin pre:
+. RS \\$1
+. nr rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level] \\n[an-margin]
+. nr rst2man-indent-level +1
+.\" .rstReportMargin post:
+..
+.de UNINDENT
+. RE
+.\" indent \\n[an-margin]
+.\" old: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.nr rst2man-indent-level -1
+.\" new: \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]
+.in \\n[rst2man-indent\\n[rst2man-indent-level]]u
+..
+.TH "TSIG-KEYGEN" "8" "@RELEASE_DATE@" "@BIND9_VERSION@" "BIND 9"
+.SH NAME
+tsig-keygen \- TSIG key generation tool
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.sp
+\fBtsig\-keygen\fP [\fB\-a\fP algorithm] [\fB\-h\fP] [name]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.sp
+\fBtsig\-keygen\fP is an utility that generates keys for use in TSIG signing.
+The resulting keys can be used, for example, to secure dynamic DNS updates
+to a zone, or for the \fBrndc\fP command channel.
+.sp
+A domain name can be specified on the command line to be used as the name
+of the generated key. If no name is specified, the default is \fBtsig\-key\fP\&.
+.SH OPTIONS
+.INDENT 0.0
+.TP
+.B \fB\-a algorithm\fP
+This option specifies the algorithm to use for the TSIG key. Available
+choices are: hmac\-md5, hmac\-sha1, hmac\-sha224, hmac\-sha256, hmac\-sha384,
+and hmac\-sha512. The default is hmac\-sha256. Options are
+case\-insensitive, and the \(dqhmac\-\(dq prefix may be omitted.
+.TP
+.B \fB\-h\fP
+This option prints a short summary of options and arguments.
+.UNINDENT
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.sp
+\fBnsupdate(1)\fP, \fBnamed.conf(5)\fP, \fBnamed(8)\fP, BIND 9 Administrator Reference Manual.
+.SH AUTHOR
+Internet Systems Consortium
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+2023, Internet Systems Consortium
+.\" Generated by docutils manpage writer.
+.
diff --git a/doc/man/tsig-keygen.rst b/doc/man/tsig-keygen.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fbd957d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/man/tsig-keygen.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+.. Copyright (C) Internet Systems Consortium, Inc. ("ISC")
+..
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: MPL-2.0
+..
+.. This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+.. License, v. 2.0.  If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+.. file, you can obtain one at https://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+..
+.. See the COPYRIGHT file distributed with this work for additional
+.. information regarding copyright ownership.
+
+:orphan:
+
+.. include:: ../../bin/confgen/tsig-keygen.rst